Skip to main content

Full text of "The Call of the South"

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



I 



\13M 



Sarbatli CoIlEse liStaco 



BOUGHT WITH MONEY 
RECEIVED FROM THE 
SALE OF DUPLICATES 




t 



. ( 



(■• 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 



NEW SIX SHUUNG NOVELS. 

IRENE OF THE RINGLETS. 

HOKACB WyNDHAM. 

THE LAST OF HER 
RACE. 

J. Bloundbllb-Burton. 

THE HALF-SMART SET. 

Florencb Wardbn. 

THE MOTH AND THE 
FLAME. 

Alicb Maud Mbadows. 



London: JOHN MILNE. 



I 



I 



I 



THE CALL 
OF THE SOUTH 



LOUIS BECKE 



LONDON 
JOHN MILNE 
39 HENRIETTA STREET, W.C, 
- 1908 






( APR29l9t9 



i 



I 



CONTENTS. 

CRA»TBIl PAOB 

I. Paul the Dirsit x 

II. The Old Sea Life 13 

III. Tre Blind Man op Admiralty Island - - - 21 
rv. NisIn Island : A Tale of the Old Trading Days 33 

V. Mutinies 6x 

VI. "MiNi" 69 

VII. At Night 74 

VIII. The Cranks of the Juua Brig .... 80 

IX. "Dandy/* the Ship's Dingo 94 

X. Kala-Hoi, the Net-maker ... ; - 98 

XI. The Kanaka Labour Trade in the Pacific - - xo6 

XII. My Friends, the Anthropophagi . - - - 115 

XIII. On the "Joys" of Recruiting "Blackbirds" - 125 

XIV. Making a Fortune in the South Seas - - 133 
XV. The Story of ToKOLMib X41 

XVI. "Lano-TS" x6o 

XVII. " Ombre Chevalier '* - . . . . - 165 

XVIII. A Recluse op the Bush 183 

XIX. Tb-Bari, the Outlaw 191 

V 



CONTENTS 

CHArTBR PAOB 

XX. **Thb Dandiest Boy that ever Stood up in a 

Boat " 203 

XXI. The Pit of MaotI 211 

XXII. VanIxi, the Strong Swimmer .... 219 

XXIII. Two Pacific Islands Birds 231 

XXIV. A NioBT Run Across FIoaloa Bay ... 244 
XXV. A Bit of Good Luck 255 

XXVI. Modern Pirates 264 

XXVn. Paut6e Z74 

XXVIII. The Man who Knew Everything . - . . 294 

XXIX. The Pattering of the Mullet - - . - 316 



« 



v\ 



CHAPTER I 

PAUL, THE DIVER 

'* Feeling any better to-day, Paul ? '' 

" Guess Tm getting round," and the big, bronzed-faced 
man raised his eyes to mine as he lay under the awning 
on the after deck of his pearling linger. I sat down be- 
side him and began to talk. 

A mile away the white beach of a little, land-locked 
bay shimmered under the morning sun, and the drooping 
fronds of the cocos hung listless and silent, waiting for 
the rising of the south-east trade. 

" Paul," I said, ** it is very hot here. Come on shore 
with me to the native village, where it is cooler, and I 
will make you a big drink of lime-juice." 

I helped him to rise — for he was weak from a bad 
attack of New Guinea fever — and two of our native 
crew assisted him over the side into my whaleboat A 
quarter of an hour later we were seated on mats under 
the shade of a great wild mango tree, drinking lime- 
juice and listening to the lazy hum of the surf upon the 
reef, and the soft croo^ croo of many ** crested " pigeons 
in the branches above. 

The place was a little bay in Callie Harbour on Ad- 
miralty Island in the South Pacific ; and Paul Fremont 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

was one of our European divers. I was in charge of 
the supply schooner which was tender to our fleet of 
pearling luggers, and was the one man among us to whom 
the silent, taciturn Paul would talk — ^sometimes. 

And only sometimes, for usually Paul was too much 
occupied in his work to say more than " Good-morning, 
boss," or " Good night," when, after he had been disen- 
cumbered of his diving gear, he went aft to rest and 
smoke his pipe. But one day, however, he went down 
in twenty-six fathoms, stayed too long, and was brought 
up unconscious. The mate and I saw the signals go 
up for assistance, hurried on board his lugger, and were 
just in time to save his life. 

Two days later he came on board the tender, shook 
hands in his silent, undemonstrative way, and held out 
for my acceptance an old octagon American fifty dollar 
gold piece. 

" Got a gal, boss ? " 
. I admitted that I had. 

" Pure white, I mean. One thet you like well enough 
to marry ? " 

" I mean to try, Paul." 

" In Samoa ? " 

« No— Australia." 

" Guess rd like you to give her this * slug '. I got it 
outer the wreck of a ship that was sunk off Galveston 
in the * sixties,' in the war." 

It would have hurt him had I declined the gift. So 
I thanked him, and he nodded silently, filled his pipe and 
went back to the Monttara. 



PAUL, THE DIVER 

Nearly a year passed before we met again, for his 
lu^jer and six others went to New Guinea ; and our 
next meeting was at Callie Harbour, where I found him 
down with malarial fever. Again I became his doctor, 
and ordered him to lie up. 

He nodded. 

" Guess rU have ter, boss. But I jest hate loafin' 
around and seein' the other divers bringin' up shell in 
easy water." For he was receiving eighty pounds per 
month wages— diving or no diving — and hated to be idle. 

" Paul," I said, as we lay stretched out under the wild 
mango tree, "would you mind telling me about that 
turn-up you had with the niters at New Ireland, six 
years ago." 

" Ef you like, boss." Then he added that he did not 
care about talking much at any time, as he was a mighty 
poor hand at the jaw-tackle. 

"We were startin' tryin' some new ground between 
New Hanover and the North Cape of New Ireland. 
There were only two luggers, and we had for our store- 
ship a thirty-ton cutter. There were two white divers 
besides me and one Manila man, and our crews were all 
natives of some sort or another — Tokelaus, Manahikians 
and Hawaiians. The skipper of the storeship was a 
Dutchman — a chicken-hearted swab, who turned green 
at the sight of a nigger with a bunch of spears, or a club 
in his hand. He used to turn-in with a brace of pistols 
in his belt and a Winchester lying on the cabin table. 
At sea he would lose his funk, but whenever we 
dropped anchor and natives came aboard his teeth would 

3 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

begin to chatter, and he would just jump at his own 
shadder. 

'^ We anchored in six fathoms, and in an hour or two 
we came across a good patch of black-edge shell, and 
we b^an to get the boats and pumps ready to start 
r^ular next morning. As I was boss, I had moored 
the cutter in a well-sheltered nook under a high bluff, 
and the Infers near to her. So far we had not seen 
any sign of natives — not even smoke — but knew that 
there was a big village some miles away, out o' sight of 
us, an' that the niggers were a bad lot, and would have 
a try at cuttin' off if they saw a slant. 

'* Early next morning it set in to rain, with easterly 
squalls, and before long I saw that there was like to be 
a week of it, and that we should have to lie by and 
wait until it settled. About noon we sighted a dozen 
white lime-painted canoes bearing down on us, and 
Horn, the Dutchman, began to turn green as usual, and 
wanted me to heave up and clear out. I set on him 
and said I wanted the niggers to come alongside, an' 
hev a good look at us — ^they would see that we were 
a hard nut to crack if they meant mischief. 

"They came alongside, six or eight greasy-haired 
bucks in each canoe — and asked for terbacker and knives 
in exchange for some pigs and yams. I let twenty or 
so of 'em come aboard, bought their provisions, and let 
'em have a good look around. Their chief was a fat, 
bloated feller, with a body like a barrel, and his face 
pitted with small-pox. He told me that he was boss of 
all the place around us, and had some big plantations 
about a mile back in the bush, just abreast of us, and 



PAUL, THE DIVER 

that he would let me have all the food I wanted. In 
five days or so, he said, we should have fine weather for 
diving, and he and his crowd would help me all they 
could. 

" About a quarter of a mile away was a rocky little 
island of about five acres in extent It had a few 
heavy trees on it, but no scrub, and there were some 
abandoned fishermen's huts on the beach. I asked the 
fat hog if I could use it as a shore station to overhaul 
our boats and diving gear when necessary, and he 
agreed to let me use it as long as I liked for three 
hundred sticks of terbacker and two muskets. 

" They went off on shore again to the plantations, and 
in a little while we saw smoke ascendin' — they were 
cookin* food, and repairing their huts. Later on in the 
day they sent me a canoe load of yams, taro, and other 
stuff for the men, and asked me to come ashore and 
look at the village. I went, fur I knew that they would 
not try on any games so soon. 

" There were, in addition to the bucks, a lot of women 
and children there, makin' thatch, cookin', and repairin' 
the pig-proof fendn'. I stayed a bit, and then came on 
board again, an' we made snug for the night. 

"Next morning we landed on the island, repaired 
two of the huts, and started mendin' sails, overhauling 
the boats, and doin' such work that it was easier to do 
on shore than on board. Of course we kep' our anns 
handy, and old Horn kep' a good watch on board — 
he dassent put foot on shore himself — said he was 
skeered o' fever. 

" The natives sent us plenty of food, and a good many 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

of 'em loafed around on the island, and some on board 
the luggers and cutter^ cadgin' fur terbacker and biscuit 
Of course they always carried their clubs and spears 
with 'em, as is usual in New Ireland, but they were quiet 
and civil enough. Every day canoes were passin' from 
where we lay to the main village, and returnin' with 
other batches of bucks and women all takin' spells at 
work ; an' there was any amount o* drum beating and 
duk duk ^ dancin', and old Horn shivered in his boots 
swearin' they were comin' to wipe us out But my 
native crews and I and the other white divers were used 
to the nigger customs at such times, and although we 
kep* a good watch ashore and afloat, none o' us were 
afraid of any trouble comin'. 

" On the fifth night, I, another white diver, named 
Docky Mason, his Samoan wife, and a Manahiki sailor 
named * Star ' were sleeping on shore in one of the huts. 
In another hut were three or four New Ireland niggers, 
who had brought us some fish and were going away 
again in the momin'. 

" About ten o'clock the sky became as black as ink — 
a heavy blow was comin' on, and we just had time to 
stow our loose gear up tidy, when the wind came down 
from between the mountains with a roar like thunder, 
and away went the roofs of the huts, and with it nearly 
everything around us that was not too heavy to be 
carried away. My own boat, which was lying on the 
beach, was lifted up bodily, sent flyin' into the water, 
and carried out to sea. 

^ The duk duk dance of Melanesia is merely a blackmailing ceremony 
by the men to obtain food from the women and the uninitiated. 



PAUL, THE DIVER 

" We tried to make out the cutter's and luggers' lights, 
but could see nothin', and every second the wind was 
yellin' louder and louder like forty thousand cats gone 
mad, and the air was filled with sticks, leaves, and sand, 
and I had a mighty great fear for my little fleet ; fur 
three miles away to the west, there was a long stretch 
o* reefs, an* I was afraid they had dragged and would 
get mussed up. 

" Thet's jest what did happen — though they cleared 
the reefs by the skin of their teeth. The moment they 
began to drag, all three slipped. The luggers stood 
away under the lee of New Ireland, stickin' in to the 
land, and tryin' to bring to for shelter, but they were a 
hundred miles away from me, down the. coast, before 
they could bring-to and anchor, for the blow had settled 
into a hurricane, and raised such a fearful sea that 
they had to heave-to for twenty-four hours. It was 
two weeks before we met £^ain, after they had had to 
tow and * sweep ' back to my little island, against a 
dead calm and a strong current, gettin' a whiff of a 
land breeze at night now an' agin', which let 'em use 
their canvas. As for the cutter, she ran before it for 
New Britain, and brought up at Matupi in Blanche Bay, 
two hundred miles away, where old Horn knew there 
was a white settlement of Germans — his own kidney. 
He was a white-livered old swine, but a good sailor- 
man — as far as any man who says * Ja ' for * Yes ' goes. 

" When daylight came my mates and I set to work 
to straighten up. 

"Docky Mason's native wife — Tia — was a 'whole 
waggon with a yaller dog under the team '. She first 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 



of all made us some hot coffee, and gave us a rousin' , 

breakfast ; then she made the New Ireland bucks — who \ 

were wantin' to swim to the mainland — turn to and put 
a new roof of coco-nut thatch over our hut, although it 
was still blowin' a ragin* gale. My ! thet gal was a 
wonder ! She hed eyes like stars, an' red lips an' shinin' 
pearly teeth, an' a tongue like a whip-lash when she 
got mad, an' Docky Mason uster let her talk to him as 
if he was a nigger — ^an' say nuthin' — excep' givin' a 
foolish laugh and then slouchin' off. And yet she was 
as gentle as a lamb to any of us fellows when we got 
fever, or had gone down under more'n twenty fathoms, 
and was hauled up three parts dead and chokin'. 

** Well, boss, we got to straights at last, although it 
was blowin' as hard as ever. We had a lot o' gear on 
shore in that native house, for I was intendin' to beach * 
the cutter an' give her copper a scrubbin' before we 
started divin' regular. 

** There was near on a ton o' twist ter backer in tierces 
(which we used fur tradin* with the niggers), a ton o' 
biscuit in fifty pound tins, boxes o' red an' yaller seed 
beads, an' knives an' axes, an' a case o' dynamite, an' 
heaps o' things that was a direct invitation to the nig- 
gers, an' a challenge ter the Almighty to hev our silly 
throats cut. And those four or five bucks, whilst Tia 
was hustlin' them around, was jest takin' stock as they 
worked. 

*' By sunfall the wind an' sea in the bay had gone 
down a bit ; an' the bucks said that they would swim on 
shore (their canoe had been smashed in the night) and 
bring us some food early in the mornin'. I gave 'em a 

8 



PAUL, THE DIVER 

bottle o' Hollands, an' my kind r^ards for the old 
barrelled-belly swine of a chief, some terbacker fur them- 
selves ; and then, after they had gone, looked to our 
Winchesters and pistols, which the bucks hadn't seen, 
fur we always kept 'em outer sight, under our sleepin' 
mats. 

" * Paulo,' sez Tia to me, speakin' in Samoan (an* 
cussin' in English), ' you an' Docky an' " Star " are a lot 
o' blamed fools I You orter hev shot all those bucks 
ez soon ez they hed finished. Didn't you say that, 
"Star"?' 

" * Star' had said * Yes ' to her, but being an unobtru- 
sive sorter o' Kanaka, he hadn't said nuthin' to us — 
thinkin' we knew better'n him what ter do. 

" We kep' a good watch all that day an' the nex' day, 
and then at sunset two bucks in a canoe came off, bring- 
ing us six cooked pigeons from the chief, with a message 
that he would come an' see us in a day or two, and 
bring men to build us better houses to live in until the 
luggers and the cutter came back. 

" We collared the two bucks and tied 'em up, and 
then Tia made one of 'em eat part of a pigeon — ^she 
standin' over him with a Winchester at his ear. He ate 
it, an' in ten minutes he was tyin' himself up in knots, 
and was a dead nigger in another quarter of an hour. 
The pigeons were all poisoned. 

" We kep' the other nigger alive an' told him that if 
he would tell us what was a-goin' on we'd let him off, 
and set him ashore, free. 

** * At dawn to-morrow,' says he, * Baian ' (the fat old 
chieO ' thought to find you all dead, because of the 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

poisoned pigeons sent to you. And then he meant to 
take all the good things you have here, and set up your 
heads in his duk duk house/ 

" Before daylight came, Docky Mason an' * Star ' an* 
me hed fixed up things all serene ter give Baian and 
his cannibals a doin*. Fust ev all — to show our prisoner 
that we meant business, Tia held up his right hand, an' 
Docky sent a Winchester bullet through it, an' told him 
that he would send one through his skull ef he didn't do 
what he was told. 

" Then we took two empty one gallon colza oil tins, 
and filled 'em with dynamite, tamped it down tight, and 
then ran short fuses through the corks, and carried *em 
down to the place where our prisoner said Baian and his 
crowd would land. It was a little bay, lined on each 
side by pretty high, ragged coral boulders, covered with 
creepers. We stowed the tins in readiness, and then 
brought our prisoner down, and told him what to do 
when the time came. I guess thet thet nigger knew 
thet ef he didn't play straight he was a dead coon. Tia 
sat down jest behind him, and every now and then 
touched his backbone with the muzzle ev her pistol — 
jest ter show him she was keepin' awake. At the same 
time he wasn't unwillin', for he hed told us thet he and 
his dead mate were not Baian's men — ^they were slaves 
he had captured from a town he had raided somewhere 
near North Cape, and they were liable to be killed and 
eaten at any time if Baian's crowd ran short of pig meat 
or turtle. 

" A little bit higher up, Docky Mason, * Star ' an' me, 
planted ourselves with our Winchesters, an' one of our 

lO 



♦•< 



PAUL, THE DIVER 

boats' whaler's bomb guns, which fired four pounds of 
slugs and deer shot, mixed up — the sorter thing, boss, 
thet you an* me jnay find mighty handy here in this very 
place, if we get rushed sudden. We made a charcoal 
fire, and then frayed out the ends of the dynamite fuses 
so thet they would light quickly. 

**When daylight came, we caught sight of nigh on 
fifty canoes, all crammed with niggers, paddlin' like 
blazes to where we was cached, but making no noise. 
Even if they hed we would not hev heard it, fur the 
wind and the surf beatin' on the reef would hev drowned 
it. 

" On they came and rushed their canoes into the little 
cove, four abreast, and Tia prodded our buck in the back, 
and told him to stand up and talk to Baian, who was in 
one of the leadin' canoes. 

" Up he jumps. 

" ' Oh, Baian, Baian, great Baian,' he called, * the two 
white men are dead in their house, and we have the 
woman bound hand and foot.' 

<* < Good,' said Baian with a fat chuckle, as he put one 
leg over the gunwale of his canoe to step out, and the 
next moment I put a bullet through him, and then Docky 
Mason lit the first chaise o' dynamite, and slings it down, 
right inter the middle of the crowded canoes, and before 
it went off he sent the second one after it. 

** Boss, I hev seen some dynamite explosions in my 
time — especially when I hev hed to blow up wrecks — 
but I hev never seen anything like thet. The two shots 
killed over thirty niggers, wounded as many more, and 
stunned a lot, who were drowned. Those who were not 

IZ 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

hurt swam out of the cove, and neither Docky nor me 
had the heart to shoot any of 'em — though we might 
hev picked off a couple of dozen afore they got outer 
range. 

" Before we could stop him our prisoner jumped down 
among the dead and wounded, got a long knife, an' in 
ten seconds he had Baian's<head off, and held it up to 
us, grinning like a cat, on'y not so nice, ez he hed jet 
black, betel-nut stained teeth, and red lips like a piece 
ev raw beef. 

** We hed no more trouble with the niggers after thet 
turn-up, you can bet yer life. 

" The buck stayed with us until the luggers came back, 
and a few days after we landed him at his own village — 
ez rich ez Jay Grould, for we gave him a musket with 
powder and ball, a cutlass, half a dozen pounds ev red 
beads, and two hundred sticks of terbacker. I guess 
thet thet nigger was able to buy himself all the wives he 
wanted, and be a * big Injun ' fur the end of his days." 



13 



CHAPTER II 

THE OLD SEA LIFE 

One Sunday morning — when I was about to leave the 
dear old city of Sydney for an unpremeditated and long, 
long absence in cold northern climes, I went for a 
farewell stroll around the Circular Quay, and, standing 
on some high ground on the east side, looked down on 
the mass of shipping below, flying the flags of all nations, 
and ranging from a few hundred to ten thousand tons. 
Mail steamers, deep sea tramps, ** freezers," colliers — 
all crowded together, and among them but one single 
sailing vessel — a Liverpool barque of i,ooo tons, load- 
ing wool. She looked lost, abandoned, out of place, 
and my heart went out to her as my eyes travelled 
from her shapely lines and graceful sheer, to her lofty 
spars, tapering yards, and curving jibboom, the end of 
the latter almost touching the stern rail of an ugly 
bloated-looking Grerman tramp steamer of 8,000 tons. 
On that very spot where I stood I, when a boy, had 
played at the foot of lofty trees — now covered by 
hideous ill-smelling wool stores — and had seen lying 
at the Circular Quay fifty or sixty noble full-rigged ships 

13 



»» 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and barques, many brigs and schooners, and but one 
steamer, a handsome brig-rigged craft, the Avoca^ the 
monthly P. and O. boat, which ran from Sydney to 
Melbourne to connect with a larger ship. 

Round the point were certainly a few other steamers, 
old-fashioned heavily-rigged men-of-war, generally pad- 
dle-wheel craft ; and, out of sight, in Darling Harbour, 
a mile away, were others — coasters — ^none of them 
reaching five hundred tons, and all either barque- or 
brig-rigged, as was then the fashion. 

And they all, sailers as well as the few steamers, were 
manned by sailor-men, not by gangs of foreign paint- 
scrubbers, who generally form a steamer's crew of the 
present day — men who could no more handle a bit of 
canvas than a cow could play the Wedding March — in 
fact there are thousands of men nowadays earning 
wages on British ships as A.B.'s who have never touched 
canvas except in the shape of tarpaulin hatch covers, 
and whom it would be highly dangerous to put at the 
wheel of a sailing ship — they would make a wreck af 
her in any kind of a breeze in a few minutes. '' 

In my boyhood days, nearly all the ships that 
came into Sydney Harbour flying Britidi colours were 
manned by men of British blood. Foreignersr, as a 
rule, were not liked by shipmasters, and thdf British 
shipmates in the fo'c'stle resented their presence. One 
reason of this was that they would always **ship" at a 
lower rate of wage than Englishmen, and were clannish. 
I have known of captains of favourite cligper passenger 
ships, trading between London and th6 colonies, de- 
clining to ship a foreigner, even an English-speaking 



THE OLD SEA LIFE 

Dane or Scandinavian, who make good sailor-men, and 
are quiet, sober, and hardworking. Nowadays it is 
difficult to find any English deep-sea ship or steamer, 
in which half of the hands forward are not foreigners of 
some sort. And now practically the whole coasting 
mercantile marine of the Australian colonies is manned 
by Germans, Swedes, Danes, and Norwegians. 

When I was a young man I sailed in ships in the South 
Sea trade which had carried the same crew, voyage after 
voyage, for years, and there was a distinct feeling of 
comradeship existing between officers and crew that 
does not now exist. I well remember one gallant ship, 
the All Serene (a happy name), which was for ten years 
in the Sydney-China trade. She was about the first 
colonial vessel to adopt double-top-gallant yards, and 
many wise-heads prophesied all sorts of dire mishaps 
from the innovation. On this ship (she was full rigged) 
was a crew of nineteen men, and the majority of them 
had sailed in her for eight years, although her captain 
wa$ a bit of a "driver". But they got good wages, 
godd food, and had a good ship under their feet — ^a 
ship with a crack record as a fast sailer. 

In contrast to the All Serene^ was a handsome barque 
I once sailed in as a passenger from Sydney to New 
Caledonia, where she was to load nickel ore for Liver- 
pool. Her captain and three mates were Britishers, and 
smart sailor-men enough, the steward was a Chileno, 
the bos'un a Swede ; carpenter a Mecklenburger joiner 
(who, when told to repair the fore-scuttle, which had 
been damaged by a heavy sea, did not know where it 
was situated), the sailmaker a German, and of the twelve 

• 

J5 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

A.B.'s and O.S/s only one — a man of sixty-five years of 
age, was a Britisher ; the rest were of all nationalities. 
Three of them were Scandinavians and were good 
sailor-men, the others were almost useless, and only fit 
to scrub paint-work, and hardly one could be trusted at 
the whed. The cook was a Martinique nigger, and was 
not only a good cook, but a thorough seaman, and he 
had the utmost contempt for what he called "dem 
mongrels for'ard,*' especially those who were Dagoes. 
The captain and officers certainly had reason to knock 
the crew about, for during an electrical storm one night 
the ship was visited by St. Elmo's fire, and the Dagoes 
to a man refused duty, and would not go aloft, being 
terrified out of their wits at the dazzling globes of fire 
running along the yards, hissing and dancing, and 
illuminating the ocean for miles. They bolted below, 
rigged up an altar and cross with some stump ends of 
candles, and began to pray. Exasperated beyond en- 
durance, the captain, officers, two Norwegians, the 
nigger cook and I, after having shortened canvas, 
" went " for them, knocked the religious paraphernalia 
to smithereens, and drove them on deck. 

The nigger cook was really a devout Roman Catholic, 
but his seaman's soul revolted at their cowardice, and 
he so far lost his temper as to seize a Portuguese by his 
black curly hair, throw him down, tear open his shirt, and 
seize a leaden effigy of St. Jago do Compostella, which 
he wore round his neck, and thrust it into his mouth. 
In after years I saw Captain " Bully " Hayes do the 
same thing, also with a Portuguese sailor ; but Hayes 
made the man actually swallow the little image — ^after 

z6 



THE OLD SEA LIFE 

he had rolled it into a rough ball — saying that if St 
James was so efficient to externally protect the wearer 
from dangers of the sea, that he could do it still better 
in the stomach, where he (the saint) would feel much 
warmer. 

The barque, a month or so after I left her in Noumea, 
sailed from T'chio in New Caledonia, and was never 
heard of again. She was overmasted, and I have no 
doubt but that she capsized, and every one on board 
perished. Had she been manned by English sailors, 
she would have reached her destination in safety, for 
the captain and officers knew her faults and that she 
was a tricky ship to sail with an unreliable crew. 

In many ships in which I have sailed, in my younger 
days, no officer considered it in/ra dig, for him, when 
not on watch, to go forward and listen to some of the 
hands spinning yams, especially when the subject of 
their discourse turned upon matters of seamanship, the 
eccentricities either of a ship herself or of her builders, 
etc. This unbending from official digjnity on the part 
of an officer was rarely abused by the men — especially 
by the better-class sailor-man. He knew that **Mr. 
Smith " the chief officer who was then listening to his 
yams and perhaps afterwards spinning one himself, 
would in a few hours become a different man when it 
was his watch on deck, and probably ask Tom Jones, 
A.B., what the blazes he meant by crawling aft to re- 
lieve the wheel like an old woman with palsy. And 
Jones, A.B., would grin with respectful diffidence, 
hurry his steps and bear no malice towards his superior. 

Such incidents never occur now. There is no feeling 

17 2 



/ 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

of comradeship between officer and "Jack". Each 
distrusts the other. 

I have not had much experience of steamers in the 
South Sea trade, except as a passenger — most of my 
voyages having been made in sailing craft, but on one 
occasion my firm had to charter a steamer for six 
months, owing to the ship of which I was supercargo 
undergoing extensive repairs. 

The steamer, in addition to a general cargo, also 
carried 500 tons of coal for the use of a British war- 
ship, engaged in " patrolling " the Solomon Islands, 
and I was told to " hurry along ". The ship's company 
were all strangers to me, and I saw at once I should 
not have a pleasant time as supercargo. The crew were 
mostly alleged Englishmen, with a sprinkling of foreign- 
ers, and the latter were a useless, lazy lot of scamps. 
The engine-room staff were worse, and the captain and 
mate seemed too terrified of them to bring them to 
their bearings. They (the crew) were a bad type of 
** wharf rats," and showed such insolence to the captain 
and mate that I urged both to put some of them in 
irons for a few days. The second mate was the only 
officer who showed any spirit, and he and I naturally 
stood together, agreeing to assist each otlier if matters 
became serious, for the skipper and mate were a 
thoroughly white-livered pair. 

Just off San Cristoval, the firemen came to me, and 
asked me to sell them a case of Hollands gin. I re- 
fused, and said one bottle was enough at a time. They 
threatened to break into the trade-room, and help them- 
selves. I said that they would do so at their own peril — 

xS 



THE OLD SEA LIFE 

the first man that stepped through the doorway would 
get hurt. They retired, cursing me as a " mean hound ". 
The skipper said nothing. He, I am glad to say, was 
not an Englishman, though he claimed to be. He was 
a Dane. 

Arriving at a village on the coast of San Cristoval, 
where I had to land stores for a trader, we found a 
rather heavy surf on, and the crew refused to man a 
boat and take me on shore, on the plea that it was too 
dangerous ; a native boat's crew would have smiled at 
the idea of danger, and so also would any white sailor- 
man who was used to surf work. 

Two days later, through their incapacity, they cap- 
sized a boat by letting her broach-to in crossing a reef, 
and a hundred pounds' worth of trade goods were lost. 

When we met the cruiser for whom the coals were 
destined, the second mate and I told the commander in 
the presence of our own skipper that we considered the 
latter unfit to have command of the steamer. 

" Then put the mate in charge, if you consider your 
captain is incapable," said the naval officer. 

** The mate is no better," I said, ** he is as incapable 
as the captain." 

" Then the second mate is the man." 

'* I cannot navigate, sir," said the second mate. 

The naval commander drew me aside, and we took 
** sweet counsel " together. Then he called our ruffianly 
scallywags of a crew on to the main deck, eyed them 
up and down, and ignoring our captain, asked me how 
many pairs of handcuffs were on board. 

" Two only," I replied. 

^9 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

" Then I'll send you half a dozen more. Clap 'em 
on to some of these fellows for a week, until they come 
to their senses." 

In half an hour the second mate and I had the satis- 
faction of seeing four firemen and four A.B.'s in irons, 
which they wore for a week, living on biscuit and 
water. 

A few weeks later I engaged, on my own responsi- 
bility, ten good native seamen, and for the rest of the 
voyage matters went fairly well, for the captain plucked 
up courage, and became valorous when I told him that 
my natives would make short work of their white ship- 
mates, if the latter again became mutinous. 

Against this experience I have had many pleasant 
ones. In one dear old brig, in which I sailed as super- 
cargo for two years, we carried a double crew — white 
men and natives of Rotumah Island, and a happier 
ship never spread her canvas to the winds of the Pacific. 
This was purely because the officers were good men, 
the hands — white and native — good seamen, cheerful 
and obedient — not the lazy, dirty, paint-scrubbers one 
too often meets with nowadays, especially on cheaply 
run big four-masted sailing ships, flying the red ensign 
of Old England. 



ao 



CHAPTER III 

THE BLIND MAN OF ADMIRALTY ISLAND 

We had had a stroke — or rather a series of strokes — of 
very bad luck. Our vessel, the Metaris, had been for 
two months cruising among the islands of what is now 
known as the Bismarck Archipelago, in the North- 
western Pacific. We had twice been on shore, once 
on the coast of New Ireland, and once on an unknown 
and uncharted reef between that island and St. Matthias 
Island. Then, on calling at one of our trading stations 
at New Hanover where we intended to beach the vessel 
for repairs, we found that the trader had been killed, 
and of the station house nothing remained but the 
charred centre-post — it had been reduced to ashes. 
The place was situated on a little palm-clad islet not 
three hundred acres in extent, and situated a mile or 
two from the mainland, and abreast of a village contain- 
ing about four hundred natives, under whose protection 
our trader and his three Solomon Island labourers were 
living, as the little island belonged to them, and we had 
placed the trader there on account of its suitability, and 
also because the man particularly wished to be quite 

ai 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

apart from the village, fearing that his Solomon Islanders 
would get themselves into trouble with the people. 

From the excited natives, who boarded us even 
before we had dropped anchor, we learned that about 
a month after we had left poor Chantrey on his little 
island a large party of marauding St Matthias Island 
savages, in ten canoes, had suddenly appeared and 
swooped down upon the unfortunate white man and 
his labourers and slaughtered all four of them; then 
after loading their canoes with all the plunder they 
could carry, they set fire to the house and Chantrey's 
boat, and made off again within a few hours. 

This was a serious blow to us ; for not only had we 
to deplore the cruel death of one of our best and most 
trusted traders, but Chantrey had a large stock of trade 
goods, a valuable boat, and had bought over five 
hundred pounds' worth of cocomut oil and pearl-shell 
from the New Hanover natives, — all this had been 
consumed. However, it was of no use for us to grieve, 
we had work to do that was of pressing necessity, for 
the Metaris was leaking badly and had to be put on 
the beach as quickly as possible whilst we had fine 
weather. This, with the assistance of the natives, we 
at once set about and in the course of a few days had 
effected all the necessary repairs, and then steered west- 
ward for Admiralty Island, calling at various islands 
on our way, trading with the wild natives for coco-nut 
oil, copra, ivory nuts, pearl-shell and tortoise-shell, and 
doing very poorly ; for a large American schooner, en- 
gaged in the same business, had been ahead of us, and 
at most of the islands we touched at we secured nothing 

22 



THE BLIND MAN OF ADMIRALTY ISLAND 

more than a few hundredweight of black-edged pearl- 
shell. Then, to add to our troubles, two of our native 
crew were badly wounded in an attack made on a 
boat's crew who were sent on shore to cut firewood on 
what the skipper and I thought to be a chain of small 
uninhabited islands. This was a rather serious matter, 
for not only were the captain and boatswain ill with 
fever, but three of the crew as well. 

For a week we worked along the southern coast of 
Admiralty Island, calling at a number of villages and 
obtaining a considerable quantity of very good pearl- 
shell from the natives. But it was a harassing time, 
for having seven sick men on board we never dared 
to come to an anchor for fear of the savage and treacher- 
ous natives attempting to capture the ship. As it was, 
we had to keep a sharp look-out to prevent more than 
two canoes coming alongside at once, and then only 
when there was a fair breeze, so that we could shake 
them off if their occupants showed any inclination for 
mischief. We several times heard some of these gentry 
commenting on the ship being so short-handed, and 
this made us unusually careful, for although those of 
us who were well never moved about unarmed we could 
not have beaten back a sudden rush. 

At last, however, both Manson and the boatswain, 
and one of the native sailors became so ill that the 
former decided to make a break in the cruise and let 
all hands — sick and well — ^have a week's spell at a 
place he knew of, situated at the west end of the great 
island ; and so one day we sailed the Metaris into a 
quiet little bay, encompassed by lofty well-wooded hills, 

23 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and at the head of which was a fine stream of fresh 
water. 

" We shall soon pull ourselves tc^ether in this place/* 
said Manson to Lorlng (the mate) and me. " I know 
this little bay well, though 'tis six years since I was last 
here. There are no native villages within ten miles 
at least, and we shall be quite safe, so we need only 
keep an anchor watch at night. Man the boat, there. 
I must get on shore right away. I am feeling better 
already for being here. Which of you fellows will 
come with me for a bit of a look round ? " 

I, being the supercargo, was, for the time, an idle 
man, but made an excuse of " wanting to overhaul " my 
trade-room — always a good standing excuse with most 
supercargoes — as I wanted Loring to have a few hours 
on shore ; for although he was free of fever he was 
pretty well run down with overwork. So, after some 
pressure, he consented, and a few minutes later he and 
Manson were pulled on shore, and I watched them land 
on the beach, just in front of a clump of wild mango 
trees in full bearing, almost surrounded by groves of 
lofty coco-nut palms. A little farther on was an open, 
grassy space on which grew some wide-branched white 
cedar trees. 

About an hour afterwards Loring returned on board, 
and told me that Manson had gone on alone to what he 
described as "a sweet little lake". It was only a mile 
away, and he thought of having a leaf house built there 
for the sick men and himself, and wanted Loring to come 
and have a look at it, but the mate declined, pleading 
his wish to get back to the ship and unbend our canvas. 

24 



THE BLIND MAN OF ADMIRALTY ISLAND 

" As you will," said Manson to him. " I shall be all 
right, ril shoot some pigeons and cockatoos by-and- 
by, and bring them down to the beach. And after you 
have unbent the canvas, you can take the seine to the 
mouth of the creek and fill the boat with fish." Then, 
gun on shoulder, he walked slowly away into the ver- 
dant and silent forest. 

After unbending our canvas, we went to dinner ; and 
then leaving Loring in chaise of the ship, the boatswain, 
two hands and myself went on shore with the seine to 
•the mouth of the creek, and in a very short time netted 
some hundreds of fish much resembling the European 
shad. 

Just as we were about to push off, I heard Manson's 
hail close to, and looking round, nearly lost my balance 
and ifell overboard in astonishment — he was accom- 
panied by a woman. 

Springing out of the boat, I ran to meet them. 

"Mrs. Hollister," said the captain, "this is my 
supercargo. As soon as we get on board I will 
place you in his hands, and he will give you all the 
clothing you want at present for yourself and your 
little girl," and then as, after I had shaken hands with 
the lady, I stood staring at him for an explanation, he 
smiled. 

" rU tell you Mrs. Hollister^s strange story by-and- 
by, old man. Briefly it is this — she, her husband, and 
their little girl have been living here for over two years. 
Their vessel was castaway here. Now, get into the 
boat, please, Mrs. Hollister." 

The woman, who was weeping silently with excite- 

25 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

ment, smiled through her tears, stepped into the boat, 
and in a few minutes we were alongside. 

'' Make all the haste you can," Manson said to me, 
" as Mra Hollister is returning on shore as soon as you 
can give her some clothing and boots or shoes. Then 
they are all coming on board to supper at eight o'clock." 

The lady came with me to my trade-room, and we 
soon went to work together, I forbearing to ask her any 
questions whatever, though I was as full of curiosity as 
a woman. Like that of all trading vessels whose ** run " 
embraced the islands of Polynesia as well as Melanesia 
and Micronesia, the trade-room of the Meiaris was a 
general store. The shelves and cases were filled with 
all sorts of articles — tinned provisions, wines and spirits, 
firearms and ammunition, hardware and drapers' soft 
goods, " yellow-back " novels, ready-made clothing for 
men, women and children, musical instruments and 
grindstones — in fact just such a stock as one would find 
in a well-stocked general store in an Australian country 
town. 

In half an hour Mrs. Hollister had found all that she 
wanted, and packing the articles in a " trade " chest, I 
had it passed on deck and lowered into the boat. 
Then the lady, now smiling radiantly, shook hands 
with every one, including the steward, and descended 
to the boat which quickly cast off and made for the 
shore in chaise of the boatswain. 

Then I felt that I deserved a drink, and went below 
again where Manson and Loring were awaiting me. 
They had anticipated my wishes, for the steward had 
just placed the necessary liquids on the cabin table. 

26 



THE BLIND MAN OF ADMIRALTY ISLAND 

" Now, boys," said the skipper, as he opened some 
soda water, " after we have had a first drink I'll spin 
my yam — and a sad enough one it is, too. By-the- 
way, steward, did you put that bottle of brandy and 
some soda water in the boat ? " 

" Yes, sir." 

" That's all right. Just fancy, you fellows — ^that poor 
chap on shore has not had a glass of grog for more 
than two years. That is, I suppose so. Anyway I 
am sending him some. And, I say, steward ; I want 
you to spread yourself this evening and give us the 
very best supper you ever gave us. There are three 
white persons coming at eight o'clock. And I daresay 
they will sleep on board, so get ready three spare 
bunks." 

Manson was usually a slow, drawling speaker — ex- 
cept when he had occasion to admonish the crew ; then 
he was quite brilliant in the rapidity of his remarks — 
but now he was clearly a little excited and seemed to 
have shaken the fever out of his bones, for he not only 
drank his brandy and soda as if he enjoyed it, but 
asked the steward to bring him his pipe. This latter 
request was a sure sign that he was getting better. 
Then he began his story. 



Although six years had passed since he had visited 
this part of the great island, Manson knew his way in- 
land to the lake. The forest was open, and consisted 
of teak and cedar with but little undergrowth. Sud- 
denly, as he was passing under the spreading branches 
of a great cedar, he saw something that made him 

«7 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

stare with astonishment — a little white girl, driving be- 
fore her a flock of goats ! She was dressed in a loose 
gown of blue print, and wore an old-fashioned white 
linen sun-bonnet, and her bare l^s and feet were 
tanned a deep brown. Only for a moment did he see 
her face as she faced towards him to hurry up a play- 
ful kid that had broken away from the flock, and then 
her back was again turned, and she went on, quite un- 
aware of his presence. 

** Little girl," he called. 

Something like a cry of terror escaped her lips as she 
turned to him. 

** Oh, sir," she cried in trembling tones, " you fright- 
ened me." 

" I am so sorry, my dear. Who are you ? Where 
do you live?" 

** Just by the lake, sir, with my father and mother." 

" May I come with you and see them ? " 

" Oh, yes, sir. We have never seen any one since we 
came here more than two years ago. When did you 
come, sir?" 

" Only this morning. My vessel is anchored in the 
little cove." 

" Oh, I am so glad, so glad ! My father and mother 
too will be so glad to meet yoa But he cannot see 
you — I mean see you with his eyes — for he is blind. 
When our ship was wrecked here the lightning struck 
him, and took away his eyesight." 

Deeply interested as he was, Manson forbore to ques- 
tion the child any further, and walked beside her in 
silence till they came in view of the lake. 

28 



THE BLIND MAN OF ADMIRALTY ISLAND 

" Look, sir, there is our house. Mother and Fiji Sam, 
the sailor, built it, and I helped. Isn't it nice? See, 
there are my father and mother waiting for me." 

On the mai^n of a lovely little lake, less than a mile 
in circumference, was a comfortably built house, semi- 
native, semi-European in construction, and surrounded 
by a garden of gorgeous-hued coleus, crotons, and other 
indigenous plants, and even the palings which enclosed 
it were of growing saplings, so evenly trimmed as to re- 
semble an ivy-grown wall. 

Seated in front of the open door were a man and wo- 
man. The latter rose and came to meet Manson, who 
raised his hat as the lady held out her hand, and he told 
her who he was. 

^Come inside," she said, in a soft, pleasant voice. 
" This is my husband, Captain HoUister. Our vessel 
was lost on this island twenty-eight months ago, and 
you are the first white man we have seen since then." 

The blind man made his visitor welcome, but without 
effusion, and b^ged him to be seated. What especially 
struck Manson was the calm, quiet manner of all three. 
They received him as if they were used to seeing 
strangers, and betrayed no unusual agitation. Yet they 
were deeply thankful for his coming. The house con- 
sisted of thrse rooms, and had been made extremely 
comfortable by articles of cabin furniture. The table 
was laid for breakfast, and as Manson sat down, the 
little girl hurriedly milked a goat, and brought in a 
small gourd of milk. In a few minutes Hollister's slight 
reserve had worn off, and he related his strange story. 

His vessel (of which he was owner) was a topsail 

29 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

schooner of 130 tons, and had sailed from Singapore in 
a trading cruise among the Pacific Islands. For the 
first four months all went well. Many islands had been 
visited with satisfactory results, and then came disaster, 
swift and terrible. Hollister told of it in few and simple 
words. 

" We were in sight of this island and in the middle 
watch were becalmed. The night was close and sultry, 
and we had made all ready for a blow of some sort. For 
two hours we waited, and then in an instant the whole 
heavens were alight with chain and fork lightning. My 
Malay crew bolted below, and as they reached the fore- 
scuttle, two of them were struck dead, and flames burst 
out on the fore-part of the ship. I sprang forward, and 
was half-way along the deck, when I, too, was struck 
down. For an hour I was unconscious, and when I re- 
vived knew that my sight was gone for ever. 

** My mate was a good seaman, but old and wanting 
in nerve. Still, with the aid of some of the terrified 
crew, and amidst a torrential downpour of rain which 
almost immediately began to fall, he did what he could 
to save the ship. In half an hour the rain ceased, and 
then the wind came with hurricane force from the south- 
ward ; the crew again bolted, and refused to come on 
deck, and the poor mate in trying to heave-to was washed 
away from the wheel, together with the Malay serang — 
the only man who stuck to him. There were now left 
on board alive four Malays, one Fijian A.B. named 
Sam, my wife and child and myself. And I, of course, 
was helpless. 

*'*Fiji Sam' was a plucky fellow. Aided by my 

30 



THE BLIND MAN OF ADMIRALTY ISLAND 

wife, he succeeded in putting the schooner before the 
wind and letting her drive to the N.N.W., feeling sure 
that she would be giving the land a wide berth. Un- 
fortunately he did not count upon a four-knot current 
setting to the eastward, and just as daylight was 
breaking we tore clean over the reef at high water 
into a little bay two miles from here. The water was 
so deep, and the place so sheltered, that the schooner 
drifted in among the branches of the trees lining the 
beach, and lay there as quiet as if she were moored to 
a wharf. 

" Two days later the Malays seized the dinghy, tak- 
ing with them provisions and arms, and deserted me. 
What became of them I do not know. 

"Fiji Sam found this lake, and here we built this 
house, after removing all that we could from the ship, 
for she was leaking, and settled down upon her keel. 
She is there still, but of no use. 

" When we ran ashore we had in the hold some goats 
and pigs, which I had bought at Anchorites' Island. The 
goats kept with us, but the pigs went wild, and took to 
the bush. In endeavouring to shoot one, poor Fiji Sam 
lost his life — his rifle caught in a vine and went off, the 
bullet passing through his body. 

" Not once since the wreck have we seen a single native, 
though on clear days we often see smoke about fifteen 
miles along the coast. Anyway, none have CDme near 
us — for which I am very glad." 

Manson remarked that that was fortunate as they were 
" a bad lot ". 

"So we have been living here quietly for over two 

31 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

years. Twice only have we seen a sail, but only on the 
horizon. And I, having neither boat nor canoe, and 
being blind, was helpless." 



'* That is the poor fellow's story," concluded Manson. 
" Of course I will give them a passage to Levuka, and 
we must otherwise do our best for them. Although 
Hollister has lost every penny he had in the world, his 
wife tells me that she owns some property in Singapore, 
where she also has a brother who is in business there. 
By Jove, boys, I wish you had been with me when I 
said ' Thank God, I have found you, Captain Hollister,' 
and the poor fellow sighed and turned his face away as 
he held out his hand to me, and his wife drew him to 
her bosom." ' 



32 



• * S«* \ 5« . ■ • ,. 



CHAPTER IV 

NISAN ISLAND ; A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

When I was first learning the ropes as a " recruiter " 
in the Kanaka labour trade, recruiting natives to work 
on the plantations of Samoa and Fiji, we called at a 
group of islands called Nisan by the natives, and marked 
on the chart as the Sir Charles Hardy Islands. I thought 
it likely that I might obtain a few " recruits," and the 
captain wanted fresh provisions. 

The group lies between the south end of New Ireland 
and the north end of the great Bougainville Island in 
the Solomon Archipelago, and consists of six low, well- 
wooded and fertile islands, enclosed within a barrier reef, 
forming a noble atoll, almost circular in shape. All the 
islands are thickly populated at the present day by na- 
tives, who are peaceable enough, and engage in biche- 
de-mer and pearl-shell fishing. Less than forty years 
back they were notorious cannibals, and very warlike, 
and never hesitated to attempt to cut off any whaleship 
or trading vessel that was not well manned and well 
armed. 

As I had visited the group on three previous occa- 
sions in a trading vessel and was well known to the 

33 3 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

people, I was pretty sure of getting some " recruits " for 
Samoa, for our vessel had a good reputation. So, 
lowering our boats, the second mate and I went on 
shore, and were pleasantly received. But, alas for my 
hopes ! I could not get a single native to recruit They 
were, they said, now doing so well at curing biche^- 
mer for a Sydney trading vessel that none of the 
young men cared to leave the island to work on a 
plantation for three years; in addition to this, never 
before had food been so plentiful — pigs and poultry 
abounded, and turtle were netted by hundreds at a 
time. In proof of their assertion as to the abundance 
of provisions, I bought from them, for trade goods 
worth about ten dollars, a boat-load of turtle, pigs, ducks, 
fowls, ^gs and fish. These I sent off to the ship by 
the second mate, and told him to return for another 
load of bread-fruit, taro, and other vegetables and fruit. 
I also sent a note to the captain by my own boat, 
telling him to come on shore and bring our gims and 
plenty of cartridges, as the islands were alive with 
coimtless thousands of fine, heavy pigeons, which were 
paying the group their annual visit from the mountain- 
ous forests of Bougainville Island and New Ireland. 
They literally swarmed on a small uninhabited island, 
covered with bread-fruit and other trees, and used by 
the natives as a sort of pleasure resort 

The two boats returned together, and leaving the 
second mate to buy more pigs and turtle — for we had 
eighty-five " recruits " on board to feed, as well as the 
ship's company of twenty-eight persons — the skipper 
and I started off in my boat for the little island, ac- 

34 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

cx)mpanied by several young Nisan " bucks " carrying old 
smooth-bore muskets, for they, too, wanted to join in 
the sport I had given them some tins of powder, shot, 
and a few hundred military caps. We landed on a 
beautiful white beach, and telling our boafs crew to 
return to the village and help the second mate, the 
skipper and I, with the Nisan natives, walked up the 
bank, and in a few minutes the guns were at work. 
Never before had I seen such thousands of pigeons in 
so small an area. It could hardly be called sport, for 
the birds were so thick on the trees that when a native 
fired at haphazard into the branches the heavy charge 
of shot would bring them down by the dozen — the 
remainder would simply fly off to the next tree. Owing 
to the dense foliage the skipper and I seldom got a 
shot at them on the wing, and had to slaughter like 
the natives, consoling ourselves with the fact that 
every bird would be eaten. Most of them were so 
fat that it was impossible to pluck them wfthout tte 
skin coming away, and from the boat-load we took on 
board the skip's cook obtained a ten-gallon keg full 
of fat. 

About noon we ceased, to have something to eat 
and drink, and chose for our camp a fairly open spot, 
higher than the rest of the island, and growing on 
which were some magnificent trees, bearing a fruit 
called vi. It is in reality a wild mango, but instead 
of containing the smooth oval-shaped seed of the 
mango family, it has a round, root-like and spiky core. 
The fruit, however, is of a delicious flavour, and when 
fully ripe melts in one's mouth. Whilst our native 

35 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

friends were grilling some birds, and getting us some 
young coco-nuts to drink, the captain and I, taking 
some short and heavy pieces of wood, began throwing 
them at the ripe fruit overfiead. Suddenly my com- 
panion tripped over something and fell. 

** Hallo, what is this? " he exclaimed, as he rose and 
looked at the cause of his mishap. 

It was the end of a bar of pig-iron ballast, protruding 
some inches out of the^oft soil. We worked it to and 
fro, and then pulled it out. Wonderii^ how it came 
there, we left it and resumed our stick-throwing, when 
we discovered three more on the other side of the tree ; 
they were lying amid the ruins of an old wall, built of 
coral-stone slabs. We questioned the natives as to 
how these ^ pigs " came to be there. They replied that, 
long before their time, a small vessel had come into 
the lagoon and anchored, and that the crew had thrown 
the bars of iron overboard. After the schooner had 
sailed away, the natives had dived for and recovered 
the iron, and had tried to soften the bars by fire in 
the hope of being able to turn it into axes, etc. 

We accepted the story as true, and thought no more 
about it, thoi^h we wondered why such useful, com- 
pact and heavy ballast should be thrown away, and 
when my boat returned to take us to the ship, we took 
the iron " pigs" with us. 

Arriving at Samoa, we soon rid ourselves of our 
eighty-five " blackbirds," who had all behaved very well 
on the voyage, and were sorry to leave the ship ; and 
that evening I paid a visit to an old friend of mine — 
an American who kept a large store in Apia, the prin- 

36 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

cipal port and town of Samoa. I was telling him all 
about our cruise, when an old white man, locally known 
as ** Bandy Tom," came up from the yard, and sat down 
on the verandah steps near us. Old Tom was a char- 
acter, and well known all over Polynesia as an inveterate 
old loafer and beachcomber. He was a deserter from 
the navy, and for over forty years had wandered about 
the South Pacific, sometimes working honestly for a 
Uving, sometimes dishonestly, but usually loafing upon 
some native community, until they tired of him and 
made him seek fresh pastures In his old age he had 
come to Samoa, and my friend, taking pity on the 
penniless old wreck, gave him employment as night 
watchman, and let him hang about the premises and 
do odd jobs in the day-time. With all his faults he 
was an amusing ancient, and was known for his 
'* tall " yarns about his experiences with cannibals in 
Fiji. 

Bidding me "good-evening," Bandy Tom puffed 
away at his pipe, and listened to what I was saying. 
When I had finished describing our visit to Nisan, and 
the finding of the ballast, he interrupted. 

** I can tell you where them ' pigs ' come from, and 
all about 'em — leastways a good deal; for I knows 
more about the matter than any one else." 

Parker laughed. "Bandy, you know, or pretend 
to know, about everything that has happened in the 
South Seas since the time of Captain Cook." 

" Ah, 3^u can laugh as much as you like, boss," said 
the old fellow serenely, " but I know what I'm talkin' 
about I ain't the old gas-bag you think I am. I lived 

37 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

on Nisan for a year an' ten months, nigh on thirty 
years ago, gettin' biche-de-mer for Captain Bobby 
Towns of Sydney." Then turning to me he added : ** I 
ain't got too bad a memory, for all my age, I can tell 
you the names of all the six islands, an' how they lies, 
an' a good deal about the people an' the queer way they 
has of catchin' turtle in rope nets ; an' I can tell you the 
names of the head men that was there in my time — 
which was about 'fifty or 'fifty-one. Just you try me 
an' see." 

I did try him, and he very soon satisfied me that he 
had lived on the Sir Charles Hardy Islands, and knew 
the place well. Then he told his story, >yhich I con- 
dense as much as possible. 

PART I 

« 

Bandy was landed at Nisan by Captain Robert 
Towns of the barque Adventurer of Sydney, .to collect 
biche-de-iner. He was well received by the savage in- 
habitants and provided with a house, and well treated 
generally, for Captain Towns, knowing the natives to 
be cannibals and treacherous, had demanded a pledge 
from them that Bandy should not be harmed, and 
threatened that if on his return in the following year 
he found the white man was missing, he would land his 
crew, and destroy them to the last man. Then the 
barque sailed. A day or so afterwards Bandy was 
visited by a native, who was very different in appear- 
ance from the Nisan people. He spoke to the white 
man in good English, and informed him that he was a 

38 



i 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

native of the island of Rotumah, but had been living 
on Nisan for more than twenty years, had married, had 
a family, and was well thought of by the people. The 
two became great friends, and Taula, as the Rotumah 
man was named, took Bandy into his confidence, and 
told him of a tragedy that had occurred on Nisan about 
five or six years after he (Taula) had landed on the 
islands. He was one of the crew of a whaleship which, 
on a dark night, nearly ran ashore on Nisan, and in the 
hurry and confusion of the vessels going about he 
slipped over the side, swam on shore through the surf, jj?^ 
and reached the land safely. 

One day, said Taula, the natives were thrown into a 
state of wild excitement by the appearance of a brigan- 
tine, which boldly dropped anchor abreast of the prin- 
cipal village. She was the first vessel that had ever 
stopped at the islands, and the savage natives instantly 
planned to capture her and massacre the crew. But 
they resolved to first put the white men off their guard. 
Taula, however, did not know this at the time. With 
a number of the Nisan people he went on board, taking 
an ample supply of provisions. The brigantine had a 
large crew and was heavily armed, carrying ten guns, 
and the natives were allowed to board in numbers. 
The captain had with him his wife, whom Taula de- 
scribed as being quite a young girl. He questioned 
the natives about pearl-shell and biche-de-mery and a 
few hours later, by personal inspection, satisfied himself 
that the atoll abounded with both. He made a treaty 
with the apparently friendly people, and at once landed 
a party to build houses, etc. 

39 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

I must now, for reasons that will appear later on, 
hurry over Taula*s story as told by him to Bandy. 

Eight or ten days after the arrival of the brigantine, 
the shore party of fourteen white men were treacher- 
ously attacked, and thirteen ruthlessly slaughtered. 
One who escaped was kept as a slave, and the brigan- 
tine, to avoid capture, hurriedly put to sea. 

Six months or so passed, and the vessel sgaLin ap- 
peared and anchored, this time on a mission of venge- 
ance. The natives, nevertheless, were not alarmed, 
and again determined to get possession of the ship, 
although this time her decks were crowded with men. 
They attacked her in canoes, were repulsed, returned 
to the shore and then, with incredible audacity, sent 
the white sailor whom they had captured on board the 
vessel to make peace. But not for a moment had they 
relinquished the determination to capture the vessel, 
which they decided to effect by treachery, if force could 
not be used. What followed was related in detail by 
Taula to Bandy. 

Parker and I were deeply interested in Bandys 
story, and at its conclusion I asked him if his inform- 
ant knew the name of the ship and her nationality. 

" Not her name, sir ; but she was an American. Taula 
knew the American flag, for the ship he ran away from 
was a Sag harbour whaler. The pig-iron bars which 
you found were brought ashore to make a bed for the 
beche-de-mer curing pots. He showed 'em to me one 
day." 

Both Parker and I were convinced of the truth of 
Bandy's story, and came to the conclusion that the un- 

40 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

known brigantine was probably a colonial trader, which 
had afterwards been lost with all hands. For we were 
both fairly well up in the past history of the South 
Seas — ^at least we thought so — and had never heard of 
this affair at the Sir Charles Hardy Group. But we 
were entirely mistaken in our assumptions. 

In the month of April in the year 1906, after a lapse 
of more than five and twenty years, the mystery that 
enshrouded the tragedy of Nisan was revealed to me 
by my coming across, in a French town, a small, time- 
stained and faded volume of 230 pages, and published 
by J. and J. Harper of New York in 1833, and en- 
titled Narrative of a Voyage to the Ethiopic and South 
Atlantic Ocean^ Indian Ocean^ Chinese Sea, North and 
South Pcuific Ocean in the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 
by Abby Jane Morrell, who accompanied her husband, 
Captain Benjamin Morrell, Junior, of the schooner 
Antarctic. 

Now to her story, 

PART II 

Opening the faded little volume, the reader sees a 
wood-engraving of the authoress, a remarkably handsome 
young woman of about twenty years of age, dressed in 
the quaint fashion of those days. As a matter of fact 
she was only four and twenty when her book was pub- 
lished. In a brief preface she tells us that her object 
in writing a book was not for the purpose of exciting 
interest in her own experiences of a remarkable voyage, 
but in the hope that it would arouse philanthropic en- 

41 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

deavour to ameliorate the condition of American sea- 
men. Throughout the volume there is a vein of deep, 
yet unobtrusive piety, and the reader is struck with her 
self-effacement, her courage, her reverent admiration 
for her young sailor husband, and her pride in his 
gallant ship and sturdy crew of native-bom American 
seamen. In the Antarctic the young couple sailed 
many seas, and visited many lands, and everywhere 
they seem to have been the recipients of unbounded 
hospitality and attention,, especially from their own 
country people, and English merchants, and naval and 
military men. It is very evident— even if only judging 
from her picture — that she was a very charming young 
lady of the utmost vivacity ; and in addition to this, she 
was an accomplished linguist, and otherwise highly edu- 
cated. Her beauty, indeed, caused her many tears, owing 
to the ^^ wicked and persistent attentions " of the Ameri- 
can consul at Manila. This gentleman appears to have 
set himself to work to make Mrs. Morrell a widow, until 
at last — ^her husband being away at sea — she had to be 
guarded from his persistent advances by some of the 
English and American families resident in Manila 
She tells the story in the most naYve and delightful 
manner, and the reader's heart warms to the little 
woman. But I must not diverge from the subject. 

" I am," she says, " the daughter of Captain John 
Wood, of New York, who died at New Orleans on 
the 14th of November, 181 1. He was then master of 
the ship Indian Hunter. . . • He died when I was so 
young that if I pleased myself with thinking that I 
remember him, I could not have been a judge of his 

4a 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

virtues ; but it has been a source of happiness to me 
that he is spoken of by his contemporaries as a man 
of good sense and great integrity." 

When fifteen years of age Miss Wood met her 
cousin, Captain Morrell, a young man who had gained 
a reputation for seamanship, and as a navigator. They 
were mutually attracted to each other, and in a few 
months were married. Then he sailed away on a two 
years' voyage, returned, and again set out, this time to the 
little known South Seas. Absent a year — during which 
time a son was bom to him — he was so pleased with the 
financial results of the voyage that he determined on a 
second ; and his wife insisted on accompanying him, 
though he pleaded with her to remain, and told her of 
the dangers and terrors of a long voyage in unknown 
seas, the islands of which were peopled by ferocious and 
treacherous cannibals. But she was not to be deterred 
from sharing her husband's perils, and with an aching 
heart took farewell of her infant son, whom she left in 
care of her mother, and on 2nd September, 1829, the 
Antarctic sailed from New York. The cruise was to last 
two years, and the object of it was to seek for new 
sealing grounds in the Southern Ocean, and then go 
northward to the Pacific Islands and barter with the 
natives for sandal-wood, beche-de-mer^ pearls, and pearl- 
shell. 

The crew of the brigantine were picked men, and all 
of them gave Morrell a written pledge to abstain from 
drinking spirits of any kind during the entire voyage. 
Morrell, though a strict disciplinarian, seems to have 
had their respect and even affection throughout, and 

43 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

that he was a man of iron resolution and dauntless 
courage the book gives ample testimony. 

After some months' sealing at the Auckland Islands, 
and visiting New Zealand, where the Morrells were 
entertained by the missionary, John Williams, the 
brigantine made a highly successful cruise among the 
islands of the South Pacific, and then Morrell went to 
Manila to dispose of his valuable cargo. This he did 
to great advantage, and once more his restless, daring 
spirit impelled him tct make another voyage among the 
islands. This time, however, he left his wife in Manila, 
where she soon found many friends, who protected her 
from the annoying attentions of the consul, and nursed 
her through a severe illness. 

**On the seventy-fifth day after the sailing of the 
Antarctic!* she writes, "as I was looking with a glass 
from my window, as I had done for many days previously, 
I saw my husband's well-known signal at the mast head 
of an approaching vessel. ... I was no sooner on board 
than I found myself in my husband's arms ; but the 
scene was too much for my enfeebled frame, and I was 
for some time insensible. On coming to myself, I looked 
around and saw my brother, pale and emaciated. My 
forebodings were dreadful when I perceived that the 
number of the crew was sadly diminished from what it 
was when I was last on board. I dared not trust myself 
to make any inquiries, and all seemed desirous to avoid 
explanations. I could not rest in this state of mind, 
and ventured to ask what had become of the men. My 
husband, with his usual frankness, sat down and de- 
tailed to me the whole affair, which was as follows : — 

44 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

" It seems that six weeks after leaving Manila" (here 
I omit some unimportant details) "he came to six 
islands that were surrounded by a coral reef." (The Sir 
Charles Hardy Group.) " Here was a-plenty of beche- 
de-mer, and he made up his mind to get a cargo of this, 
and what shell he could procure. . . . On May 21st he 
sent a boat's crew on shore to clear away the brush and 
prepare a place to cure the biche-de-mer. The natives 
now came off to the vessel, and seemed quiet, although it 
was evident that they had never seen a white man 
before, and the islands bore no trace of ever having been 
visited by civilised men. The people were a large, 
savage-looking race, but Mr. Morrell was lulled to secur- 
ity by their civil and harmless {sic) appearance, and 
their fondness of visiting the vessel to exchange their 
fruits for trinkets and other commodities attractive 
to the savages in these climes. They were shown in 
perfect friendship all parts of the vessel, and appeared 
pleased with the attentions paid them. ... A boat 
was sent on shore with the foi^e and all the blacksmith's 
tools, but the savages soon stole the greater part of 
them. 

''This was an unpropitious circumstance, but Mr. 
Morrell thought that he could easily recover them ; and 
to accomplish this, he took six of his men, well armed, 
and marched directly to the village where the king lived. 
This was a lovely place, formed in a grove of trees. 
Here he met two hundred warriors, all painted for 
battle, armed with bows and arrows ready for an onset, 
waving their war plumes, and eager to engage. On 
turning round he saw nearly as many more in his rear 

45 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

— it was a critical moment — ^the slightest fear was sure 
death* Mr. Morrell addressed his comrades, and, in a 
word, told them that if they did not act in concert, and 
in the most dauntless manner, death would be inevitable. 
He then threw down his musket, drew his cutlass, and 
holding a pistol in his right hand, he pushed for the 
king, knowing in what reverence savages in general 
hold the person of their monarch. In an instant the 
pistol was at the king's breast, and the cutlass waved 
over his head. The savages had arrowed their bows, 
and were ready at the slightest signal to have shot a 
cloud of missiles at the handful of white men ; but in 
an instant, when they saw the danger of their king, they 
dropped their bows to the ground. At this fortunate 
moment, the captain marched around the circle, and 
compelled those who had come with war-clubs to throw 
those down also; all which he ordered his men to 
secure and collect inta a heap. The king was then 
conducted with several of his chiefs on board the An- 
tarctic, and kept until the next day. They were treated 
with every attention, but strictly guarded all night On 
the following morning he gave them a good breakfast, 
loaded them with presents — for which they seemed 
grateful, and laboured hard to convince their conqueror 
that they were friendly to him and his crew — sent them 
on shore, together with some of his men, to go on with 
the works which had been commenced ; but feeling that 
a double caution was necessary, he sent a reinforcement 
to his men on shore, well armed. . . . All were cautioned 
to be on their guard ; but everything was unavailing ; 
for not long after this, a general attack was made on 

46 



wtwr^ 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

the men from the woods, in so sudden a manner that 
they were overthrown at once. Two of the crew who 
were in the small boat, made their escape out of reach 
of the arrows, and had the good fortune to pick up three 
others who had thrown themselves into the water for 
safety. On hearii^ the horrid yells of the savages, the 
whaleboat was sent with ten men, who, with great 
exertions, saved two more of the crew. The rest all 
fell, at one untimely moment, victims to savage barbar- 
ity! It was an awful and heart-sickening moment; 
fourteen of the crew had perished — they were murdered, 
mangled, and their corpses thrown upon the strand 
without the possibility of receiving the rites of Christian 
burial. . . . Four of the survivors were wounded — the 
heat was intolerable — the spirits of the crew were 
broken down, and a sickness came over their hearts that 
could not be controlled by the power of medicine — a 
sickness arising from moral causes, that would not yield 
to science nor art. 

*' In this situation Captain Morrell made the best of 
his way for Manila. ... I grew pale over the narrative ; 
it filled my dreams for many nights, and occupied my 
thoughts for many days, almost exclusively. ... I 
dreaded the thought of the mention of the deed, and 
yet I wished I had been there. I might have done 
some good, or, if not, I might have assisted to dress the 
wounded, among whom was my own dear, heroic bro- 
ther. He received an arrow in the breast, but his good 
constitution soon got over the shock ; though he was 
pale even when I saw him, so many days after the event. 
My husband had now lost everything but his courage, 

47 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

his honour, and his perseverance ; but the better part of 
the community of Manila had become his friends, while 
the American consul was delighted with our misfortunes. 
He was alone ! " 

PART III 

Nothing daunted by this catastrophe Captain Morrell 
petitioned the Captain -General of the Philippines for 
leave to take out a new crew of seventy additional men 
— ^sixty-six Manila men, and four Europeans. Every- 
one warned him of the danger of this — no other ship 
had ever dared take more than six Manila men as part 
of her complement, for they were treacherous, and prone 
to mutiny. But Morrell contested that he would be 
able to manage them and the captain-general yielded. 
Two English merchants, Messrs. Cannell and Gellis, 
generously lent him all the money he required to fit out, 
taking only his I.O.U. So : — 

^' On the 1 8th July, 1830, the Antarctic again sailed 
for Massacre Islands, as my husband had named the 
group where he lost his men. When I went on board 
I found a crew of eighty-five men, fifty-five of them 
savages as fierce as those whom we were about to en- 
counter, and as dangerous, if not properly managed. 
One would have thought that I should have shrunk from 
this assemblage as from those of Massacre Islands, but 
I entered my cabin with a light step ; I did not fear 
savage men half so much as I did a civilised brute. I 
was with my husband ; he was not afraid, why should 
I be ? This was my reasoning, and I found it safe. * 

" The schooner appeared as formidable as anything 

48 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

possibly could of her size ; she had great guns, ten in 
number, small arms, boarding-pikes, cutlasses, pistols, 
and a great quantity of ammunition. She was a war- 
horse in every sense of the word, but that of animal 
life, and that she seemed partially to have, or one would 
havethoughtso, to hear the sailors talk of her. . . . She 
coursed over the waters with every preparation for fight. 

"On the 13th of September the Antarctic again 
reached Massacre Islands. I could only view the place 
as a Golgotha ; and shuddered as we neared it ; but I 
could see that most of the old crew who came hither 
at the time of the massacre were panting for revenge, 
although their captain had endeavoured to impress upon 
them the folly of gratifying such a passion if we could 
gain our purpose by mildness mixed with firmness." (I 
am afraid that here the skipper of the Antarctic was not 
exactly open with the little lady. He certainly meant 
that his crew should " get even " with their shipmates' 
murderers, but doubtless told her that he ''had en- 
deavoured," etc) 

** We had no sooner made our appearance in the har- 
bour at Massacre Island, on the 14th, than we were at- 
tacked by about three himdred warriors. We opened a 
brisk fire upon them, and they immediately retreated. 
This was the first battle I ever saw where men in anger 
met men in earnest We were now perfectly safe ; our 
Manila men were as brave as Caesar ; they were anxious 
to be landed instantly, to fight these Indians at once. 
They felt as much superior, no doubt, to these ignorant 
satages as the philosopher does to the peasant. This 
the captain would not permit ; he knew his superiority 

49 4 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

while on board his vessel, and he also knew that this 
superiority must be, in a manner, lost to him as soon as 
he landed. 

" The firing had ceased, and the enemy had retired, 
when a single canoe appeared coming from the shore 
with one man in it. We could not conjecture what this 
could mean. The man was as naked as a savage and 
as highly painted, but he managed his paddle with a 
different hand from the savages. When he came along- 
side, he cried out to us in English, and we recognised 
Leonard Shaw, one of our old crew, whom we had 
supposed among the dead. The meeting had that joy- 
ousness about it that cannot be felt in ordinary life ; he 
was dead and buried, and now was alive again I We 
received him as one might imagine; surprise, joy, 
wonder, took possession of us all, and we made him re- 
count his adventures, which were wonderful enough. 

'* Shaw was wounded when the others were slain ; he 
fled to the woods, and succeeded at tb&t time in escap- 
ing from death. Hunger at length induced him to leave 
the woods and attempt to give himself to the savages, 
but coming in sight of the horrid spectacle of the bodies 
of his friends and companions roasting for a cannibal 
feast, he rushed forth again into the woods with the 
intent rather to starve than to trust to such wretches for 
protection. For four days and nights he remained in 
his hiding place, when he was forced to go in pursuit of 
something to keep himself from starving. After some 
exertion he obtained three coco-nuts, which were so 
young that they did not afford much sustenance, but 
were sufficient to keep him alive fifteen days, during 

50 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

which time he suffered from the continually falling 
showers, which left him dripping wet. In the shade of 
his hiding place he had no chance to dry himself, and on 
the fifteenth day he ventured to stretch himself in the 
sun ; but he did not long remain undisturbed ; an Indian 
saw him, and gave the alarm, and he was at once sur- 
rounded by a host of savages. The poor, suffering 
wretch implored them to be merciful, but he implored 
in vain ; one of them struck him on the back of the 
head with a war-club, and laid him senseless on the 
ground, and for a while left him as dead. When he re- 
covered, and had gathered his scattered senses, he ob- 
served a chief who was not among those by whom he 
had been attacked, and made signs to him that he would 
be his slave if he would save him. The savage intimated 
to him to follow, which he did, and had his wound most 
cruelly dressed by the savage, who poured hot water into 
it, and filled it with sand. 

** As soon as the next day, while yet in agony with his 
wound, he was called up and set to work in making 
knives, and other implements from the iron hoops, and 
other plunder from the forge when the massacre took 
place. This was indeed hard, for the poor fellow was 
no mechanic, though a first-rate Jack-tar . . . however, 
necessity made him a blacksmith, and he got along pretty 
well. 

" The savages were not yet satisfied, and they made 
him march five or six miles to visit a distinguished chief. 
This was done in a state of nudity, without anything 
like sandals or mocassins to protect his feet from the 
flint stones and sharp shells, and under the burning 

51 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

rays of an intolerable sun. Blood marked his footsteps. 
The king met him and compelled him to debase himself 
by the most abject ceremonies of slavery. He was now 
overcome, and with a dogged indifference was ready to 
die. He could not, he would not walk back ; his feet 
were lacerated, swollen, and almost in a state of putre- 
faction. The savages saw this, and took him back by 
water, but only to experience new torments. The 
young ones imitated their elders, and these graceless 
little rascals pulled out his beard and whiskers, and 
eyebrows and eyelashes. In order to save himself some 
part of the pain of this wretched process of their amuse- 
ment, he was permitted to perform a part of this work 
with his own hands. He was indeed a pitiable object, 
but one cannot die when one wishes, and be guiltless. 
This was not all he suffered ; he was almost starved to 
death, for they gave him only the offal of the fish they 
caught, and this but sparingly ; he sustained himself by 
catching rats, and these offensive creatures were his 
principal food for a longtime. He understood that the 
natives did not suffer the rats to be killed, and therefore 
he had to do it secretly in the night time. 

"Thus passed the days of the poor prisoner; the 
wound on his head was not yet healed, and notwith- 
standing all his efforts he failed to get the sand out of 
his first wound until a short time before his deliverance, 
when it was made known to him that he was to be im- 
molated for a feast to the king of the group ! All things 
had now become matters of indifference to him, and he 
heard the horrid story with great composure. All the 
preparations for the sacrifice were got up in his presence, 

5a 



r 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

near the very spot where the accursed feast of skulls had 
been held. All was in readiness, and the people waited 
a long time for the king ; but he did not come, and the 
ceremony was put off. 

* Shaw has often expressed himself on this subject, and 
said that he could not but feel some regret that his woes 
were not to be finished, as there was no hope for him, 
and to linger always in this state of agitation was worse 
than death ; but mortals are short-sighted, for he was 
destined to be saved through the instrumentality of 
his friends. 

'' His soul was again agitated by hope and fear in 
the extremes when the Antarctic made her appearance 
a second time on the coast. He feared that her arrival 
would be the signal for his destruction ; but if this should 
not happen, might he not be saved ? The whole popu- 
lation of the island he was on, and those of the others 
of the group, manned their war canoes for a formidable 
attack ; and the fate of the prisoner was suspended for 
a season. The attack was commenced by the warriors 
in the canoes, without doubt confident of success ; but 
the well-directed fire from the Antarctic soon repulsed 
them, and they sought the shore in paroxysms of rage, 
which was changed to fear when they found that the 
big guns of the schooner threw their shot directly into 
the village, and were rapidly demolishing their dwellings. 
It was in this state of fear and humility that Shaw was 
sent off to the vessel to stop the carnage and destruction ; 
they were glad to have peace on any terms. They 
now gave up their boldness, and as it was the wish of 
all but the Manila men to spare the effusion of human 

53 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

blood, it was done as soon as safety would permit of 
it 

" The story of Shaw's sufferings raised the indignation 
of every one of the Americans and English we had on 
board, and they were violently desirous to be led on to 
attack the whole of the Massacre Islands, and extirpate 
the race at once. They felt at this moment as if it 
would be an easy thing to kill the whole of the inhabit- 
ants ; but Captain Morrell was not to be governed by 
any impulse of passion — he had other duties to perform ; 
yet he did not reprimand the men for this feeling; 
thinking it might be of service to him hereafter. 

" After taking every precaution to ensure safety, by 
getting up his boarding-nettings many feet above the 
deck, and everything prepared for defence or attack, the 
frame of the house, brought for the purpose, was got up 
on a small uninhabited island — ^which had previously 
been purchased of the king in exchange for useful articles 
such as axes, shaves, and other mechanical tools, pre- 
cisely such as the Indians wished for. The captain 
landed with a large force, and began to fell the trees to 
make a castle for defence. Finding two large trees, 
nearly six feet through, he prepared the limbs about 
foi*ty feet from the ground, and raised a platform ex- 
tending from one to the other, with an arrow-proof bul- 
wark around it. Upon this platform were stationed a 
garrison of twenty men, with four brass swivels. The 
platform was covered with a watertight roof, and the men 
slept there at night upon their arms, to keep the natives 
from approaching to injure the trees or the fort by fire — 
the only way they could assail the garrison. It looked 

54 



I 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

indeed like a castle — formidable in every respect ; and 
the ascent to it was by a ladder, which was drawn up 
at night into this war-like habitation. The next step 
was to clear the woods from around the castle, in order 
to prevent a lurking enemy from coming within arrow- 
shot of the fort Next, the house was raised, and made 
quite a fine appearance, being one hundred and fifty feet 
long, forty feet broad, and very high. The castle pro- 
tected the house and the workmen in it, and both house 
and castle were so near the sea-board that the Antarctic^ 
while riding at anchor, protected both. The castle was 
well stocked with provisions in case of a si^e. 

" The next day, after all was in order for business, 
a large number of canoes made their appearance near 
Massacre Island. Shaw said that this fleet belonged 
to another island (of the group) and he had never known 
them to stop there before. My husband, having some 
suspicions, did not suffer the crew to go on shore next 
morning at the usual time ; and about eight o'clock one 
of the chiefs came off, as usual, to offer us fruits, but 
no boat was sent to meet him. He waited some time 
for us, and then directed his course to our island, which 
my husband had named Wallace Island, in memory of 
the officer who had bravely fallen in fight on the day of 
the massacre. This was surprising as not a single 
native had set foot on that island since our works 
were b^un ; but we were not kept long in suspense, 
for we saw about a hundred war-canoes start from the 
back side of Massacre Island, and make towards Wallace 
Island. We knew that war was their object, and the 
Antarctic was prepared for battle. The chief who had 

55 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

come to sell us fruit, came in front of the castle — ^the 
first man. He gave the war-whoop, and about two hun- 
dred warriors, who had concealed themselves in the 
woods during the darkness of the night, rushed forward. 
The castle was attacked on both sides, and the Indians 
discharged their arrows at the building in the air, till 
they were stuck, like porcupines' quills, in every part of 
the roof. The garrison was firm, and waked in silence 
until the assailants were within a short distance, when 
they opened a tremendous fire with their swivels, loaded 
with canister shot; the men were ready with their mus- 
kets also, and the Antarctic opened her fire of large 
guns, all with a direct and deadly aim at the leaders of 
the savage band. The execution was very great, and 
in a short time the enemy beat a precipitate retreat, tak- 
ing with them their wounded, and as many of their dead 
as they could. The ground was strewed with imple- 
ments of war, which the savages had thrown away in their 
flight, or which had belonged to the slain. The enemy 
did not expect such a reception, and they were prodigi- 
ously frightened ; the sound of the cannon alarmed every 
woman and child in the group, as it echoed through the 
forest, or died upon the wave; they had never heard 
such a roar before, for in our first fight there was no ne- 
cessity for such energy. The Indians took to the water, 
leaving only a few in their canoes to get them off, while 
the garrison hoisted the American flag, and were greeted 
by cheers from those on board the schooner, who were 
in high spirits at their victory, which was achieved with- 
out the loss of a man on our part, and only two wounded. 
The music struck up * Yankee Doodle,' * Rule Britannia,' 

56 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

etc., and the crew could hardly restrain their joy to think 
that they had beaten their enemy so easily. 

"The boats were all manned, and most of the crew 
went on shore to mark the devastation which had been 
made. I saw all this without any sensation of fear, so 
easy is it for a woman to catch the spirit of those near 
her. If I had a few months before this time read of 
such a battle I should have trembled at the detail of the 
incidents; but seeing all the animation and courage 
which were displayed, and noticing at the same time 
how coolly all was done, evety particle of fear left me, 
and I stood quite as collected as any heroine of former 
days. Still I could not but deplore the sacrifice of the 
poor, misguided, ignorant creatures, who wore the human 
form, and had souls to save. Must the ignorant always 
be taught civilisation through blood ? — situated as we 
were, no other course could be taken. 

" On the morning of the 19th, to our great surprise, 
the chief who had previously come out to bring us fruit, 
and had done so on the morning of our great battle, 
came again in his canoe, and called for Shaw, on the 
edge of the reef, with his usual air of kindness and 
friendship, offering fruit, and intimating a desire for 
trade, as though nothing had happened. The offer 
seemed fair, but all believed him to be treacherous. 
The small boat was sent to meet him, but Shaw, who 
we feared was now an object of vengeance, was not 
sent in her. She was armed for fear of the worst, and 
the coxswain had orders to kill the chief if he should 
discover any treachery in him. As our boat came 
alongside the canoe, the crew saw a bearded arrow 

57 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

attached to a bow, ready for the purpose of revenge. 
Just as the savage was about to bend his bow, the 
coxswain levelled his piece, and shot the traitor through 
the body; his wound was mortal, but he did not ex- 
pire immediately. At this instant a fleet of canoes 
made their appearance to protect their chief. The 
small boat lost one of her oars in the fight, and we 
were obliged to man two large boats and send them to 
the place of contest The large boats were armed with 
swivels and muskets, and a furious engagement ensued. 
The natives were driven from the water, but succeeded 
in taking off their wounded chief, who expired as he 
reached the shore. 

** After the death of Hennean, the name of the chief 
we had slain, the inhabitants of Massacre Island fled 
to some other place, and left all things as they were 
before our attack upon them, and our men roamed over 
it at will. The skulls of several of our slaughtered men 
were found at Hennean's door, trophies of his bloody 
prowess. These were now buried with the honours of 
war; the colours of the Antarctic were lowered half- 
mast, minute guns were fired, and dirges were played 
by our band, in honour of those who had fallen un- 
timely on Massacre Island. This was all that feeling 
or affection could bestow. Those so inhumanly mur- 
dered had at last the rites of burial performed for 
them; millions have perished without such honours 
... it is the last sad ofiice that can be paid. 

** We now commenced collecting and curing becke- 
de-mer^ and should have succeeded to our wishes, if we 
had not been continually harassed by the natives as 

58 



A TALE OF THE OLD TRADING DAYS 

soon as we began our efforts. We continued to work 
in this way until the 28th of October, when we found 
that the natives were still hostile, and on that day one 
of our men was attacked on Massacre Island, but 
escaped death through great presence of mind, and shot 
the man, who was the brother of the chief Hennean. 
Our man's name was Thomas Holmes, a cool, deliber- 
ate Englishman. Such an instance of self-possession, 
in such great danger as that in which he was placed, 
would have given immortality to a greater man. We 
felt ourselves much harassed and vexed by the perse- 
vering savages, and finding it impossible to make them 
understand our motives and intentions, we came to the 
conclusion to leave the place forthwith. This was 
painful, after such struggles and sacrifices and misfor- 
tunes ; but there was no other course to pursue. Ac- 
cordingly, on the 3rd of November, 1830, we set fire 
to our house and castle, and departed by the light of 
them, taking the biche-de-mer we had collected and 
cured." 

So ends Mrs. Morrell's story of the tragedy of ** Mas- 
sacre Island". She has much else to relate of the 
subsequent cruise of the Antarctic in the South Pacific 
and the East Indies, and finally the happy conclusion 
of an adventurous voyage, when the vessel returned 
safely to New York. 

If the reader has been sufficiently interested in her 
story to desire to know where in the South Pacific her 
** Massacre Island" is situated, he will find it in any 
modern map or atlas, almost midway between New 

59 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Ireland and Bougainville Island, the largest of the 
Solomon group, and in lat. 4° 50' S., long. 154° 20' E. 
In conclusion, I may mention that further relics of the 
visit of the Antarctic came to light about fifteen years 
ago, when some of the natives broi^ht three or four 
round shot to the local trader then living on Nisan. 
They had found them buried under some coral stone 
ddbris^ when searching for robber crabs. 



( 
4 



60 



CHAPTER V 

MUTINIES 

Mutinies, even at the present day, are common 
enough. The facts concerning many of them never 
come to light, it is so often to the advantage of the 
after-guard of a ship to hush matters up. I know of 
one instance in which the crew of a ship loading guano 
phosphates at Howland Island imprisoned the captain, 
three mates and the steward in the cabin for some 
days ; then hauled them on deck, triced up the whole 
five and gave them a hundred lashes each, in revenge 
for the diabolical cruelties that had been inflicted upon 
them day by day for long months. Then they liber- 
ated their tormentors, took to the boats and dispersed 
themselves on board other guano ships loading at How- 
land Island, leaving their former captain and officers to 
shift for themselves. This was one of the mutinies that 
never came to light, or at least the mutineers escaped 
punishment. 

I have witnessed three mutinies — in the last of which 
I took part, although I was not a member of the ship's 
crew. 

My first experience occurred when I was a boy, and 

6x 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

has been alluded to by the late Lord Pembroke in his 
"Introduction" to the first book I had published — a 
collection of tales entitled By Reef and Palm, It was 
a poor sort of an affair, but filled my boyish heart with 
a glorious delight — in fact it was an enjoyable mutiny 
in some respects, for what might have been a tragedy 
was turned into a comedy. 

With a brother two years older I was sent to San 
Francisco by our parents to begin life in a commercial 
house, and subsequently (of course) make our for- 
tunes. 

Our passages were taken at Newcastle (New South 
Wales) on the barque Lizzie and Rosa, commanded by 
a little red-headed Irishman, to whose care we were 
committed. His wife (who sailed with him) was a most 
lovable woman, generous to a fault. He was about 
the meanest specimen of an Irishman that ever was 
born, was a savage little bully, boasted of being a 
Fenian, and his insignificant appearance on his quarter 
deck, as he strutted up and down, irresistibly suggested 
a monkey on a stick, and my brother and myself took 
a quick dislike to him, as also did the other passengers, 
of whom there were thirty — cabin and steerage. His 
wife (who was the daughter of a distinguished Irish 
prelate) was actually afraid of the little man, who 
snarled and snapped at her as if she were a disobedient 
child. (Both of them are long since dead, so I can 
write freely of their characteristics.) 

The barque had formerly been a French corvette — 
the Felix Bemaboo. She was old, ill-found and leaky, 
and from the day we left Newcastle the pumps were 

62 



MUTINIES 

kept going, and a week later the crew came aft and 
demanded that the ship should return to port. 

The little man succeeded in quieting them for the 
time by giving them better food, and we continued on 
our course, meeting with such a series of adverse gales 
that it was forty-one days before we sighted the island 
of Rurutu in the South Pacific By this time the crew 
and steerage passengers were in a very angry frame of 
mind ; the former were overworked and exhausted, and 
the latter were furious at the miserly allowance of food 
doled out to them by the equally miserly captain. 

At Rurutu the natives brought off two boat-loads of 
fresh provisions, but the captain bought only one small 
pig for the cabin passengers. The steerage passengers 
bought up everything else, and in a few minutes the 
crew came aft and asked the captain to buy them some 
decent food in place of the decayed pork and weevily 
biscuit upon which they had been existing. He refused, 
and ordered them for'ard, and then the mate, a hot- 
tempered Yorkshireman named Oliver, lost his temper, 
and told the captain that the men were starving. Angry 
words followed, and the mate knocked the little man 
down. 

Picking himself up, he went below, and reappeared 
with a brace of old-fashioned Colt's revolvers, one of 
which — after declaring he would *' die like an Irishman " 
— he pointed at the mate, and calling upon him to sur- 
render and be put in irons, he fired towards his head. 
Fortunately the bullet missed. The sympathetic crew 
made a rush aft, seized the skipper, and after knocking 
him about rather severely, held him under the force 

63 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

pump, and nearly drowned him. Only for the respect 
that the crew had for his wife, I really believe they 
would have killed him, for they were wroi^ht up to a 
pitch of fury by his tyranny and meanness. The boat- 
swain carried him below, locked him up in one of the 
state-rooms, and there he was kept in confinement till 
the barque reached Honolulu, twenty days later, the 
mate acting as skipper. At Honolulu, the mate and 
all the crew were tried for mutiny, but the court 
acquitted them all, mainly through the testimony of 
the passengers. 

That was my first experience of a mutiny. My 
brother and I enjoyed it immensely, especially the at- 
tempted shooting of the good old mate, and the sub- 
sequent spectacle of the evil-tempered, vindictive little 
skipper being held under the force pump. 

My third experience of a mutiny I take next (as it 
arose from a similar cause to the first). I was a 
passenger on a brig bound from Samoa to the Gilbert 
Islands (Equatorial Pacific). The master was a German, 
brutal and overbearing to a degree, and the two mates 
were no better. One was an American "tough," the 
other a lazy, foul-mouthed Swede. All three men were 
heavy drinkers, and we were hardly out of Apia 
before the Swede (second mate) broke a sailor's jaw with 
an iron belaj^ng pin. The crew were nearly all natives 
— steady men, and fairly good seamen. Five of them 
were Gilbert Islanders, and three natives of Nm6 (Sav- 
age Island), and it was one of these latter whose jaw 
was broken. They were an entirely new crew and had 
shipped in ignorance of the character of the captain. I 

64 



MUTINIES 

had often heard of him as a brutal fellow, and the brig 
(the Alfreda of Hamburg) had long had an evil name. 
She was a labour-ship (^' black-birder ") and I had taken 
passage in her only because I was anxious to get to the 
Marshall Islands as quickly as possible. 

There were but five Europeans on board — captain, 
two mates, bos'un and myself. The bos'un was, al- 
though hard on the crew, not brutal, and he never 
struck them. 

We had not been out three days when the captain, 
in a fit of rage, knocked a Gilbert Islander down 
for dropping a wet paint-brush on the deck. Then he 
kicked him about the head until the poor fellow was 
insensible. 

From that time out not a day passed but one or more 
of the crew were struck or kicked. The second mate's 
conduct filled me with fury and loathing, for, in addition 
to his cruelty, his language was nothing but a string of 
curses and blasphemy. Within a week I saw that the 
Gilbert Islanders were getting into a dangerous frame 
of mind. 

These natives are noted all over the Pacific for their 
courage, and seeing that mischief was brewing, I spoke 
to the bos'un about it. He agreed with me, but said it 
was no use speaking to the skipper. 

To me the captain and officers were civil enough, 
that is, in a gruff sort of way, so I decided to speak to 
the former. I must mention that I spoke the Gilbert 
and Savage Island dialects, and so heard the natives 
talk. However, I said nothing of that to the German. 
I merely said to him that he was running a great risk 

65 5 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

in knocking the men about, and added that their 
countrymen might try to cut off the brig out of re- 
venge. He snorted with contempt, and both he and 
the mates continued to *'haze" the now sulky and 
brooding natives. 

One calm Sunday night we were in sight of Funafuti 
lagoon, and also of a schooner which I knew to be the 
Hazeldine of San Francisco. She, like us, was be- 
calmed. 

In the middle watch I went on deck and found the 
skipper and second mate drunk. The mate, who was 
below, was about half-drunk. All three men had been 
drinking heavily for some days, and the second mate 
was hardly able to keep his feet. The captain was 
asleep on the skylight, lying on his back, snoring like a 
pig, and I saw the butt of his revolver showing in the 
inner pocket of his coat. 

Presently rain began to fall, and the second mate 
called one of the hands and told him to bring him his 
oil-skin coat. The man brought it, and then the brutal 
Swede, accusing him of having been slow, struck him a 
fearful blow in the face and knocked him off the poop. 
Then the brute followed him and began kicking him 
with drunken fury, then fell on the top of him and lay 
there. 

I went for'ard and found all the natives on deck, 
very excited and armed with knives. Addressing 
them, I begged them to keep quiet and listen to me. 

" The captain and mates are all drunk," I said, ** and 
now is your chance to leave the ship. Funafuti is only 
a league away. Get your clothes together as quickly 

66 



MUTINIES 

as possible, then lower away the port quarter-boat. I, 
too, am leaving this ship, and I want you to put me on 
board the Hazeldine, Then you can go on shore. 
Now, put up your knives and don't hurt those three 
men, beasts as they are." 

As I was speaking, Max the bos'un came forward and 
listened. (I thought he was asleep.) He did not in- 
terfere, merely giving me an expressive look. Then 
he said to me: — 

" Ask them to lock me up in the deck-house ". 

Very quietly this was done, and then, whilst I got 
together my personal belongings in the cabin, the boat 
was lowered. The Yankee mate was sound asleep in 
his bunk, but one of the Nui6 men took the key of his 
door and locked it from the outside. Presently I 
heard a sound of breaking wood, and going on deck, 
found that the Gilbert Islanders had stove-in the star- 
board quarter-boat and the long-boat (the latter was 
on deck). Then I saw that the second mate was 
lashed (bound hand and foot) to the pump-rail, and the 
captain was lashed to one of the fife-rail stanchions. 
His face was streaming with blood, and I thought he 
was dead, but found that he had only been struck with 
a belaying pin, which had broken his nose. 

" He drew a lot of blood from us," said one of the 
natives to me, "and so I have drawn some from 
him." 

I hurried to the deck-house and told the bos'un what 
had occurred. He was a level-headed young man, and 
taking up a carpenter's broad axe, smashed the door of 
the deck-house. Then he looked at me and smiled. 

67 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 



" You see, Fm gaining my liberty — captain and officers 
tied up, and no one to look after the ship." 

I understood perfectly, and shaking hands with him 
and wishing him a better ship, I went over the side 
into the boat, and left the brig floating quietly on the 
placid surface of the ocean. 

The eight native sailors made no noise, although 
they were all wildly excited and jubilant, but as we 
shoved off, they called out "Good-bye, bos'un". 

An hour afterwards I was on board the Hazeldiney 
and telling my story to her skipper, who was an old 
friend. Then I bade good-bye to the natives, who 
started off for Funafuti with many expressions of good- 
will to their fellow-mutineer. 

At daylight a breeze came away from the eastward, 
and at breakfast time the Hazeldine was out of sight 
of the Alfreda, 

I learnt a few months later that the skipper had suc- 
ceeded in bringing her into Funafuti Lagoon, where he 
managed to obtain another crew. 



68 



CHAPTER VI 

" MANI " 

Mani was a half-caste — father a Martinique nigger, 
mother a Samoan — twenty-two years of age, and lived 
at Moata, a little village two miles from Apia in 
Samoa. 

Mani's husband was a Frenchman named Francois 
Renault, who, when he was sober, worked as a boat- 
builder and carpenter, for the German ** factory" at 
Mataf&le. And when he was away form home I would 
hear Mani laughing, and see her playing' with her two 
dark-skinned little girls, and talking to them in a curious 
mixture of Samoan-French. They were merry mites 
with big rolling eyes, and unnjistakably " kinky" hair — 
like their mother. 

It was a fortnight after the great gale of 15th March, 
1889, when the six German and American warships 
were wrecked, that Mani came to my house with a 
basket of fresh-water fish she had netted far up in a deep 
mountain pool. She looked very happy. ** Frank," 
she said, had not beaten her for two whole weeks, and 
had promised not to beat her any more. And he 
was working very steadily now. 

69 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

" That is good to hear, Mani." 

She smiled as she nodded her frizzy head, toss^ her 
tiputa (open blouse) over one shoulder, and sat down 
on the verandah steps to clean the fish. 

** Yes, he will beat me no more — ^at least not whilst 
the shipwrecked sailors remain in Samoa. When they 
go I shall run away with the children — to some town 
in Savai'i where he cannot find me." 

" It happened in this way," she went on confidenti- 
ally : ** a week ago two American sailors came to the 
house and asked for water, for they were thirsty and 
the sun was hot I told them that the Moata water 
was brackish, and I husked and gave them two young 
coco-nuts each. And then Frank, who had been drink- 
ing, ran out of the house and cursed and struck me. 
Then one of the sailors felled him to the earth, and the 
other dragged him up by his collar, and both kicked 
him so much that he wept 

" ' Doth he often beat thee ? * said one of the sailors 
to me. And I said * Yes *. 

"Then they beat him again, saying it was for my 
sake. And then one of them shook him and said : ' O 
thou dog, to so misuse thine own wife! Now listen. 
In three days' time we two of the Trenton will have 
a day's liberty, and we shall come here and see if 
thou hast again beaten thy wife. And if thou hast but 
so much as mata pidd her we shall each kick thee one 
hundred times/ " 

{Mata piOy I must explain, is Samoan for looking 
"cross-eyed" or unpleasantly at a person.) 

" And Frank was very much afraid, and promised he 

70 



" MANI " 

would no longer harm me, and held out his hand to 
them weepingly, but they would not take it, and swore 
at him. And then they each gave my babies a quarter 
of a dollar, and I, because my heart was glad, gave them 
each a ring of tortoiseshell." 

** Did they come back, Mani ?" 

Mani, at heart, was a flirt. She raised her big black 
eyes with their long curling lashes to me, and then 
closed them for a moment demurely. 

** Yes," she replied, " they came back. And when I 
told them that my husband was now kind to me, and 
was at work, they laughed, and left for him a long 
piece of strong tobacco tied round with tarred rope. 
And they said, * Tell him we will come again by-and- 
by, and see how he behaveth to theeV 

" Mani," I said in English, as she finished the last of 
the fish, ** why do you speak Samoan to me when you 
know English so well ? Where did you learn it ? Your 
husband always speaks French to you." 

Mani told me her story. In her short life of two- 
and-twenty years she had had some strange experi- 
ences. 

" My father was Jean Galoup. He was a negro of St 
Pierre, in Martinique, and came to Samoa in a French 
barque, which was wrecked on Tutuila. He was one 
of the sailors. When the captain and the other sailors 
made ready to go away in the boats he refused to go, 
and being a strong, powerful man they dared not force 
him. So he remained on Tutuila and married my 
mother, and became a Samoan, and made much money 

71 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

by selling food to the whaleships. Then, when I was 
twelve years old, my mother died, and my father took 
me to his own country — ^to Martinique. It took us 
two years to get there, for we went through many 
countries — to Sydney first, then to China, and to India, 
and then to Marseilles in France. But always in Eng- 
lish ships. That is how I have learned to speak Eng- 
lish. 

" We lived for three years in Martinique, and then 
one day, as my father was clearing some land at the 
foot of Mont Pelfee, he was bitten by ^./er-de-lance, and 
died, and I was left alone. 

" There was a young carpenter at St. Pierre, named 
Francois Renault, who had one day met me in the 
market-place, and after that often came to see my 
father and me. He said he loved me, and so when my 

father was dead, we went to the priest and we were 

married. 
''My husband had heard much of Samoa from 

my father, and said to me : ' Let us go there and 

live*. 

"So we came here, and then Frank fell into evil 

ways, for he was cross with me because he saw that the 

pure-blooded Samoan girls were prettier than me, and 

had long straight hair and lighter skins. And because 

he could not put me away be began to treat me cruelly. 

And I love him no more. But yet will I stay by him 

if he doeth right." 

The fates were kind to Mani a few months later. 
Her husband went to sea and never returned, and Mani, 

72 



# 



"MANI" 

after waiting a year, was duly married by the consul to 
a respectable old trader on Savai'i, who wanted a wife 
with a " character " — ^the which is not always obtain- 
able with a bride in the South Seas. 



>i 



73 



CHAPTER VII 

AT NIGHT 

The day's work was finished. Outside a cluster of 
rudely built palm-thatched huts, just above the curving 
white beach, and under the lengthening shadows of the 
silent cocos, two white men (my partner and myself) 
and a party of brown-skinned Polynesians were seated 
together smoking, and waiting for their evening meal. 
Now and then one would speak, and another would 
answer in low, lazy tones. From an open shed under 
a great jack-fruit tree a little distance away there came 
the murmur of women's voices and, now and then, a 
laugh. They were the wives of the brown men, and 
were cooking supper for their husbands and the two white 
men. Half a cable length from the beach a schooner lay 
at anchor upon the still lagoon, whose waters gleamed red 
under the rays of the sinking sun. Covered with awn- 
ings fore and after she showed no sign of life, and rested ' 
as motionless as were the pendent branches of the lofty 
cocos on the shore. 

Presently a figure appeared on deck and went for'ard, 
and then a bright light shone from the fore-stay. 

My partner turned and called to the women, speaking 

74 



AT NIGHT 

in Hawaiian, and bade two of them take their own and 
the ship-keeper's supper on board, and stay for the night 
Then he spoke to the men in English. 

" Who keeps watch to-night with the other man ? " 

" Me, sir," and a native rose to his feet 

" Then off you go with your wife and Terese, and 
don't set the ship on fire when you and your wife, and 
Harry and his b^in squabbling as usual over your 
game of tahia!* ^ 

The man laughed; the women, pretending to be 
shocked, each placed one hand over her eyes, and with 
suppressed giggles went down to the beach with the 
man, canying a basket of steaming food. Launching 
a light canoe they pushed off, and as the man paddled 
the women sang in the soft Hawaiian tongue. 

"Happy b^gars," said my comrade to me, as he 
stood up and stretched his lengthy, stalwart figure, 
" work all day, and sit up gambling and singing hymns 
— when they are not intriguing with each other's hus- 
bands and wives." 

The place was Providence Atoll in the North Pacific, 
a group of seventeen uninhabited islands lying midway 
between the Marshall and Caroline Archipelagoes — that 
is to say, that they had been uninhabited for some years, 
until we came there with our gang of natives to catch 
sharks and make coco-nut oil. There was no one to 
deny us, for the man who claimed the islands, Captain 
" BuUy " Hayes, had given us the right of possession for 

1 ** Tahia " is a gambling game played with small round stones ; it 
resembles our ** knuckle-bones '*. 

75 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

two years, we to pay him a certain percentage of our pro- 
fits on the oil we made, and the sharks' fins and tails we 
cured. The story of Providence Atoll (the ** Arrecifos " 
of the early Spanish navigators, and the " Ujilang" of 
the native of Micronesia) cannot here be told — suffice it 
to say that less than fifty years before over a thousand 
people dwelt on the seventeen islands in some twelve or 
fourteen villages. Then came some dread disease which 
swept them away, and when Hayes sailed into the great 
lagoon in 1 860 — his was the first ship that ever entered it 
— he found less than a score of survivors. These he 
treated kindly; but for some reason soon removed them 
to Ponap^ in the Carolines, and then years passed with- 
out the island being visited by any one except Hayes, 
who used it as a rendezvous, and brought other natives 
there to make oil for him. Then, in a year or so, these, 
too, he took away, for he was a restless man, and had 
many irons in the fire. Yet there was a fortune there, 
as its present German owners know, for the great chain 
of islands is covered with coco-nut trees which yield 
many thousands of pounds' worth of copra annually. 

My partner and I had been working the islands for 
some months, and had done fairly well. Our native 
crew devoted themselves altematel)f to shark catching 
and oil making. The lagoon swarmed with sharks, 
the fins and tails of which when dried were worth from 
sixty to eighty pounds sterling per ton. (Nowadays the 
entire skins of sharks are bought by some of the traders 
on several of the Pacific Islands on behalf of a firm in 
Germany, who have a secret method of tanning and 
softening them^ and rendering them fit for many pur- 

76 



AT NIGHT 

poses for which leather is used — travelh'ng bags, cover- 
ings for trunks, etc.) 

The women helped to make the oil, caught fish, 
robber-crabs and turtle for the whole party, and we 
were a happy family indeed. We usually lived on 
shore, some distance from the spot where we dried the 
shark-fins, for the odour was appalling, especially after 
rain, and during a calm night. We dried them by 
hanging them on long lines of coir cinnet between the 
coco-palms of a little island half a mile from our camp. 

But we did not always work. There were many 
wild pigs — the progeny of domestic stock left by Cap- 
tain Hayes — on the larger islands, and we would have 
great " drives" every few weeks, the skipper and I with 
our rifles, and our crew of fifteen, with their wives and 
children, armed with spears. 'Twas great fun, and we 
revelled in it like children. Sometimes we would bring 
the ship's dog with us. He was a mongrel Newfound- 
land, and very game, but was nearly shot several times 
by getting in the way, for although all the islands are 
very low, the undergrowth in parts is very dense. If 
we failed to secure a pig we were certain of getting some 
dozens of large robber-crabs, the most delicious of all 
crustaceans when eitiier baked or boiled. Then, too, 
we had the luxury of a v^etable garden, in which we 
grew melons, pumpkins, cucumbers, onions, tomatoes, 
etc. The seed (which was Californian) had been given 
to me by an American skipper, and great was our 
delight to have fresh European vegetables, for the 
islands produced nothing in that way, except coco- 
nuts and some jack-fruit. The lagoon teemed with an 

77 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

immense variety of fish, none of which were poisonous, 
and both green and hawk-bill turtle were captured 
almost daily. 

How those natives of ours could eat ! One morning 
some of the children broi^ht five hundred turtle ^gs 
into camp ; they were all eaten at three meals. 

That calm, quiet night the heat was somewhat 
oppressive, but about ten o'clock a faint air from the 
eastward began to gently rustle the tops of the loftiest 
palms on the inner beaches, though we felt it not, 
owing to the dense undergrowth at the back of the 
camp. Then, too, the mosquitoes were troublesome, 
and a nanny-goat, who had lost her kid (in the oven) 
kept up such an incessant blaring that we could stand 
it no longer, and decided to walk across the island — 
less than a mile — to the weather side, where we should 
not only get the breeze, but be free of the curse of 
mosquitoes. 

" Over to the windward beach," we called out to our 
natives. 

In an instant, men, women and children were on 
their feet. Torches of dried coco-nut leaves were 
deftly woven by the women, sleeping mats rolled up 
and given to the children to carry, baskets of cold 
baked fish and vegetables hurriedly taken down from 
where they hung under the eaves of the thatched huts, 
and away we trooped eastward along the narrow path, 
the red glare of the torches shining upon the smooth, 
copper-bronzed and half-nude figures of the native men 
and women. Singing as we went, half an hour's walk 

78 



AT NIGHT 

brought us near to the sea And with the hum of the 
surf came the cool breeze, as we reached the open, and 
saw before us the gently heaving ocean, sleeping under 
the light of the m3^iad stars. 

We loved those quiet nights on the weather side of 
Arrecifos. Our natives had built some thatched-roofed, 
open-sided huts as a protection in case of rain, and 
under the shelter of one of these the skipper and I 
would, when it rained during the night, lie on our mats 
and smoke and yam and watch the women and 
children with lighted torches catching crayfish on the 
reef, heedless of the rain which fell upon thencL Then, 
when they had caught all they wanted, they would 
troop on shore s^ain, come into the huts, change their 
soaking waist girdles of leaves for waist-cloths of gaily- 
coloured print or navy-blue calico, and set to work to 
cook the crayfish, always bringing us the best. Then 
came a general gossip and story-telling or singing in 
our hut for an hour or so, and then some one would 
yawn and the rest would laugh, bid us good-night, go 
off to their mats, and the skipper and I would be asleep 
ere we knew it. 



79 



CHAPTER VIII 

THE CRANKS OF THE JVhlA BRIG 

We were bound from Tahiti to the Gilbert Islands, 
seeking a cargo of native labourers for Stewart's great 
plantation at Tahiti, and had worked our way from 
island to island up northward through the group with 
fair success (having obtained ninety odd stalwart, brown- 
skinned savages), when between Apaian Island and 
Butaritari Island we spoke a lumbering, fat-sided old 
brig — the Isabella of Sydney. 

The Isabella was owned by a firm of Chinese mer- 
chants in Sydney ; and as her skipper (Evers) and her 
supercargo (Dick Warren) were old acquaintances of 
mine and also of the captain of my ship, we both 
lowered boats and exchanged visits. 

Warren and I had not met for over two years, since 
he and I had been shipmates in a labour vessel sailing 
out of Samoa — he as mate and I as " recruiter " — so 
we had much to talk about 

" Oh, by-the-way," he remarked as we were saying 
good-bye, "of course you have heard of that shipload 
of unwashed saints who have been cruising around the 
South Seas in search of a Promised Land ? " 

" Yes, I believe that they have gone off to Tonga or 

80 



/ 



THE CRANKS OF THE JULIA BRIG 

Fiji, trying to light upon 'the Home Beautiful/ and 
are very hard up. The people in Fiji will have nothing 
to do with that crowd — if they have gone there." 

" They have not. They turned back for Honolulu, 
and are now at Butaritari and in an awful mess. Some 
of the saints came on board and wanted me to give 
them a passage to Sydney. You must go and have 
a look at them and their rotten old brig, the Julia, 
Oh, they are a lovely lot — full of piety and as dirty 
as Indian fakirs. Ah Sam, our agent at Butaritari, will 
tell you all about them. He has had such a sickener 
of the holy men that it will do you good to hear him 
talk. What the poor devils are going to do I don't 
know. I gave them a little provisions — all I could 
spare, but their appearance so disgusted me that I was 
not too civil to them. They cannot get away from 
Butaritari as the old brig is not seaworthy, and there 
is nothing in the way of food to be had in the island 
except coco-nuts and fish — manna is out of season in 
the South Seas just now. Good-bye, old man, and 
good luck." 

On the following day we sighted Butaritari Island 
— one of the largest atolls in the North Pacific, and 
inhabited by a distinctly unamiable and cantankerous 
race of Malayo-Polynesians whose principal amuse- 
ment in their lighter hours is to get drunk on sour 
toddy and lacerate each other's bodies with sharks* 
teeth swords. In addition to Ah Sam, the agent for 
the Chinese trading firm, there were two European 
traders who had married native women and eked out 
a lonely existence by buying copra (dried coco-nut) 

8i 6 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and sharks' fins when they were sober enough to at- 
tend to business — ^which was infrequent. However, 
Butaritari was a good recruiting ground for ships engaged 
in the labourtraffic, owing to the continuous internecine 
wars, for the vanquished parties, after their coco-nut 
trees had been cut down and their canoes destroyed had 
the choice of remaining and having their throats cut or 
going away in a labour ship to Tahiti, Samoa or the 
Sandwich Islanda 

Entering the passage through the reef, we sailed 
slowly across the splendid lagoon, whose waters were 
as calm as those of a lake, and dropped anchor abreast 
of the principal village and quite near the ship of the 
saints. She was a woe-begone, battered-looking old 
brig of two hundred tons or so. She showed no colours 
in response to ours, and we could see no one on deck. 
Presently, however, we saw a man emerge from below, 
then a woman, and presently a second man, and in a 
few minutes she showed the Ecuadorian flag. Then all 
three sat on chairs under the ragged awning and stared 
listlessly at our ship. 

Ah Sam came off from the shore and boarded us. He 
was a long, melancholy Chinaman, had thirty-five hairs 
of a beard, and, poor fellow, was dying of consumption. 
He told us the local news, and then I asked him about 
the cargo of saints, many more of whom were now 
visible on the after-deck of their disreputable old crate. 

Ah Sam's thin lips parted in a ghastly smile, as he 
set down his whisky and soda, and lit a cigar. We were 
seated under the awning, which had just been spread, 
and so had a good view of the Julia. 

82 



THE CRANKS OF THE /[/LI A BRIG 

The brig, he said, had managed to crawl into the 
lagoon three months previously, and in working up to 
an anchorage struck on one of the coral mushrooms with 
which the atoll is studded. Ah Sam and the two white 
traders went off with their boats' crews of natives to 
render assistance, and after some hours* hard work suc- 
ceeded in getting her off and towing her up to the spot 
where she was then anchored. Then the saints gathered 
on the after-deck and held a thanksgiving meeting, at 
the conclusion of which, the thirsty and impatient traders 
asked the captain to give them and their boats' crews a 
few bottles of liquor in return for their services in pulling 
his brig off the rocks, and when he reproachfully told 
them that the /ulia was a temperance ship and that 
drink was a curse and that God would reward them for 
their kindness, they used most awful language and went 
off, cursing the captain and the saints for a lot of mean 
blackguards and consigning them to everlasting tor- 
ments. 

On the following day all the Hawaiian crew bolted on 
shore and took up their quarters with the natives. The 
captain came on shore and tried to get other natives in 
their place, but failed — for he had no money to pay 
wages, but offered instead the privil^e of becoming 
members of what Ah Sam called some "dam fool 
society". 

There were, said Ah Sam, in addition to the captain 
and his wife, originally twenty-five passengers, but half 
of them had left the ship at various ports. 

"And now," he concluded, pointing a long yellow 
forefinger at the rest of the saints, " the rest of them 

83 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

will be coming to see you presently — the tam teives — 
to see wha* they can cadge from you." 

"You don't like them, Ah Sam?" observed our 
skipper, with a twinkle in his eye. 

Ah Sam's reply could not be put upon paper. For a 
Chinaman he could swear in English most fluently. 
Then he bade us good-bye for the present, said he would 
do all he could to help me get some "recruits," and 
invited us to dinner with him in the evening. He was 
a good-natured, hospitable fellow, and we accepted the 
invitation with pleasure. 

A few minutes after he had gone on shore the 
brigan tine's boat came alongside, and her captain and 
three of his passengers stepped on board. He intro- 
duced himself as Captain Lynch Richards, and his 
friends as Brothers So-and-So of the " Islands Brothers* 
Association of Christians ". They were a dull, melan- 
choly looking lot, Richards alone showing some mental 
and physical activity. Declining spirituous refresh- 
ments, they all had tea and something to eat. Then 
they asked me if I would let them have some provisions, 
and accept trade goods in payment. 

As they had no money — except about one hundred 
dollars between them — I let them have what provisions 
we could spare, and then accepted their invitation to 
visit the Julia, 

I went with them in their own boat — two of the 
saints pulling — and as they flopped the blades of their 
oars into the water and I studied .their appearance, I 
could not but agree with Dick Warren's description — 
"as dirty as Indian fakirs," for not only were their 

84 



THE CRANKS OF THE JULIA BRIG 

garments dirty, but their faces looked as if they had 
not come into contact with soap and water for a twelve- 
month. Richards, the skipper, was a comparatively 
young man, and seemed to have given some little at- 
tention to his attire, for he was wearing a decent suit 
of navy blue with a clean collar and tie. 

Getting alongside we clambered on deck — there was 
no side ladder — and I was taken into the cabin where 
Richards introduced me to his wife. She was a pretty, 
fragile-looking young woman of about five and twenty 
years of age, and looked so worn out and unhappy that 
my heart was filled with pity. During the brief con- 
versation we held I asked her if she and her husband 
would come on board our vessel in the afternoon and 
have tea, and mentioned that we had piles and piles of 
books and magazines on the ship to which she could 
help herself. 

Her eyes filled with tears. '' I guess I should like 
to," she said as she looked at her husband. 

Then I was introduced to the rest of the company in 
turn, as they sat all round the cabin, half a dozen of 
them on the transom lockers reminding me somehow 
of dejected and meditative storks. Glad of an excuse 
to get out of the stuffy and ill-ventilated cabin and the 
uninspiring society of the unwashed Brethren, I eagerly 
assented to the captain's suggestion to have a look 
round the ship before we "talked business," /.^., con- 
cerning the trade goods I was to select in payment for 
the provisions with which I had supplied him. One of 
the Brethren, an elderly, goat-faced person, came with 
us, and we returned on deck. 

«5 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Never before had I seen anything like the Julia, 
She was an old, soft-pine-built ex-Puget Sound lumber- 
man, literally tumbling to decay, aloft and below. Her 
splintering decks, to preserve them somewhat from the 
torrid sun, were covered over with old native mats, and 
her spars, from want of attention, were splitting open in 
great gaping cracks, and were as black as those of a 
collier. How such a craft made the voyage from San 
Francisco to Honolulu, and from there far to the south 
of the Line and then back north tp the Gilbert Group, 
was a marvel. 

I was taken down the hold and showed what the 
** cranks " called their trade goods and asked to select what 
I thought was a fair thing in exchange for the provisions 
I had given them . Heavens ! Such a collection of utter, 
utter rubbish ! second-hand musical boxes in piles, gaudy 
lithc^raphs, iron bedsteads, " brown paper " boots and 
shoes eaten half away by cockroaches. Sets of cheap 
and nasty toilet ware, two huge cases of common and 
much damaged wax dolls, barrels of rotted dried apples, 
and decayed pork, an ice-making plant, bales and bales 
of second-hand clothing — ^men's, women's and children's 
— cheap and poisonous sweets in jars, thousands of two- 
penny looking-glasses, penny whistles, accordions that 
wouldn't accord, as the cockroaches had eaten them up 
except the wood and metal work, school slates and 
pencils, and a box of Bibles and Moody and Sankey 
hymn-books. And the smell was something awful ! I 
asked the captain what was the cause of it — it over- 
powered even the horrible odour of the decayed pork 
and rotted apples. He replied placidly that he thought 



^Pi 



THE CRANKS OF THE JULIA BRIG 

it came from a hundred kegs of salted salmon bellies 
which were stowed below everything else, and that he 
"guessed some of them hed busted ". 

" It is enough to breed a pestilence," I said ; ** why do 
you not all turn-to, get the stuff up and heave it over- 
board ? You must excuse me, captain, but for Heaven's 
sake let us get on deck." 

On returning to the poop we found that the skipper 
of our vessel had come on board, and was conversing 
with Mrs. Richards. I took him aside and told him 
of what I had seen, and suggested that we should make 
them a present of the provisions. He quite agreed with 
me, so turning to Captain Richards and the goat-faced 
old man and several other of the Brethren who had 
joined them, I said that the captain and I hoped that 
they would accept the provisions from us, as we felt sure 
that our owners would not mind. And I also added 
that we would send them a few b^s of flour and some 
other things during the course of the day. And then 
the captain, knowing that Captain Richards and his wife 
were coming to have tea with us, took pity on the 
Brethren and said, he hoped they would all come to 
breakfast in the morning. 

Poor beggars. Grateful ! Of course they were, and 
although they were sheer lunatics — religious lunatics 
such as the United States produces by tens of thou- 
sands every year — ^we felt sincerely sorry for them 
when they told us their miserable story. The spokes- 
man was an old fellow of sixty with long flowing hair — 
the brother-in-law of the man with the goat's face — 
and an enthusiast But mad — mad as a hatter. 

87 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

"The Islands Brothers' Association of Christians" 
had its genesis in Philadelphia. It was formed " by a 
few pious men to found a settlement in the South Seas, 
till the soil, build a temple, instruct the savages, and 
live in peace and happiness". Twenty-eight persons 
joined and seven thousand dollars were raised in one 
way and another — mostly from other lunatics. Many 
" sympathisers " gave goods, food, etc., to help the cause 
(hence the awful rubbish in the hold), and at 'Frisco 
they spent one thousand five hundred dollars in buying 
** trade goods to barter with the simple natives ". At 
'Frisco the Julia, then lying condemned, was bought for 
a thousand dollars — she was not worth three hundred 
dollars, and was put under the Ecuadorian flag. '' God* 
sent them friends in Captain Richards and his wife," 
ambled on the old man. Richards became a " Brother " 
and joined them to sail the ship and find an island 
"rich and fertile in God's gifts to man, and with a 
pleasant people dwelling thereon". 

With a scratch crew of 'Frisco dead beats the brig 
reached Honolulu. The crew at once cleared out, and 
several of the "Brothers," with their wives, returned 
to America — they had had enough of it. After some 
weeks' delay Richards managed to get four Hawaiian 
sailors to ship, and the vessel sailed again for the Isle 
Beautiful. He didn't know exactly where to look for 
it, but he and the " Brothers " had been told that there 
were any amount of them lying around in the South 
Seas, and they would have some trouble in making a 
choice out of so many. 

The story of their insane wanderings after the Julia 

88 



THE CRANKS OF THE JULIA BRIG 

went south of the equator would have been diverting 
had it not been so distressing. The mate, who we 
gathered was both a good seaman and a competent 
navigator, was drowned through the capsizing of a boat 
on the reef of some island between the Gilbert Group 
and Rarotonga, and with his- death what little disci- 
pline, and cohesiveness had formerly existed gradu- 
ally vanished. Richards apparently knew how to 
handle his ship, but as a navigator he was nowhere. 
Incredible as it may seem, his general chart of the 
North and South Pacific was thirty years old, and was 
so torn, stained and greasy as to be all but undecipher- 
able. As the weary weeks went by and they went 
from island to island, only to be turned away by the 
inhabitants, they at last began to realise the folly of 
the venture, and most of them wanted to return to San 
Francisco. But Richards clung to the belief that they 
only wanted patience to find a suitable island where 
the natives would be glad to receive them, and where 
they could settle down in peace. Failing that, he had 
the idea that there were numbers of fertile and unin- 
habited islands, one of which would suit the Brethren 
almost as well. But as time went on he too grew 
despondent, and turned the brig's head northward for 
Honolulu ; and one day he blundered across Butaritari 
Island and entered the lagoon in the hope of at least 
getting ^some provisions. And again the crew bolted 
and left the Brethren to shift for themselves. Week 
after week, month after month went by, the provisions 
were all gone except weevily biscuit and rotten pork, 
and they passed their time in wandering about the 

89 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

beaches of the lagoon and waiting for assistance. And 
yet there were two or three of them who still believed 
in the vision of the Isle Beautiful and were still hopeful 
that they might get there. " All we want is another 
crew," these said to us. 

Our skipper shook his head, and then talked to them 
plainly, calling upon me to corroborate him. 

" You will never get a crew. No sailor-man would 
ever come to sea in a crate like this. And you'll find 
no islands anywhere in the Pacific where you can settle 
down, unless you can pay for it. The natives will 
chivvy you off if you try to land. I know them — ^you 
don't. The people in America who encouraged you 
in this business were howling lunatics. Your ship is 
falling to pieces, and I warn you that if you once leave 
this lagoon in her, you will never see land again." 

They were silent, and then the old man began to 
weep, and said they would there and then pray for 
guidance. 

** All right," said the skipper, " go ahead, and I'll get 
my mate and the carpenter to come and tell you their 
opinion of the state of this brig." 

The mate and carpenter made an examination, told 
Captain Richards in front of his passengers that the 
ship was utterly unseaworthy, and that he would be 
a criminal if he tried to put to sea again. That settled 
the business, especially after they had asked me to 
value their trade goods, and I told them frankly that 
they were literally not worth valuing, and to throw 
them overboard. 

Ten days later the Brotherhood broke up — an Ameri- 

90 



THE CRANKS OF THE JULIA BRIG 

can trading schooner came into the lagoon and her 
captain offered to take them to Jakiit in the Marshall 
Islands, where they were certain of getting a passage 
to Honolulu in some whaleship.' They all accepted 
with the exception of Richards and his wife who refused 
to leave the Julia. The poor fellow had his pride and 
would not desert his ship. However, as his wife was 
ailing, he had a small house built on shore and managed 
to make a few hundred dollars by boat-building. But 
every day he would go off and have a look round the 
old brig to see if everything on board was all right 
Then one night there came a series of heavy squalls 
which raised a lumpy sea in the lagoon, and when 
morning broke only her top-masts were visible — she 
had gone down at her anchors. 

Richards and his fellow-cranks were the forerunners 
of other bands of ignorant enthusiasts who in later 
years endeavoured to foist themselves upon the natives 
of the Pacific Islands and met with similar and well- 
merited disaster. Like"" the ill-fated " La Nouvelle 
France " colony of the notorious Marquis de Ray, all 
these land-stealing ventures set about their exploits 
under the cloak of religion. One, under a pretended 
concession from the Mexican Government, founded a 
** Christian Redemption Colony" of scallywags, loafers 
and loose women at Me^dalena Bay in Lower California, 
and succeeded in getting many thousands of pounds 
from foolish people. Then came a party of Mormon 
Evangelists who actually bought and paid for land in 
Samoa and conducted themselves decently and are 
probably living there now. After them came the 

91 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

wretched Percy Edward band of pilgrims to found a 
" happy home " in the South Seas. They called them- 
selves the " United Brotherhood of the South Sea 
Islands ". In another volume, in an article describing 
my personal experiences of the disastrous " Nouvelle 
France" expedition to New Ireland,^ I have alluded 
to the Percy Edward affair in these words, which I 
may be permitted to quote : ** The Percy Edward was 
a wretched old tub of a brigantine (formerly a Tahiti- 
San Francisco mail packet). She was bought in the 
latter port by a number of people who intended to 
found a Socialistic Utopia, where they were to pluck 
the wild goat by the beard, pay no rent to the native 
owners of the soil, and, letting their hair grow down 
their backs, lead an idyllic life and loaf around generally. 
Such a mad scheme could have been conceived nowhere 
else but in San Francisco or Paris. . . . The result of 
the Marquis de Ray's expedition ought to have made 
the American enthusiasts reflect a little before they 
started. But having the idea that they could sail on 
through summer seas till they came to some land fair 
to look upon, and then annex it right away in the 
sacred name of Socialism (and thus violate one of the 
principles of true Socialism), they sailed — only to be 
quickly disillusionised. For there were no islands any- 
where in the North and South Pacific to be had for 
the taking thereof; neither were there any tracts of 
land to be had from the natives, except for hard cash 
or its equivalent. The untutored Kanakas also, with 
whom they came in contact, refused to become brother 

^Kidan tht Devil: T. Fisher Unwin, London. 

92 



THE CRANKS OF THE JULIA BRIG 

Socialists and go shares with the long-haired wanderers 
in their land or anything else. So from island unto 
island the Percy Edward cruised, looking more disre- 
putable every day, until as the months went by she 
b^an to resemble in her tattered gear and dejected 
appearance her fatuous passengers. At last, after being 
considerably chivvied about by the white and native 
inhabitants of the various islands touched at, the for- 
lorn expedition reach Fiji. Here fifty of the idealists 
elected to remain and work for their living under a 
Government . . . But the remaining fifty-eight stuck 
to the Percy Edward^ and her decayed salt junk and 
putrid water, and their beautiful ideals ; till at last the 
ship was caught in a hurricane, badly battered about, 
lost her foremast, and only escaped foundering by 
reaching New Caledonia and settling her keel on the 
bottom of Noumea harbour. Then the visionaries 
began to collect their senses, and denounced the Percy 
Edward and the principles of the * United Brother- 
hood' as hollow frauds, and elected to abandon her 
and go on shore and get a good square meal. What 
became of them at Noumea I did not hear, but do 
know that in their wanderings they received much 
charitable assistance from British shipmasters and 
missionaries — in some cases their passages were paid 
to the United States — the natural and proper country 
for the ignorant religious * crank '.' 



I >t 



93 



CHAPTER IX 

" DANDY," THE SHIP'S DINGO 

We anchored under Cape Bedford (North Queensland) 
one day, and the skipper and I went on shore to bathe 
in one of the native-made rocky water-holes near the 
Cape. We found a native police patrol camped there, 
and the officer asked us if we would like to have a 
dingo pup for a pet. His troopers had caught two of 
them the previous day. We said we should like to 
possess a dingo. 

" Bring him here, Dandy," said the officer to one of 
his black troopers, and Dandy, with a grin on his sooty 
face, brought to us a lanky-legged pup about three 
months old. Its colour was a dirty yellowish red, but 
it gave promise of turning out a dog — of a kind. The 
captain put out his hand to stroke it, and as quick as 
lightning it closed its fang-like teeth upon his thumb. 
With a bull-like bellow of rage, the skipper was about 
to hurl the savage little beast over the cliffs into the 
sea, when I stayed his hand. 

"He'll make a bully ship-dog," I urged, "just the 
right kind of pup to chivvy the niggers over the side 
when we get to the Louisiades and Solomons. Please 

94 



« DANDY," THE SHIP'S DINGO 

don't choke the little beggar, Ross. 'Twas only fear, 
not rage, that made him go for you." 

We made a temporary muzzle from a bit of fishing 
line; bade the officer good-bye, and went off to the 
ship. 

We were nearly a month beating up to the Solomons, 
and in that time we gained some knowledge of Dand/s 
character. (We named him after the black trooper.) 
He was fawningly, sneakingly, offensively affectionate 
— ^when he was hungry, which was nearly always ; as 
ferocious and as spiteful as a tiger cat when his stom- 
ach was full ; then, with a snarling yelp, he would put 
his tail beneath his legs and trot for'ard, turning his 
head and showing his teeth. Crawling under the barrel 
of the windlass he would lie there and go to sleep, only 
opening his eyes now and then to roll them about vin- 
dictively when any one passed by. Then when he was 
hungry again, he would crawl out and slouch aft with a 
"please-do-be-kind-to-a-poor-dog" expression on his 
treacherous face. Twice when we were sailing close to 
the land he jumped overboard, and made for the shore, 
though he couldn't swim very well and only went round 
and round in circles. On each occasion a native sailor 
jumped over after him and brought him back, and each 
time he bit his rescuer. 

"Never mind him, sir," said the mate to Ross one 
day, when the angry skipper fired three shots at Dandy 
for killing the ship's cat — missed him and nearly killed 
the steward, who had put his head out of the galley 
door to see th6 fun — "there's money in that dog. I 

95 






THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

wouldn't mind bettin' half-a-sov that Charley Nyberg, 
the trader on Santa Anna, will give five pounds for 
him. He'll go for every nigger he's sooled on to. 
You mark my words." 

In the fore-hold we had a hundred tons of coal des- 
tined for one of H.M. cruisers then surveying in the 
Solomon Group. We put Dandy down there to catch 
rats, and gave him nothing but water. Here he 
showed his blood. We could hear the scraping about 
of coal, and the screams of the captured rodents, as 
Dandy tore round the hold after them. In three days 
there were no more rats left, and Dandy began to utter 
his weird, blood-curdling howls — he wanted to come on 
deck. We lashed him down under the force pump, 
and gave him a thorough wash-down. He shook him- 
self, showed his teeth at us and tore off to the galley in 
search of food. The cook gave him a lat^e tinful of 
rancid fat, which was at once devoured, then he fled to 
his retreat under the windlass, and began to growl and 
moan. By-and-by we made Santa Anna. 

Charley Nyberg, after he had tried the dog by set- 
ting him on to two Solomon Island ** bucks " who were 
loafing around his house, and seen how the beast could 
bite, said he would give us thirteen dollars and a fat 
hog for him. We agreed, and Dandy was taken on 
shore and chained up outside the cook-house to keep 
away thieving natives. 

About nine o'clock that evening, as the skipper and 
I were sitting on deck, we heard a fearful yell from 
Charley's house — a few hundred yards away from where 

96 



"DANDY," THE SHIP'S DINGO 

we were anchored. The yell was followed by a wild 
clamour from many hundreds of native throats, and we 
saw several scores of people rushing towards the trader's 
dwelling. Then came the sound of two shots in quick 
succession. 

**Haul the boat alongside," roared our skipper, 
" there's mischief going on on shore." 

In a minute we, with the boat's crew, had seized our 
arms, tumbled into the boat and were racing for the 
beach. 

Jumping out, we tore to the house. It seemed 
pretty quiet. Charley was in his sitting-room, binding 
up his wife's hand, and smoking in an unconcerned sort 
of a way. 

" What is wrong, Charley ? " we asked. 

** That infernal mongrel of yours nearly bit my wife's 
hand off. Did it when she tried to stroke him. I soon 
settled him. If you go to the back you will see some 
native women preparing the brute for the oven. The 
niggers here like baked dog. Guess you fellows will 
have to give me back that thirteen dollars. But you 
can keep the hog." 

So Dandy came to a just and fitting end. 



97 



; 
I 



CHAPTER X 

KALA-HOI, THE NET-MAKER 

Old Kala-hoi\ the net-maker, had ceased work for the 
day, and was seated on a mat outside his little house, 
smoking his pipe, looking dreamily out upon the blue 
waters of Leone Bay, on Tutuila Island, and enjoying 
the cool evening breeze that blew upon his bare limbs 
and played with the two scanty tufts of snow-white 
hair that grew just above his ears. 

As he sat and smoked in quiet content, Marsh (the 
mate of our vessel) and I discerned him from the beach, 
as we stepped out of the boat We were both tired — 
Marsh with weighing and stowing bags of copra in the 
steaming hold, and I with paying the natives for it in 
trade goods — a task that had taken me from dawn till 
supper time. Then, as the smell of the copra and the 
heat of the cabin were not conducive to the enjoyment 
of supper, we first had a bathe alongside the ship, got 
into clean pyjamas and came on shore to have a chat 
with old Kala-hoi. 

" Got anything to eat, Kala-hoi ? " we asked, as we 
sat down on the mat, in front of the ancient, who 
smilingly bade us welcome. 

98 



KALA-HOI, THE NET-MAKER 

** My oven is made ; and in it are a fat mullet, four 
breadfruit, some taro and plenty of ifi (chestnuts). For 
to-day is Saturday, and I have cooked for to-morrow 
as well as for to-night." Then lapsing into his native 
Hawaiian (which both my companion and I understood), 
he added, " And most heartily are ye welcome. In a 
little while the oven will be ready for uncovering and we 
shall eat." 

'* But how will you do for food to-morrow, Kala-hoi ? " 
inquired Marsh, with a smile and speaking in English. 

" To-morrow is not yet. When it comes I shall have 
more food. I have but to ask of others and it is given 
willingly. And even if it were not so, I would but have 
to pluck some more breadfruit or dig some taro and 
kill a fowl — and cook again to night." And then with 
true native courtesy he changed the subject and asked 
us if we had enjoyed our swim. Not much, we replied, 
the sea-water was too warm from the heat of the sun. 

He nodded. " Aye, the day has been hot and wind- 
less until now, when the cool land breeze comes down 
between the valleys from the mountains. But why did 
ye not bathe in the stream in the fresh water, as I have 
just done. It is a good thing to do, for it makes hunger 
as well as cleanses the skin, and that the salt water will 
not do." 

Marsh and I lit our pipes. The old man rose, went 
into his house and returned with a large mat and two 
bamboo pillows, telling us it would be more comfortable 
to lie down and rest our backs, for he knew that we had 
'* toiled much during the day ". Then he resumed his 
own mat again, and crossed his hands on his tatooed 

99 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

knees, for although not a Samoan he was tatooed in 
the Samoan fashion. Beside him was a Samoan Bible, 
for he was a deeply religious old fellow, and could both 
read and write. 

'' How comes it, Kala, that thou livest all alone half 
a league from the village ? " asked Marsh. 

Kala-hoi showed his still white and perfect teeth in a 
smile. 

"Ah, why? Because, O friend, this is mine own 
land. I am, as thou knowest, of Maui, in Hawaii, and 
though for thirty and nine years have I lived in Samoa, 
yet now that my wife and two sons are dead, I would 
be by myself. This land, which measures two hundred 
fathoms on three sides, and one hundred at the beach, 
was given to me by Mauga, King of Tutuila, because, 
ten years s^o, when his son was shot in the thigh with 
a round bullet, I cut it out from where it had lodged 
against the bone." 

" How old are you, Kala-hoi ? " 

** I know not. But I am old, very old.^; Yet I am 
young — still young. I was a grown man when Wilkes, 
the American Commodore, came to Samoa. And I 
went on board the Vincennes when she came to Apia, 
and because I spoke English well, le alii Saua (* the 
cruel captain '), as we called him,* made much of me, 
and treated me with some honour. Ah, he was a stem 
man, and his eye was as the eye of an eagle." 

Marsh nodded acquiescence. '' Aye, he was a strong, 
stem man. More than a score of years after thou hadst 

^ Wilket waa called ** the cruel captain ** by the Samoana on account 
of his iron discipline. 

xoo 



KALA-HOr. THE NET-MAKER 

seen him here in Samoa, he was like to have brought 
about a bloody war between my country and his. Yet 
he did but what was right and just — to my mind. And 
I am an Englishman," 

Kala-hoi blew a stream of smoke through his 
nostrils. 

" Aye, indeed, a stem man, and with a bitter tongue: 
But because of his cruelty to his men was he punished, 
for in Fiji the kai tagata (cannibals) killed his nephew. 
And yet he spoke always kindly to me, and gave me 
ten Mexican dollars because I did much interpretation 
for him with the chiefs of Samoa. . . . One day there 
came on board the ship two white men; they were 
papalagi tdfm (beachcombers) and were like Samoans, 
for they wore no clothes, and were tatooed from their 
waists to their knees as I am. They went to the fore- 
part of the ship and began talking to the sailors. They 
were vety saucy men and proud of their appearance. 
The or them, and he looked at them 

witl I Englishman, the other a Dane. 

Thi 

" ' he said, and he spat over the 

side tempt ' Were ye Americans I 

wou I and give ye each a hundred 

lash thyselves. Out of my ship, ye 

filth "hou art a di^race to thy race I ' 

So that they could not speak, and 

wen 

"Thou hast seen many things in thy time, Kala-hoi." 

" Nay, .friend. Not such things as thou hast seen — 
such as the sun at midnight, of which thou hast told me. 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and which had any man but thou said it, I would have 
cried ' Liar ! ' " 

Marsh laughed — " Yet 'tis true, old Kala-hoi. I have 
seen the sun at midnight, many, many times." 

"Aye. Thou sayest, and I believe. Now, let me 
uncover my oven so that we may eat. Tis a fine fat 
mullet" 

After we had eaten, the kindly old man brought us a 
bowl of water in which to lave our hands, and then a 
spotless white towel, for he had associated much with 
Europeans in his younger days and had adopted many 
of their customs. On Sundays he always wore to church 
coat, trousers, shirt, collar and necktie and boots (minus 
socks) and covered his bald pate with a wide hat olfcda 
leaf. Moreover, he was a deacon. 

Presently we heard voices, and a party of young 
people of both sexes appeared. They had been bath- 
ing in the stream and were now returning to the village. 
In most of them I recognised " customers " of mine dur- 
ing the day — they were carrying baskets and bundles 
containing the goods bought from the ship. They all 
sat down around us, began to make cigarettes of strong 
twist tobacco, roll it in strips of dried banana leaf, and 
gossip. Then Kala-hoi — although he was a deacon — 
asked the girls if they would make us a bowl of kava. 
They were only too pleased, and so Kala-hoi again rose, 
went to his house and brought out a root of kava, the 
kava-bowl and some gourds of water, and gave them to 
the giggling maidens who, securing a mat for themselves, 
withdrew a little distance and proceeded to make the 

xoa 



KALA-HOI, THE NET-MAKER 

drink, the young men attending upon them to cut the 
kava into thin, flaky strips, and leaving us three to our- 
selves. Night had come, and the bay was very quiet. 
Here and there on the opposite side lights began to 
gleam through the lines of palms on the beach from iso- 
lated native houses, as the people ate their evening meal 
by the bright flame of a pile of coco-nut shells or a lamp 
of coco-nut oil. 

Marsh wanted the old man to talk. 

'* How long since is it that thy wife and sons died, 
Kala-hoi?" 

The old man placed his brown, shapely hand on the 
seaman's knee, and answered softiy : — 

" Tis twenty years ". 

" They died tc^ether, did they not ? " 

"Nay — not together, but on the same day. Thou 
hast heard something of it ? " 

** Only something. And if it doth not hurt thee to 
speak of it, I should like to know how such a great 
misfortune came to thee." 

The net-maker looked into the white man's face, 
and read sympathy in his eyes. 

" Friend, this was the way of it. Because of my use- 
fulness to him as an interpreter of English, Taula, chief 
of Samatau, gave me his niece, Mo^, in marriage. She 
was a strong girl, and handsome, but had a sharp tongue. 
Yet she loved me, and I loved her. 

" We were happy. We lived at the town of Tufu on 
the itupapa " (iron-bound coast) " of Savai'i. Mo^ bore 
me boy twins. They grew up strong, hardy and 

103 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

courageous, though, like their mother, they were quick- 
tempered, and resented reproof, even from me, their 
father. And often they quarrelled and fought 

"When they were become sixteen years of age, they 
were tatooed in the Samoan fashion, and that cost me 
much in money and presents. But Tui, who was the 
elder by a little while, was jealous that his brother Galu 
had been tatooed first And yet the two loved each 
other — as I will show thee. 

" One day my wife and the two boys went into the 
mountains to get wild bananas. They cut three heavy 
bunches and were returning home, when Galu and Tui 
b^an to quarrel, on the steep mountain path. They 
came to blows, and their mother, in trying to separate 
them, lost her footing and fell far below on to a bed of 
lava. She died quickly. 

** The two boys descended and held her dead body in 
their arms for a long while, and wept together over her 
face. Then they carried her down the mountain side 
into the village, and said to the people : — 

" * We, Tui and Galu, have killed our mother through 
our quarrelling. Tell our father Kala-hoi, that we fear 
to meet him, and now go to expiate our crime.' 

" They ran away swiftly ; they climbed the mountain 
side, and, with arms around each other, sprang over the 
cliff from which their mother had fallen. And when I, 
and many others with me, found them, they were both 
dead.'' 

" Thou hast had a bitter sorrow, Kala-hoL" 

" Aye, a bitter sorrow. But yet in my dreams I see 

I04 



KALA-HOI, THE NET-MAKER 

them all. And sometimes, even in my work, as I make 
my nets, I hear the boys' voices, quarrelling, and my 
wife saying, * Be still, yt boys, lest I call thy father to 
chastise thee both '. " 

As the girls brought us the kava Marsh put his hand 
on the old, smooth, brown pate, and saw that the eyes 
of the net-maker were filled with teara 



K>5 



CHAPTER XI 

THE KANAKA LABOUR TRADE IN THE PACIFIC 

THE^ai has gone forth from the Australian Common- 
wealth, and the Kanaka labour trade, as far as the 
Australian Colonies are concerned, has ceased to exist 
For, during the month of November, 1906, the Queens- 
land Government began to deport to their various islands 
in the Solomon and New Hebrides Groups, the last 
of the Melanesian native labourers employed on the 
Queensland sugar plantations. 



The Kanaka labour traffic, generally termed " black- 
birding," began about 1863, when sugar and cotton 
planters found that natives of the South Sea Islands 
could be secured at a much less cost than Chinese or 
Indian coolies. The genesis of the traffic was a tragedy, 
and filled the world with horror. 

Three armed Peruvian ships, manned by gangs of 
cut-throats, appeared in the South Pacific, and seized 
over four hundred unfortunate natives in the old Afri- 

X06 



KANAKA LABOUR TRADE IN THE PACIFIC 

can slave-trading fashion, and carried them away to 
work the guano deposits on the Chincha Islands. Not 
a score of them returned to their island homes — the 
rest perished under the lash and brutality of their cruel 
taskmasters. 

Towards 1870 the demand for South Sea Islanders 
became very great. They were wanted in the Sand- 
wich Islands, in Tahiti and Samoa; for, naturally 
enough, with their ample food supply, the natives of 
these islands do not like plantation work, or if em- 
ployed demand a high rate of pay. Then, too, the 
Queensland and Fijian sugar planters joined in the 
quest, and at one time there were over fifty vessels en- 
gaged in securing Kanakas from the Gilbert Islands, 
the Solomon and New Hebrides Groups, and the great 
islands near New Guinea. 

At that time there was no Government supervision of 
the traffic. Any irresponsible person could fit out a 
ship, and bring a cargo of human beings into port — 
obtained by means fair or foul — ^and no questions were 
asked. 

Very soon came the news of the infamous story of 
the brig Carl^ and her fiendish owner, a Dr. Murray, 
who with half a dozen other scoundrels committed the 
most awful crimes — shooting down in cold blood scores 
of natives who refused to be coerced into ** recruiting". 
Some of these ruffians went to the scaffold or to long 
terms of imprisonment ; and from that time the British 
Government in a maundering way set to work to effect 
some sort of supervision of the British ships employed 
in the "blackbirding" trade. 

107 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

A fleet of five small gunboats (sailing vessels) were 
built in Sydney, and were ordered to ** overhaul and in- 
spect " every " blackbirder," and ascertain if the ** black- 
birds" were really willing recruits, or had been deported 
against their will, and were "to be sold as slaves". 
And many atrocious deeds came to light, with the re- 
sult, as far as Queensland was concerned, that every 
labour ship had to carry a Government agent, who was 
supposed to see that no abuses occurred. Some of 
these Government agents were conscientious men, and 
did their duty well; others were mere tools of the 
greedy planters, and lent themselves to all sorts of vil- 
lainies to obtain "recruits" and get an in camera bonus 
of twenty pounds for every native they could entice on 
board. 

Owing to my knowledge of Polynesian and Melane- 
sian dialects, I was frequently employed as "recruiter" 
on [Qany " blackbirders " — French vessels from Noum6a 
in New Caledonia, Hawaiian vessels from Honolulu, and 
German and English vessels sailing from Samoa and 
Fiji, and in no instance did I ever have any serious 
trouble with my ** blackbirds " after they were once on 
board the ship of which I was " recruiter ". 

Let me now describe an ordinary cruise of a " black- 
birder " vessel — an honest ship with an honest skipper 
and crew, and, above all, a straight " recruiter " — a man 
who takes his life in his hands when he steps out, un- 
armed, from his boat, and seeks for " recruits " from a 
crowd of the wildest savages imaginable. 

Labour ships carry a double crew — one to work the 
ship, the other to man the boats, of which there are 

io8 



KANAKA LABOUR TRADE IN THE PACIFIC 

usually four on ordinary-sized vessels. They are whale- 
boats, specially adapted for surf work. The boats* crews 
are invariably natives — Rotumah men, Samoans, or 
Savage Islanders. The ship's working crew also are in 
most cases natives, and the captain and officers are, of 
course, white men. 

The 'tween decks are fitted to accommodate so many 
"blackbirds," and, at the present day, British labour 
ships are models of cleanliness, for the Government super- 
vision is very rigid ; but in former days the hold of a 
" blackbirder " often presented a horrid spectacle — ^the 
unfortunate " recruits " being packed so closely together, 
and at night time the odour from their steaming bodies 
was absolutely revolting as it ascended from the open 
hatch, over which stood two sentries on the alert ; for 
sometimes the " blackbirds " would rise and attempt to 
murder the ship's company. In many cases they did 
so successfully — especially when the " blackbirds " came 
from the same island, or group of islands, and spoke 
the same language. When there were, say, a hundred 
or two hundred "recruits" from various islands, dis- 
similar in their language and customs, there was no 
fear of such an event, and the captain and officers and 
** recruiter " went to sleep with a feeling of security. 

Let us now suppose that a " blackbirder " (obnoxious 
name to many recruiters) from Samoa, Fiji, or Queens- 
land, has reached one of the New Hebrides, or Solomon 
Islands. Possibly she may anchor — if there is an 
anchorage ; but most likely she will "lie off and on," 
and send away her boats to the various villages. 

On one occasion I " worked " the entire length of one 

109 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

side of the great island of San Cristoval, visiting nearly 
every village from Cape Recherche to Cape Surville. 
This took nearly three weeks, the ship following the 
boats along the coast We would leave the ship at day- 
light, and pull in shore, landing wherever we saw a 
smoke signal, or a village. When I had engaged, say, 
half a dozen recruits, I would send them off on board, and 
continue on my way. At sunset I would return on 
board, the boats would be hoisted up, and the ship either 
anchor, or heave-to for the night On this particular 
trip the boats were only twice fired at, but no one man 
of my crews was hit. 

The boats are known as " landing " and " covering " 
boats. The former is in command of an officer and the 
recruiter, carries five hands (all armed) and also the 
boxes of " trade " goods to be exhibited to the natives 
as specimens of the rest of the goods on board, or per- 
haps some will be immediately handed over as an '^ ad- 
vance '* to any native willing to recruit as a labourer in 
Queensland or elsewhere for three years, at the mag- 
nificent wage of six pounds per annum, generally paid 
in rubbishing articles, worth about thirty shillings. 

The "covering" boat is in charge of an officer, or 
reliable seaman. She follows the *^ landing " boat at a 
short distance, and her duty is to cover her retreat if 
the natives should attack the landing boat by at once 
opening fire, and giving those in that boat a chance of 
pushing off and getting out of danger, and also she 
sometimes receives on board the "recruits " as they are 
engaged by the recruiter — if the latter has not been 
knocked on the head or speared. 

ZZO 



KANAKA LABOUR TRADE IN THE PACIFIC 

On nearing the beach, where the natives are waiting, 
the officer in the landing-boat swings her round with 
his steer oar, and the crew back her in, stern first, on to 
the beach. The recruiter then steps out, and the crew 
carry the trade chests on shore ; tf\en the boat pushes 
off a little, just enough to keep afloat, and obtrusive 
natives, who may mean treachery, are not allowed to 
come too near the oars, or take hold of the gunwale. 
Meanwhile the covering boat has drawn in close to the 
first boat, and the crew, with their hands on their rifles, 
keep a keen watch on the landing boat and the wretched 
recruiter. 

The recruiter, if he is a wise man, will not display 
any arms openly. To do so makes the savage natives 
either sulky or afraid, and I never let them see mine, 
which I, however, always kept handy in a harmless-look- 
ing canvas bag, which also contained some tobacco, cut 
up in small pieces, to throw to the women and children 
— to put them in a good temper. 

The recruiter opens his trade box, and then asks if 
there is any man or woman who desires to become rich 
in three years by working on a plantation in Fiji, Queens- 
land, or Samoa 

If he can speak the language, and does not lose his 
nerve by being surrounded by hundreds of ferocious and 
armed savages, and knowing that at any instant he may 
be cut down from behind by a tomahawk, or speared, or 
clubbed, he will get along all right, and soon find men 
willing to recruit Especially is this so if he is a man 
personally known to the natives, and has a good reputa- 
tion for treating his "blackbirds" well on board the 

ZXZ 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

ship. The ship and her captain, too, enter largely into 
the matter of a native making up his mind to " recruit/' 
or refuse to do so. 

Sometimes there may be among the crowd of natives 
several who have already been to Queensland, or else- 
where, and desire to return. These may be desirable 
recruits, or, on the other hand, may be the reverse, and 
have bad redords. I usually tried to shunt these fellows 
from again recruiting, as they often made mischief on 
board, would plan to capture the ship, and such other 
diversions, but I always found them useful as touts in 
g^ning me new recruits, by offering these scamps a 
suitable present for each man they brought me. 

I always made it a practice never to recruit a married 
man, unless his wife — or an alleged wife — came with 
him, nor would I take them if they had young children 
— who would simply be made slaves of in their absence. 
It required the utmost tact and discretion to get at 
the truth in many cases, and very often on going on 
board after a day of toil and danger I would be sound 
asleep, when a young couple would swim off — lovers who 
had eloped — and beg me to take them away in the 
ship. This I would never do until I had seen the local 
chief, and was assured that no objection would be made 
to their leaving. 

(When I was recruiting " black labour " for the French 
and German planters in Samoa and Tahiti, I was, of 
course, sailing in ships of those nationalities, and had 
no wonying Government agent to harass and hinder 
me by his interference, for only ships under British 
colours were compelled to cany '' Government agents ".) 

zza 



KANAKA LABOUR TRADE IN THE PACIFIC 

But I must return to the recruiter standing on the 
beach, surrounded by a crowd of savages, exercising his 
patience and brains. 

Perhaps at the end of an hour or so%ight or ten men 
are recruited, and told to either get into one of the boats 
or go off to the ship in canoes. The business on shore 
is then finished, the harassed recruiter wipes his perspir- 
ing brow, says farewell to the people, closes his trade 
chest, and steps into his landing boat. The officer cries 
to the crew, " Give way, lads," and off goes the boat. 

Then the covering boat comes into position astern of 
the landing boat, for one never knew the moment that 
some enraged native on shore might, for having been 
rejected as '^ undesirable," take a snipe-shot at one of 
the boats. Only two men pull in the covering boat — 
the rest of the crew sit on the thwarts, with their rifles 
ready, facing aft, until the boats are out of range. 

That is what is the ordinary day's work among the 
Solomon, New Hebrides, and other island groups of the 
Western Pacific But very often it was — ^and is now — 
very different. The recruiter may be at work, when 
he is struck down treacherously from behind, and hun- 
dreds of concealed savages rush out, bent on slaughter. 
Perhaps the eye of some ever-watchful man in the cover- 
ing boat has seen crouching figures in the dense under- 
growth of the shores of the bay, and at once fires his 
rifle, and the recruiter jumps for his boat, and then 
there is a cracking of Winchesters from the covering 
boat, and a responsive banging of overloaded muskets 
from the shore. 

Only once was I badly hurt when ''recruiting". I 

113 8 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

had visited a rather big village, but could not secure a 
single recruit, and [ had told the officer to put off, as it 
was no use our wasting our time. I then got into the 
boat and was stooping do\vn to get a drink from the 
water-beaker, when a sudden fusillade of muskets and 
arrows was opened upon us from three sides, and I was 
struck on the right side of the neck by a round iron 
bullet, which travelled round just under the skin, and 
stopped under my left ear. Some of my crew were badly 
hit, one man having his wrist broken by an iron bullet, 
and another received a heavy lead bullet in the stomach, 
and three bamboo arrows in his chest, thigh and shoulder. 
He was more afraid of the arrows than the really danger- 
ous wound in his stomach, for he thought they were 
poisoned, and that he would die of lockjaw — like the 
lamented Commodore Goodenough, who was shot to 
death with poisoned arrows at Nukapu in the Santa 
Cruz Group. 

The skipper nicked out the bullet in my neck with 
his pen-knife, and beyond two very unsightly scars on 
each side of my neck. I have nothing of which to com- 
plain, and much to be thankful for ; for had I been in 
ever so little a more erect position, the ball would have 
broken my neck — and some compositors in printing 
establishments earned a little less money. 



114 



CHAPTER XII 

MY FRIENDS, THE ANTHROPOPHAGI 

Mr. Rudyard Kipling has spoken of what he terms 
"the Great American Pie Belt," which runs through 
certain parts of the United States, the people of which 
live largely on pumpkin pie ; in the South Pacific there 
is what may be vulgarly termed the Great " Long Pork " 
Belt, running through many groups of islands, the savage 
inhabitants of which are notorious cannibala This belt 
extends from the New Hebrides north-westerly to the 
Solomon Archipelago, thence more westerly to New 
Ireland and New Britain, the coasts of Dutch, German, 
and British New Guinea; and then, turning south, em- 
braces a considerable portion of the coast line of North- 
ern Australia. Forty years ago Fiji could have been 
included, but cannibalism in that group had long since 
ceased; as also in New Caledonia and the Loyalty 
Islands. 

The British, French and German Governments are 
doing their best to stamp out the practice. Ships of war 
patrol the various groups, and wherever possible, head- 
hunting and man-eating excursions are suppressed ; but 
some of the islands are of such a vast extent that only 

1x5 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

the coastal tribes are aflfected. In the interior — practic- 
ally unknown to any white man — ^there is a very numer- 
ous population of mountaineer tribes, who are all canni- 
bals, and will remain so for perhaps another fifty years, 
unless, as was done in Fiji by Sir Arthur Grordon (now 
Lord Stanmore), a laiige armed force is sent to subdue 
these people, destroy their towns, and bring them to 
settle on the coast, where they may be subjected to 
missionary (and police) influence. 

During my trading and "blackbirding" voyages, I 
made the acquaintance, and indeed in some cases the 
friendship, of many cannibals, and at one time, when I 
was doing shore duty, I lived for six months in a large 
cannibal village on the north coast of the great island of 
New Britain, or Tombara, as the natives call it I had 
not the slightest fear of being converted into '* Long 
Pig " {puaka kumi) \ for the chief, a hideous, but yet 
not bad-natured savage, named Bobaran, in considera- 
tion for certain gifts of muskets, powder, bullets, etc, 
and tobacco, became responsible for my safety with his 
own people during my stay, but would not, of course, 
guarantee to protect me from the people of other dis- 
tricts (even though he might not be at enmity with 
them) if I ventured into their territory. 

This was the usual agreement made by white traders 
who established themselves on shore under the csgis of 
a native ruler. Very rarely was this confidence abused. 
Generally the white men, sailors or traders who have 
been (and are even now) killed and eaten, have been 
cut off by savages other than those among whom they 
lived — ^very often by mountaineers. 

1x6 



MY FRIENDS, THE ANTHROPOPHAGI 

Bobatan and all his people were noted cannibals. 
He was continually at war with his neighbours on the 
opposite side of the bay, where there were three populous 
towns, and there was much fighting, and losses on both 
sides. During my stay there were over thirty people 
eaten at, or in the immediate vicinity of, my village. 
Some of these were taken alive, and then slaughtered 
on being brought in ; others had been killed in battle. 
But about eighteen months before I came to live at this 
place, Bobaran had had a party of twenty of his people 
cut off by the enemy — and every one of these were 
eaten. 

I parted from Bobaran on very friendly terms. I 
should have stayed longer, but was suffering from 
malarial fever. 

After recruiting my health in New Zealand, I joined 
a labour vessel, sailing out of Samoa, and during the ten 
months I served on her as recruiter I had some ex- 
ceedingly exciting adventures with cannibals among the 
islands off the coast of German New Guinea, and on the 
mainland. 

On our way to the " blackbirding grounds " we sighted 
the lofty Rossel Island — the scene of one of the most 
awful cannibal tragedies ever known. It is one of the 
Louisiade Archipelago, and is at the extreme south end 
of British New Guinea. It presents a most enchanting 
appearance, owing to its verdured mountains (9,000 feet), 
countless cataracts, and beautiful bays fringed with coco- 
palms and other tropical trees, amidst which stand the 
thatched-roofed houses of the natives. I will tell the 
story of Rossel Island in as few words as possible : — 

X17 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

In 1852 a Peruvian barque, carrying 325 Chinese 
coolies for Tahiti, was wrecked on the island ; the captain 
and crew took to the four boats, and left the Chinamen to 
shift for themselves. Hundreds of savage natives rushed 
the vessel, killed a few of the coolies, and drove the rest 
on shore, where for some days they were not molested, 
the natives being too busy in plundering the ship. But 
after this was completed they turned their attention to 
their captives, marshalled them together, made them 
enter canoes and carried them off to a small, but fertile 
island. Here they were told to occupy a deserted vil- 
lage, and do as they pleased, but not to attempt to 
leave the island. The poor Chinamen were overjoyed, 
little dreaming of what was to befal them. The island 
abounded with vegetables and fruit, and the shipwrecked 
men found no lack of food. But they discovered that 
they were prisoners — every canoe had been removed. 
This at first caused them no alarm, but when at the end 
of a week their jailers appeared and carried oflf ten of 
their number, they became restless. And then almost 
every day, two, three or more were taken away, and 
never returned. Then the poor wretches discovered 
that their comrades were being killed and eaten day by 
day! 

To escape from the island was impossible, for it was 
four miles from the mainland, and they had no canoes, 
and the water was literally alive with sharks. Some of 
them, wild with terror, built a raft out of dead timber, 
and tried to put to sea. They were seen by the Rossel 
Islanders, pursued and captured, and slaughtered for the 
cannibal ovens, which were now never idle. Some poor 

1x8 



MY FRIENDS, THE ANTHROPOPHAGI 

creatures, who could swim, tried to cross to another little 
island two miles away, but were devoured by sharks. 
Without arms to defend their lives, they saw themselves 
decimated week by week, for whenever the natives came 
to seize some of their number for their ovens they came 
in force. 

Six or seven months passed, and then one day the 
French corvette Phoque (if I am not mistaken in the 
name) appeared off the island. She had been sent by 
the Governor of New Caledonia to ascertain if any of 
the Chinamen were still on the island, or if all had es- 
caped. Two only survived. They were seen running 
along the beach to meet the boats from the corvette, and 
were taken on board half-demented — all the rest had 
gone into the stomach of the cannibals or the sharks. 

At the present time the natives of Rossel Island are 
subjects of King Edward VII., and are included in the 
government of the Possession of British New Guinea ; 
have, I believe, a resident missionary, and several traders, 
and are well behaved. They would cast up their ^y^ 
in pious horror if any visitor now suggested that they 
had once been addicted to " long pig ". 

Ten days after passing Rossel Island, we were among 
the islands of Dampier and Vitiaz Straits, which separate 
the western end of New Britain from the east coast of 
New Guinea. It was an absolutely new ground for 
recruiting ** blackbirds " and our voyage was in reality 
but an ex|Deriment We (the officers and I) knew that 
the natives were a dangerous lot of savage cannibals, 
speaking many dialects, and had hitherto only been in 

119 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

communication with an occasional whaleship, or a trad- 
ing, pearling, or, in the *'old" colonial days, a sandal- 
wood-seeking vessel. But we had no fear of being cut 
off. We had a fine craft, with a high freeboard, so that 
if we were rushed by canoes, the boarders would find 
some trouble in clambering on deck ; on the main deck 
we carried four six-pounders, which were always kept 
in good order and could be loaded with grape in a few 
minutes. Then our double crew were all well armed 
with Sharp's carbines and the latest pattern of Colt's re- 
volvers ; and, above all, the captain had confidence in his 
crew and officers, and they in him. I, the recruiter, had 
with me as interpreter a very smart native of Ysabel 
Island (Solomon Group) who, five years before, had been 
wrecked on Rook Island, in Vitiaz Straits, had lived 
among the cannibal natives for a year, and then been 
rescued by an Austrian man-of-war engaged on an ex- 
ploration voyage. He said that he could make himself 
well understood by the natives — and this I found to be 
correct 

We anchored in a charming little bay on Rook 
Island (Baga), and at once some hundreds of natives 
came oif and boarded us in the most fearless manner. 
They at once recognised my interpreter, and danced 
about him and yelled their delight at seeing him again. 
Every one of these savages was armed with half a 
dozen spears, a jade-headed club, or powerful bows and 
arrows, and a wooden shield. They were a much finer 
type of savage than the natives of New Britain, lighter 
in colour, and had not so many repulsive character- 
istics. Neither were they absolutely nude — each man 



MY FRIENDS, THE ANTHROPOPHAGI 

wearing a girdle of dracaena leaves, and although they 
were betel-nut chewers, and carried their baskets of 
areca nuts and leaves and powdered lime around their 
necks, they did not expectorate the disgusting scarlet 
juice all over our decks as the New Britain natives 
would have done. 

We noticed that many of them had recently inflicted 
wounds, and learned from them that a few days pre- 
viously they had had a great fight with the natives of 
Tupinier Island (twenty miles to the east) and had been 
badly beaten, losing sixteen men. But, they proudly 
added, they had been able to carry off eleven of the 
enemy's dead, and had only just finished eating them. 
The chiefs brother, they said, had been badly wounded 
by a bullet in the thigh (the Tupinier natives had a few 
muskets) and was suffering great pain, as the ** doctors" 
could not get it out 

Now here was a chance for me — something which 
would perhaps lead to our getting a number of these 
cannibals to recruit for Samoa. I considered myself a 
good amateur surgeon (I had had plenty of practice) 
and at once volunteered to go on shore, look at the 
injured gentleman and see what I could do. My friend 
Bobaran in New Britain I had cured of an eczemic dis- 
order by a very simple remedy, and he had been a 
grateful patient. Here was another chance, and pos- 
sibly another grateful patient ; and this being a case 
of a gunshot wound, I was rather keen on attending 
to it, for the Polynesians and Melanesians will stand 
any amount of cutting about and never flinch (and 
there are no coroners in the South Seas to ask silly 

xaz 






THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

questions if the patient dies from a mistake of the 
operator). 

Morel (the captain), the interpreter and myself went 
on shore. The beach was crowded with women and 
children, as well as men — a sure sign that no treachery 
was intended — ^and nearly all of them tried to embrace 
my interpreter. The clamour these cannibals made 
was terrific, the children being especially vociferous. 
Several of them seized my hands, and literally dragged 
me along to the house of the wounded man ; others 
possessed themselves of Morel and the interpreter, and 
in a few minutes the whole lot of us tumbled, or rather 
fell, into the house. Then, in an instant, there was 
silence — the excited women and children withdrew and 
left the captain, the interpreter, some male cannibals 
and myself with my patient, who was sitting up, 
placidly chewing betel-nut. 

In ten minutes Morel and I got out the bullet, then 
dressed and bandaged the wound, and gave the man a 
powerful opiate. Leaving him with his friends. Morel 
and I went for a walk through the village. Every- 
where the natives were very civil, offering us coco-nuts 
and food, and even the women and children did not 
show much fear at our presence. 

Returning to the house, we found our wounded friend 
was awake, and sitting up on his mat He smiled 
affably at us, and rubbed noses with me — a practice I 
have never before seen among the Melanesians of this 
part of the Pacific. Then he told us that his women- 
folk were preparing us a meal which would soon be 
ready. I asked him gravely (through the interpreter) 

xaa 



MY FRIENDS, THE ANTHROPOPHAGI 

not to serve us any human flesh. He replied quite 
calmly that there was none left — the last had been 
eaten five days before. 

Presently the meal was carried in — baked pork, an 
immense fish of the mullet kind, yams, taro, and an 
enormous quantity of sugar-cane and pineapples. The 
women did not eat with us, but sat apart Our friend, 
whose name was Darro, had six wives, four of whom 
were present He had also a number of female slaves, 
taken from an island in Vitiaz Straita These were 
rather light-skinned, and some quite good-looking, and 
all wore girdles of dracaena leaves. Neither Darro nor 
his people smoked, though they knew the use of pipe 
and tobacco, and at one time had been given both by a 
sandal-wooding ship. I promised to give them a present 
of a ten pound case of plug tobacco, and a gross of clay 
pipes — I was thinking of ** recruits '*. I sent off to the 
brig for the present, and when it arrived, and I had 
given nearly one hundred and fifty cannibals a pipe 
and a pliJg of tobacco each, the interpreter and I got to 
work on Darro on the subject of our mission. 

Alas ! He would not entertain the idea of any of 
his fighting men going to an unknown land for three 
years. We could have perhaps a score or so of women 
— ^widows or slaves. Would that suit us? No, I said. 
We did not want single women or widows. There 
must be a man to each woman. 

Darro was "very sorry" (so was I). But perhaps I 
and the captain would accept two of the youngest of 
his female slaves as a token of his regard for us ? 

Morel and I consulted, and then we asked Darro if 

123 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

he could not give us two slave couples — two men and 
two women who would be willing to marry, and also 
willing to go to a country and work, a country where 
they would be well treated, and paid for their labour. 
And at the end of three years they would be brought 
back to Darro, if they so desired. 

Darro smiled and gave some orders, and two strap- 
ping young men and two pleasant-faced young women 
were brought for my inspection. All were smiling, 
and I felt that a bishop and a brass band or surpliced 
choristers ought to have been present 

These were the only " blackbirds " we secured on that 
voyage from Rook Island ; but three and a half years 
later, when these two couples returned to Darro, with 
a "vast" wealth of trade goods, estimated at "trade" 
prices at seventy-two pounds, Darro never refused to 
let some of his young men ** recruit " for Fiji or Samoa. 

I never saw him again, but he sent messages to me 
by other "blackbirding" vessels, saying that he would 
like me to come and stay with him. 

And, although he had told me that he had person- 
ally partaken of the flesh of over ninety men, I shall 
always remember him as a very gentlemanly man, 
courteous, hospitable and friendly, and who was horror- 
struck when my interpreter told him that in England 
cousins intermarried. 

" That is a horrid, an unutterable thing. It is incon- 
ceivable to us. It is vile, wicked and shameless. How 
can you clever white men do such disgusting things ? " 

Darro and his savage people knew the terrors of the 
abuse of the laws of consanguinity. 

124 



CHAPTER XIII 

ON THE " JOYS " OF RECRUITING " BLACKBIRDS " 

A FEW years ago I was written to by an English lady, 
living in the Midlands, asking me if I could assist her 
nephew — a young man of three and twenty years of 
age — ^towards obtaining a berth as Government agent 
or as ** recruiter " on a Queensland vessel employed in 
the Kanaka labour trade. 

'^ I am told that it is a very gentlemanly employ- 
ment, that many of those engaged in it are, or have 
been, naval officers and have a recc^ised status in 
society. Also that the work is really nothing — merely 
the supervision of coloured men going to the Queens- 
land plantations. The climate is, I am told, delight- 
ful, and would suit Walter, whose lungs, as you know, 
are weak. Is the salary large ? " etc. 

I had to write and disillusionise the lady, and as I 
wrote I recalled one of my experiences in the Kanaka 
labour trade. 

Early in the seventies, I was in Noum6a, New Cale- 
donia, looking for a berth as recruiter in the Kanaka 
labour trade; but there were many older and much 
more experienced men than myself engaged on the 
same quest, and my efforts were in vain. 

125 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

One morning, however, I met a Captain Poore, who 
was the owner and master of a small vessel, just about 
to leave Noumea on a trading voyage along the east 
coast of New Guinea, and among the islands between 
Astrolabe Bay and the West Cape of New Britain. 
He did not want a supercai^o ; but said that he would 
be very glad if I would join him, and if the voyage was 
a success he would pay me for such help as I might 
be able to render him. I accepted his offer, and in a 
few days we left Noumea. 

Poore and I were soon on very friendly terms. He 
was a man of vast experience in the South Seas, and, 
except that he was subject to occasional violent out- 
bursts of temper when anything went wrong, was an 
easy man to get on with, and a pleasant comrade. 

The mate was the only other European on board, 
besides the captain and myself, all the crew, including 
the boatswain, being either Polynesians or Melanesians. 
The whole ten of them were fairly good seamen and 
worked well 

A few days after leaving Noumea, Poore took me into 
his confidence, and told me that, although he certainly 
intended to make a trading and recruiting voyage, he 
had another object in view, and that was to satisfy him- 
self as to the location of some immense copper deposits 
that had been discovered on Rook Island — midway be- 
tween New Britain and New Guinea — by some ship- 
wrecked seamea 

Twenty-two days out from Noumea, the Samana, as 
the schooner was named, anchored in a well-sheltered 
and densely-wooded little bay on the east side of Rook 

Z26 



"JOYS" OF RECRUITING "BLACKBIRDS" 

Island. The place was uninhabited, though, far back, 
from the lofty mountains of the interior, we could see 
several columns of smoke arising, showing the position 
of mountaineer villages. 

It was then ten o'clock in the morning, and Poore, 
feeling certain that in this part of the coast there were 
no native villages, determined to go ashore, and do a 
little prospecting. (I must mention that, owing to Ught 
weather and calms, we had been obliged to anchor 
where we had to avoid being drifted on shore by the 
fierce currents, which everywhere sweep and eddy 
around Rook Island, and that we were quite twenty 
miles from the place where the copper lode had been 
discovered.) 

Taking with us two of the native seamen, Poore and 
I set off on shore shortly after ten o clock, and landed 
on a rough, shingly beach. The extent of littoral on 
this part of the island was very small, a bold lofty chain 
of mountains coming down to within a mile of the sea, 
and running parallel with the coast as far as we could see. 
The vegetation was dense, and in some places came 
down to the water's edge, and although the country 
showed a tropical luxuriance of beauty about the sea- 
shore, the dark, gloomy, and silent mountain valleys 
which everywhere opened up from the coast, gave it a 
repellent appearance in general. 

Leaving the natives (who were armed with rifles and 
tomahawks) in chaise of the boat, and telling them to 
pull along the shore and stop when we stopped, Poore 
and I set out to walk. 

My companion was armed with a Henry- Winchester 

Z27 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

carbine, and I with a sixteen-bore breech-loading shot- 
gun and a tomahawk. I had brought the gun instead 
of a rifle, feeling sure that I could get some cockatoos or 
pigeons on our way back, for we had heard and seen 
many flying about as soon as we had anchored. At the 
last moment I put into my canvas game bag four round 
bullet cartridges, as Poore said there were many wild 
pigs on the island. 

On rounding the eastern point of the bay we were 
delighted to come across a beautiful beach of hard white 
sand, fringed with coco-nut palms, and beyond was a 
considerable stretch of open park-like country. Just as 
Poore and I were setting off inland to examine the base 
of a spur about a mile distant, one of the men said he 
could see the mouth of a river fiuther on along the 
beach. 

This changed our plans, and sending the boat on 
ahead, we kept to the beach, and soon reached the river 
— or rather creek. It was narrow but deep, the boat 
entered it easily and went up it for a mile, we walking 
along the bank, which was free of undergrowth, but 
covered with high, coarse, reed-like grass. Then the 
boat's progress was barred by a huge fallen tree, which 
spanned the stream. Here we spelled for half an hour, 
and had something to eat, and then again Poore and I 
set out, following the upward course of the creek. 
Finding it was leading us away from the spur we wished 
to examine, we stopped to decide what to do, and then 
heard the sound of two gun-shots in quick succession, 
coming from the direction of the place in which the 
boat was lying. We were at once filled with alarm, 

xa8 



"JOYS" OF RECRUITING "BLACKBIRDS" 

knowing that the men must be in danger of some sort, 
and that neither of them could have fired at a wild pig, 
no matter how tempting a shot it offered, for we had 
told them not to do so. 

" Perhaps they have fallen foul of an alligator," said 
Poore, " all the creeks on Rook Island are full of them. 
Come along, and let us see what is wrong.'* 

Running through the open, timber country, and then 
through the long grass on the banks of the stream, we 
had reached about half-way to the boat when we heard 
a savage yell — or rather yells — for it seemed to come 
from a hundred throats, and in an instant we both felt 
sure that the boat had been attacked. 

Madly forcing our way through the infernal reed-like 
grass, which every now and then caused us to trip and 
fall, we had just reached a bend of the creek, which 
gave us a clear sight of its course for about three 
hundred yards, when Poore tripped over a fallen tree 
branch ; I fell on the top of him, and my face struck 
his upturned right foot with such violence that the 
blood poured from my nose in a torrent, and for half a 
minute I was stunned. 

" Good God, look at that ! ** cr ed Poore, pointing 
down stream. 

Crossing a shallow part of the creek were a party of 
sixty or seventy savages, all armed with spears and 
clubs. Four of them who were leading were carrying 
on poles from their shoulders the naked and headless 
bodies of our two unfortunate sailors, and the decapi- 
tated heads were in either hand of an enormously fat 
man, who from his many shell armlets and other adorn- 

129 9 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

ments was evidently the leader. So close were they — 
less than fifty yards — that we easily recognised one of 
the bodies by its light yellow skin as that of Anteru 
(Andrew), a native of Rotumah, and one of the best 
men we had on the Samana, 

Before I could stay his hand and point out the folly 
of it, Poore stood up and shot the fat savage through 
the stomach, and I saw the blood spurt from his side, 
as the heavy, flat-nosed bullet ploughed its way clean 
through the man, who, still clutching the two heads in 
his ensanguined hands, stood upright for a few seconds, 
and then fell with a splash into the stream. 

Yells of rage and astonishment came from the 
savages, as Poore, now wild with fury, b^an to fire at 
them indiscriminately, until the magazine of his rifle 
was emptied ; but he was so excited that only two or 
three of them were hit. Then his senses came back to 
him. 

" Quick, into the creek, and over to the other side, or 
they'll cut us off." 

We clambered down the bank into the water, and 
then, by some mischance, Poore, who was a bad 
swimmer, dropped his rifle, and began uttering the 
most fearful oaths, when I told him that it was no use 
my trying to dive for it, unless he could hold my shot 
gun, which I was carrying in my left hand. We had 
scarcely reached the opposite bank, when thin, slender 
spears began to whizz about us, and one, no thicker 
than a lead pencil, caught Poore in the cheek, obliquely, 
and its point came out quite a 3^ard from where it 
had entered, and literally pinned him to the ground. 

130 



"JOYS" OF RECRUITING "BLACKBIRDS" 

I have heard some very strong language in the 
South Seas, but I have never heard anything so awful 
as that of Poore when I drew out the spear, and we 
started to run for our lives down the opposite bank of 
the creek. 

For some minutes we panted along through the long 
grass, hearing nothing; and then, as we came to an 
open spot and stopped to gain breath, we were assailed 
by a shower of spears from the other side of the creek, 
and Poore was again hit — a spear ripping open the flesh 
between the forefinger and thumb of his left hand. He 
seized my gun, and fired both barrels into the long 
grass on the other side, and wild yells showed that 
some of our pursuers were at least damaged by the 
heavy No. i shot intended for cockatoos. 

Then all became silent, and we again started, taking 
all available cover, and hoping we were not pursued. 

We were mistaken, for presently we cayght sight of 
a score of our enemies a hundred yards ahead, running 
at top speed, evidently intending to cross lower down 
and cut us off, or else secure the boat Poore took 
two quick shots at them, but they were too far off, and 
gave us a yell of derision. Putting my hand into the 
game bag to get out two cartridges, I was horrified to 
find it empty, every one had feillen out ; my companion 
used more lurid language, and we pressed on. At last 
we reached the boat, and found her floating bottom up 
— the natives had been too quick for us. 

To have attempted to right her would have meant 
our being speared by the savages, who, of course, were 
watching our every movement. There was nothing 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

else to do but to keep on, cross the mouth of the creek, 
and make for the ship. 

Scarcely had we run fifty yards when we saw the 
grass on the other side move — the natives were keeping 
up the chase. Another ten minutes brought us to the 
mouth of the stream, and then to our great joy we saw 
that the tide had ebbed, and that right before us was a 
stretch of bare sand, extending out half a mile. As 
we emerged into the open we saw our pursuers stand- 
ing on the opposite bank. Poore pointed his empty 
gun at them, and they at once vanished. 

We stopped five minutes to gain breath, and then 
kept straight on across the sand, till we sighted the 
schooner. We were seen almost at once, and a boat 
was quickly manned and sent to us, and in a quarter 
of an hour we were on board again. 

That was one of the joys of the ** gentlemanly" em- 
ployment of ** recruiting " in the South Seas. 



133 



CHAPTER XIV 

MAKING A FORTUNE IN THE SOUTH SEAS 

A SHORT time ago I came across in a daily newspaper 
the narrative of a traveller in the South Seas full of 
illuminating remarks on the ease with which any one 
can now acquire a fortune in the Pacific Islands ; it af- 
forded me considerable reflection, mixed with a keen 
regret that I had squandered over a quarter of a century 
of my life in the most stupid manner, by ignoring the 
golden opportunities that must have been jostling me 
wherever I went. The articles were very cleverly 
penned, and really made very pretty reading — so pretty, 
in fact, that I was moved to briefly narrate my ex- 
perience of the subject in the columns of the IVes^- 
ftiinster Gazettey with the result tiiat many a weary, 
struggling trader in the Solomon Islands, the New 
Hebrides and other groups of islands in the South 
Pacific rose up and called me blessed when they read 
my article, for I sent five and twenty copies of the 
paper to as many traders. Others doubtless obtained 
the journal from the haughty brass-bound pursers 
(there are no "supercargoes" now) of the Sydney and 
Auckland steamers. For the steamers, with their 

133 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

high-collared, clerkly pursers, have supplanted for good 
the trim schooners, with their brown-faced, pyjama-clad 
supercargoes, and the romance of the South Seas has 
gone. But it has not gone in the imagination of some 
people. 

I must mention that my copies of the Westminster 
Gazette crossed no less than nine letters written to me 
by old friends and comrades from various islands in 
the Pacific, asking me to do what I had done — put the 
true condition of affairs in Polynesia before the public, 
and help to keep unsuitable and moneyless men from 
going out to the South Sea Islands to starve. For 
they had read the illuminating series of articles to 
which I refer, and felt very savage. 

In a cabin-trunk of mine I have some hundreds of 
letters, written to me during the past ten years by 
people from all parts of the world, who wanted to go 
to the South Seas and lead an idyllic life and make 
fortunes, and wished me to show them how to go about 
it. Many of these letters are amusing, some are pa- 
thetic ; some, which were so obviously insane, I did not 
answer. The rest I did. I cannot reproduce them in 
print. I am keeping them to read to my friends in 
heaven. Even an old ex-South Sea trader may get 
there — if he can dodge the other place. Quien sabe ? 

Twenty-one of these letters reached me in France 
during February, March and April of last year. They 
were written by men and women who had been reading 
the above-mentioned series of brilliant articles. (I re- 

134 



MAKING A FORTUNE IN THE SOUTH SEAS 

gret to state that fourteen only had a penny stamp 
thereon, and I had to pay four francs postal dues.) 
The articles were, as I have said, very charmingly 
written, especially the descriptive passages. But nearly 
every person that the " Special Commissioner " met in 
the South Seas seems to have been very energetically 
and wickedly employed in "pulling the * Special Com- 
missioner's' leg". 

The late Lord Pembroke described two classes of 
people — *' those who know and don't write, and those 
who write and don't know ". 

Let me cull a few only of the statements in one of 
the articles entitled "The Trader's Prospects". It is 
an article so nicely written that it is hard to shake off 
the glamour of it and get to facts. It says : — 
,"The salaries paid by a big Australian firm to its 
rtraders may run from ;^5o to ;^200 a year, with board 
(that is, the run of the store) and a house." 
i There are possibly fifty men in the Pacific Islands 
who are receiving ;6^200 a year from trading firms. 
Five pounds per month, with a specified ration list, and 
5 per cent, commission on his sales is the usual thing 
— ^and has been so for the past fifteen years. As for 
taking ** the run of the store," he would be quickly asked 
to take another run. The trader who works for a firm 
has a struggle to exist 

** In the Solomons and New Hebrides you can start 
trading on a capital of ;f lOO or so^ and make cent, per 
cent, on island produce." 

A man would want at least ;£^S00 to ;f 600 to start 

135 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

even in the smallest way. Here are some of his require- 
ments, which he must buy before leaving Sydney or 
Auckland to start as an independent trader in Melanesia 
or Polynesia: Trade goods, ;£^400 ; provisions for twelve 
months, ;^ioo; boat with all gear, from £2$ to ;f6o; 
tools, firearms, etc, ;f 15 to £30, Then there is passage 
money, <;^IS to j£"2o; freight on his goods, say ;f40. 
If he lands anywhere in Polynesia — Samoa, Tonga, 
Cook's Islands, or elsewhere — he will have Customs 
duties to pay, house rent, and a trading licence. And 
everywhere he will find keen competition and measly 
profits, unless he lives like a Chinaman on rice and fish. 

** In British New Guinea you can dig gold in hand- 
fuls out of the mangrove swamps " (O ye gods !) ** and 
prospect for any other mineral you may choose." 

Gold-mining in British New Guinea is carried out 
under the most trying conditions of toil and hardships. 
The fitting out of a prospecting-party of four costs quite 
£SOO to ;^i,ooo. And only very experienced diggers 
tackle mining in the Possession. And his Honour the 
Administrator will not let improperly equipped parties 
into the Possession. ^ 



" It is the simplest thing in the world " to become a 
pearl sheller. "You charter a schooner — or even a 
cutter — if you are a smart seaman and know the Pacific, 
use her for general trading . . . and every now and 
then go and look up some one of the innumerable reefs 
and low atolla . . . Some are beds of treasure, full of 
pearl-shell, that sells at ;f 100 to ;£'200 the ton," etc. 

All very pretty! Here is the "simplicity" of it — 

136 






MAKING A FORTUNE IN THE SOUTH SEAS 

taking it at so much per month : Charter of small 
schooner of one hundred tonsj £200 to £}po \ ws^es 
of captain and crew, £aP\ cost of provisions and wear 
and tear of canvas, running gear, etc., £(30 (diving suits 
and gear for two divers, and boat would have to be 
bought at a cost of some hundreds of pounds) ; wages 
per month of each diver from ;f 50 to ;^75, with often 
a commission on the shell they raise. Then you can 
go a-sailing, and cherchez around for your treasure 
beds. If you dive in Dutch waters, the gunboats collar 
you and your ship ; if you go into British waters you 
will find that the business is under strict inspection by 
Commonwealth officials who keep a properly sharp 
eye on your doings. If you wish to go into the French 
Paumotus you have first to visit Tahiti, and apply for 
and pay 2,500 francs for a half-yearly licence to dive. 
(Most likely you won't get it) If you try without this 
licence to buy even a single pearl from the natives, you 
will get into trouble — as my ship did in the " seventies," 
when the gunboat Vaudreuil swooped down on us, sent 
a prize crew aboard, put some of us in irons, and towed 
us to Tahiti, where we lay in Papeite harbour for three 
months, until legal proceedings were finished and the 
ship was liberated. 



" About £\ 50 would be the lowest sum with which 
such a work" (scooping up the treasure) "could be 
carried out. This would provide a small schooner or 
a cutter from Auckland for a few months with all 
necessary stores. She would require two men, com- 
petent to navigate, two A.B.'s, and a diver, in order 

137 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

to be run safely and comfortably; and the wages of 
these would be an extra cost A couple of experienced 
yachtsmen could, of course, manage the affair more 
cheaply." 

Some of these recent nine letters which I received 
contained some very interesting facts. One man, an 
old trader in Polynesia, wrote me as follows : " Some 
of these poor beggars actually land in Polynesian ports 
with a trunk or two of ^lass beads, penny looking- 
glasses, twopenny knives and other weird rubbish, 
and are aghast to see laige stores stocked with thou- 
sands of pounds' worth of goods of all kinds, goods 
which are sold to the natives at a very low margin of 
profit, for competition is very keen. In the Society 
Islands the Chinese storekeepers undersell us whites — 
they live cheaper." And "in Levuka and Suva, in 
Fiji, in Rarotonga and other islands there are scores of 
broken-down white men. They cannot be called * beach- 
combers,' for there is nothing on the beach for them to 
comb. They live on the charity of the traders and 
natives. If they were sailor-men they could perhaps 
get fifteen dollars a month on the schooners. Why 
they come here is a mystery. . . . Most of them 
seem to be clerks or school-teachers. One is a violin 
teacher. Another young fellow brought out a type- 
writing machine ; he is now yardman at a Suva hotel. 
A third is a married man with two young children. 
He is a French polisher, wife a milliner. They came 
from Belfast, and landed with eleven pounds I Hotel 
expenses swallowed all that in three weeks. Money is 

138 



MAKING A FORTUNE IN THE SOUTH SEAS 

being collected to send them to Auckland," and so on. 
There is always so much mischief being done by 
globe-trotting tourists and ill-informed and irrespon- 
sible novelists who scurry through the Southern Seas 
on a liner, and then publish their hasty impressions. 
According to them, any one with a modicum of common 
sense can shake the South Sea Pagoda Tree and be- 
come bloatedly wealthy in a year or so. 

Did the "Special Commissioner" know that these 
articles would lead to much misery and suffering? 
No, of course not They were written in good faith, 
but without knowledge. For instance, the wild state- 
ment about looking up ** some one of the innumerable 
reefs and low atolls . . . beds of treasure, full of pearl- 
shell that sells at ;f lOO to ;£'200 the ton," etc. — there is 
not one single reef or atoll either in the North or South 
Pacific that has not been carefully prospected for pearl- 
shell during the past thirty-five years. 

Then as to gold-mining in British New Guinea, 
** where you can dig gold in handfuls out of the man- 
grove swamps ". 

Diggers who go to New Guinea have to go through 
the formality of first paying their passages to that 
country from Australia. The^i, on arrival, they have 
to arrange the important matter of engaging native 
carriers to take their outfit to the Mambar^ River gold- 
fields — a tedious and expensive item. And only ex- 
perienced men of sterling physique can stand the awful 
labour and hardships of gold-mining in the Possession. 
Deadly malarial fever adds to the diggers' hard lot in 
New Guinea, and the natives, when not savage and 

Z39 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

treacherous, are as unreliable and as lazy as a Spanish 
priest 

In conclusion, I can assure my readers that there is 
no prospect for any man of limited means to make 
money in the South Seas as a trader. Any assertions 
to the contrary have no basis of fact in them. In 
cotton and coco-nut planting there are good openings 
for men of the right stamp; in the second industry, 
however, one has to wait six years before his trees are 
in full bearing. 



140 



CHAPTER XV 

THE STORY OF TOKOLM^ 

Early one morning some native hunters came on 
board our vessel and asked me to come with them to 
the mountain forest of the island of Ponap6 in quest of 
wild boar. Glad to escape from the ship, which lay in 
a small land-locked harbour on the south-eastern side of 
the island, I quickly put together my gear, stepped into 
one of the long red-painted canoes alongside, and pushed 
off with my companions — men whom I had known for 
some years and who always looked to me to join them 
in at least one of their hunting trips whenever our brig 
visited their district on a trading cruise. Half an hour's 
paddling across the still waters of the harbour brought 
us to a narrow creek, lined on each side with dense man- 
groves. Following its upward course for the third of k 
mile, we came to and landed at a point of high land, 
where the^dull and monotonous mangroves gave place 
to giant cedar trees and lofty palms. Here were two or 
three small native huts, used by the hunters as a rendez- 
vous. Early as it was, some of their women-folk had ar- 
rived from the village, and cooked and made ready a 
meal of baked fish and chickens. Then after the in- 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

evitable smoke and discussion as to the route to be taken, 
and telling the women to expect us back at nightfall, 
we shouldered our rifles and hunting spears, and started 
off in single file along a winding track that followed the 
turnings of the now clear and brawling little stream. At 
first we experienced considerable trouble in ridding our- 
selves of over a dozen mongrel curs ; they had followed 
the men from the village (two miles distant) and the 
women had fastened all of them in, in one of the huts, but 
the brutes had torn a hole through the cane-work side 
of the hut and came after us in full cry. Kicking and 
pelting them with sticks had no effect — they merely 
yelped and snarled and darted off into the undergrowth, 
only to reappear somewhere ahead of us. Finally my 
companions became so exasperated that, forgetting they 
were newly- made converts to Christianity, they burst 
out into torrents of abuse, invoking all the old heathen 
gods to smite the dogs individually and collectively, and 
not let them spoil our sport This proving of no effect, 
an exasperated and stalwart young native named Na, 
who was the owner of one of the most ugly and persist- 
ent of the animals, asked me to lend him my Winchester, 
and, waiting for a favourable chance, shot the brute dead. 
In an instant the rest of the pack vanished without a 
sound, and we saw no more of them till we returned to 
the huts in the evening. 

These natives (seven in all) were, with the exception 
of a man of fifty years of age, all young men, and fine 
types of the Micronesian. Although much slighter in 
build than the average Polynedan of the south-eastern 
islands of the Pacific, they were extremely muscular 

143 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

and sinewy, and as active and fleet of foot as wild goats. 
Their skins, where not tanned a darker hue by the sun, 
were of a light reddish-brown, and the blue tatooing on 
their bodies showed out very clearly; most of them had 
a very Semitic and regular cast of features, and their 
straight black hair and fine white teeth imparted a very 
pleasing appearance. Unlike some of the natives of 
the Micronesian Archipelago on the islands farther to 
the westward they dislike the disgusting practice of 
chewing the betel-nut, and in general may be regarded 
as a very cleanly and highly intelligent race of people. 
Somewhat suspicious, if not sullen, with the European 
stranger on first acquaintance, they do not display that 
spirit of hospitality and courtesy that seems to be inher- 
ent with the Samoans, Tahitians and the Marquesans. 
From the time when their existence was first made 
known to the world by the discoveries of the early Span- 
ish voyagers to the South Seas they have been addicted 
to warfare, and the inhabitants of Ponap^ in particular 
had an evil reputation for the horrible cruelties the 
victors inflicted upon the vanquished in battle, even 
though the victims were frequently their own kith 
and kin. When, less than twenty years ago, Spain re- 
asserted her claims to the Caroline Islands (of which 
Ponap^ is the largest and most fertile) and placed gar- 
risons on several of the islands, the natives of Ponap^ 
made a savage and determined resistance, and in one 
instance wiped out two companies of troops and their 
officers. A few years ago, however, the entire archi- 
pelago passed into the hands of Germany — Spain accept- 
ing a monetary compensation for parting with territory 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

that never belonged to her — and at the present time 
these once valorous and warlike savages are learning 
the ways of civilisation and — as might be expected — 
rapidly diminishing in numbers. 

After ridding ourselves of the dc^s we pressed steadily 
onward and upward, till we no longer heard the hum of 
the surf beating upon the barrier reef, and then when 
the sun was almost overhead we emerged from the 
deep, darkened aisles of the silent forest into a small 
cleared space on the summit of a spur and saw dis- 
played before us one of the loveliest panoramas in the 
universe. For of all the many beautiful island gems 
which lie upon the blue bosom of the North Pacific, 
there is none that exceeds in beauty and fertility the 
Isle of Ascension, as Ponap6 is sometimes called — 
that being the name used by the Spaniards. 

Three thousand feet below we could see for many 
miles the trend of the coast north and sOuth. Within 
the wavering line of roaring white surf, which marked 
the barrier reef, lay the quiet green waters of the 
narrow lagoon encompassing the whole of this part of 
Ponap^, studded with many small islands — ^some rocky 
and precipitous, some so low-lying and so thickly palm- 
clad that they, seemed, with their girdles of shining 
beach, to be but floating g^ardens of verdure, so soft 
and ephemeral that even the gentle breath of the rising 
trade wind at early mom would cause them to vanish 
like some desert mirage. 

To the southward was the small, land-locked harbour 
of RoSn Kiti, whose gleaming waters were as yet un- 

144 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

disturbed by the faintest ripple, and the two American 
whaleships and my own vessel which floated on its 
placid bosom, lay so still and quiet, that one could have 
thought them to be abandoned by their crews were it 
not that one of the whalers began to loose and dry 
sails, for it had raiined heavily during the night. These 
two ships were from New Bedford, and they had put 
into the little harbour to wood and water, and give 
their sea-worn crews a fortnight's rest ere they sailed 
northward away from the bright isles of the Pacific to 
the cold, wintry seas of the Siberian coast and the 
Kurile Islands, where they would cruise for " bowhead " 
whales, before returning home to America. 

Here, because the White Man both felt and looked 
tired after the long climb, and because the Brown Men 
wanted to make a drink of green kava, we decided to 
rest for an hour or two — some of the men suggesting 
that we should not return till the following day. Food 
we had brought with us, and everywhere on the tops 
of the mountains water was to be found in small rocky 
pools. So whilst one of the men cut up a rugged root 
of green kava and began to pound it with a smooth 
stone, the White Man, well content, laid down his gun, 
sat upon a boulder of stone and looked around him. 
I was pleased at the view of sea and verdant shore far 
below, and pleased too at the prospect of some good 
sport ; for everywhere, on our way up to the mountains, 
we had seen the tracks of many a wild pig, and here, 
on the summit of this spur, could rest awhile, before 
descending into a deep valley on the eastern side of 
the island, where we knew we would find the wild 

145 10 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

pigs feeding along the banks of a mountain stream 
which detx)uched into Roan Kiti harbour, four miles 
away. 

" How is this place named, and how came it to be 
clear of the forest trees ? " I asked one of my native 
friends, a handsome young man, about thirty years of 
age, whose naked, smooth, and red-brown skin, from 
neck to waist, showed by its tatooing that he was of 
chiefly lineage. 

" Tokolm6 it is called," he replied. " It was once a 
place of great strength ; a fortress was made here in the 
mountains, in the olden time — in the old days, long 
before white men came to Ponap^. See, all around us, 
half-buried in the ground, are some of the blocks of 
stone which were carried up from the face of the moun- 
tain which overlooks Metalanien " — he pointed to sev- 
eral huge basaltic prisms lying near — "these stones 
were the lower course of the fort ; the upper part was 
of wood* gfreat forest trees, cut down and squared into 
lengths of two fathoms. And it is because of the cut- 
ting down of these trees, which were very old and took 
many hundred years to grow, that the place where we 
now sit, and all around us, is so clear. For the blood 
of many hundreds of men have sunk into it, and be- 
cause it was the blood of innocent people, there be now 
nothing that will grow upon it." 

The place was certainly quite bare of trees, though 
encompassed by the forest on all sides lower dowa 
One reason for this may have been that in addition 
to the large basaltic prisms, the ground was thickly 
covered with a layer of smaller and broken stones to 

146 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

which time and the action of the weather had given a 
comparatively smooth surface. 

*' Tell me of it, Rai," I said. 

" Presently, friend, after we have had the drink of 
kava and eaten some food Ah, this green kava of 
ours is good to drink, not like the weak, dried root that 
the women of Samoa chew and mix with much water 
in a wooden bowl. What goodness can there be in 
that ? Here, we take the root fresh from the soil when 
it is full of juice, beat it to a pulp and add but little 
water." 

** It is good, Rai," I admitted, ** but give me only a 
little. It is too strong for me and a full bowl would 
cause me to stagger and fall.'' 

He laughed good-naturedly as he handed me a half 
coco-nut shell containing a little of the thick greenish- 
yellow liquid. And then, after all had drunk in turn, 
the baskets of cold baked food were opened and we 
ate ; and then as we lit our pipes and smoked Rai told 
us the story of Tokolmd 

** In those days, before the white men came here to 
this country, though they had been to islands not 
many days* sail from here by canoe, there were but 
two great chiefs of Ponap^ — now there are seven — one 
was Lirou, who ruled all this part of the land, and who 
dwelt at Roan Kiti with two thousand people, and the 
other was Roka, king of all the northern coast and 
ruler of many villages. Roka was a great voy^er and 
had sailed as far to the east as Kusaie, which is two 
hundred leagues from here, and his people were proud 

147 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

of him and his great daring and of the slaves that he 
brought back with him from Kusaie.^ 

" Here in Tokolm^ lived three hundred and two- 
score people, who owed allegiance neither to Lirou nor 
Roka, for their ancestors had come to Ponap^ from 
Yap, an island far to the westward. After many years 
of fighting on the coast they made peace with Lirou's 
father, who gave them all this piece of country as a 
free gift, and without tribute, and many of their young 
men and women intermarried with ours, for the lan- 
guage and customs of Yap are akin to those of 
Ponap^. 

** Soon after peace was made and Tolan, chief of the 
strangers, had built the village and made plantations, 
he died, and as he left no son, his daughter Lea be- 
came chieftainess, although she was but fourteen years 
of age. 

"Lirou, who was a haughty, overbearing young 
man, sent presents, and asked her in marriage, and 
great was his anger when she refused, saying that she 
had no desire to leave her people now that her father 
was dead. 

" * See,' he said to his father, * see the insult put upon 
thee by these proud ones of Yap — these dog-eating 
strangers who drifted to our land as a log drifts upon 
the ocean. Thou hast given them fair lands with run- 
ning water, and great forest trees, and this girl refuses 
to marry me. Am I as nothing that I should be so 
treated ? Shall I, Lirou, be laughed at ? Am I a boy 
or a grown man ? ' 

^ Strongs Island. 
148 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

** The old chief, who desired peace, sought in vain to 
soothe him. * Wait for another year,* he said, ' and it 
may be that she will be of a different mind. And 
already thou hast two wives — ^why seek another?' 

" * Because it is my will/ replied Lirou fiercely, and 
he went away, nursing his wrath. 

** One day a party of Roka's young men and women 
went in several canoes to the group of small islands near 
the mainland called Pakin to catch turtle ; whilst the 
men were away out on the reef at night with their turtle 
nets a number of Lirou's men came to the huts where 
the women were and watched them cooking food to 
give to their husbands on their return. Rain was falling 
heavily, and Lirou's men came into the houses, unasked, 
and sat down and then began to jest with the women 
somewhat rudely. This made them somewhat afraid, 
for they were all married, and to jest with the wife of 
another man is looked upon as an evil thing. But their 
husbands being a league away the women could do no- 
thing and went on with their cooking in silence. Pres- 
ently, Lirou's men who had brought with them some 
gourds of the grog called raraity which is made from 
sugar-cane, began to drink it and pressed the women to 
do so also. When they refused to do so, the men be- 
came still more rude and bade the women serve them 
with some of the food they had prepared. This was a 
great insult, but being in fear, they obeyed. Then, as 
the grog made them bolder, some of the men laid hands 
on the women and there was a great outcry and struggle, 
and a young woman named Sipi-nah fell or was thrown 
against a great burning log, and her face so badly burned 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

that she cried out in agony and ran outside, followed by 
all the other women. They ran along the beach in the 
pouring rain till they were abreast of the place where 
their husbands were fishing and called to them to return. 
When the fishermen saw what had befallen Sipi-nah 
they were filled with rage, for she was a blood-relation 
of Roka's, and hastening back to the houses they rushed 
in upon Lirou's people, slew three of them, put their 
heads in baskets and brought them to Roka. 

" From this thing came a long war which was called 
' the war of the face of Sipi-nah,' and a great battle was 
fought in canoes on the lagoon. Lirou's father with 
many hundreds of his people were slain, and the rest 
fled to Roan Kiti pursued by King Roka, who burnt 
the town. Then Lirou (who, now that his father was 
killed, was chief) sued for peace, and promised Roka a 
yearly tribute of three thousand plates of turtle shell, 
and five new canoes. So Roka, being satisfied, sailed 
away, and there was peace. Had he so desired it he 
could have utterly swept away all Lirou's people and 
burned their villages and destroyed every one of their 
plantations, but although he was a great fighting man 
he was not cruel. Yet he said to Sipi-nah, after peace 
was made : * I pray thee, come near me no more ; for 
although I have revenged myself upon those who have 
ill-used and insulted thee and me, my hand will again 
incline to the spear if I look upon thy scarred face again. 
And I want no more wars.' 

" The son of Lirou (who now took his father's name) 
and his people began, with heavy hearts, to rebuild the 
town. After the council house was finished, Lirou told 

150 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

them to cease work and called together his head men 
and spoke. 

" * Why should we labour to build more houses here ? * 
he said. * See, this is my mind. Only for one year shall 
I pay this heavy tribute to Roka Then shall I defy 
him.' 

" The head men were silent 

" Lirou laughed. * Have no fear. I am no boaster. 
But we cannot fight him here in Roan Kiti, which is open 
to the sea, and never can we make it a strong fort, for 
here we have nofalat} nor yet any great forest trees. 
But at Tokolm^ are many thousands of the great stones 
and mighty trees in plenty. Ah, my father was a fool- 
ish man to give such a place to people who fought against 
us. Are we fools, to build here another weak town, and 
let Roka bear the more heavily upon us? Answer 
me!' 

" * What wouldst thou have, O chief,' asked one of the 
head men. 

" * I would have Tokolme. It is mine inheritance. 
There can we make a strong fort, and from there shall 
we have entrance to the sea by the river. Are we to 
let these dogs from Yap deny us ? ' 

" * Let us ask them to give us, as an act of friendship, 
all the trees, and all th^falat we desire,' said one of the 
head men. 

" Lirou laughed scornfully. * And we to toil for years 
in carrying the trees and stones from Tokolm6, a league 

^ ** Falat '* is the natives* name for the huge prisms of basalt with 
which the mysterious and Cyclopean walls, canals, vaults, and forts 
are constructed on the island of Ponap6. 

15X 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

away. Bah ! Let us fall upon them as they sleep— and 
spare no one.' 

" * Nay, nay,' said a sub-chief, named Kol, who had 
taken one of the Yap girls to wife, * that is an evil 
thought, and foul treachery. We be at peace with 
thenL I, for one, will have no part in such wickedness.' 
And others said the same, but some were with 
Lirou. 

" Then, after many angry words had been spoken — 
some for fair dealing, and some for murder — Lirou said 
to the chief Kol and two others : * Go to the girl Lea 
and her head men with presents, and say this : We of 
Roan Kiti are like to be hard pressed by Roka when 
the time comes for the payment of our tribute If we 
yield it not, then are we all dead men. So give back 
to us Tokolm^, and take from us Roan Kiti, where ye 
may for ever dwell in peace, for Roka hath no ill-will 
against ye.' 

"So Kol and two other chiefs, with many slaves 
bearing presents, went to Tokolmd But before they 
set out, Kol sent secretly a messenger to Lea, with 
these words : * Though I shall presently come to thee 
with fair words from Lirou, I bid thee and all thy 
people take heed, and beware of what thou doest ; and 
keep good watch by night, for Lirou hath an evil 
mind.' 

" This message was given to Lea, and her head men 
rewarded the messenger, and then held council together, 
and told Lea what answer she should give. 

" This was the answer that she gave to Kol, speaking 
smilingly, and yet with dignity : — 

15a 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

" * Say to the chief Lirou that I thank him for the 
rich presents he hath sent me, and that I would that I 
could yield to his wish, and give unto him this tract of 
country that his father gave to mine — so that he might 
build a strong place of refuge against the King Roka 
But it cannot be, for we, too, fear Roka. And we are but 
a few, and some day it might happen that he would fall 
upon us, and sweep us away as a dead leaf is swept from 
the branch of a young tree by the strong breath of the 
storm.' 

''So Kol returned to Lirou, and gave him the 
answer of Lea, and then Lirou and those of his head 
men who meant ill to Lea and her people, met together 
in secret, and plotted their destructioa 

" And again Kol, who loved the Yap girl he had mar- 
ried, sent a message to Lea, warning her to beware of 
treachery. And then it was that the Yap people began 
to build a strong fort, and at night kept a good watch. 

** Then Lirou again sent messengers asking that Lea 
would let him cut down a score of great trees, and Lea 
sent answer to him : * Thou art welcome. Cut down 
one score — or ten score. I give them freely/ This did 
she for the sake of peace and good-will, though she and 
her people knew that Lirou meant harm. But whilst a 
hundred of Lirou's men were cutting the trees the Yap 
people worked at their fort from dawn till dark, and 
Lirou's heart was black with rage, for these men of Yap 
were cunning fort builders, and he saw that, when it 
was finished, it could never be taken by assault But 
he and his chiefs continued to speak fair words, and 
send presents to Lea and her people, and she sent back 

153 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

presents in return. Then s^ain Lirou besought her to 
become his wife, saying that such an alliance would 
strengthen the friendship between his people and hers ; 
but Lea again refused him, though with pleasant words, 
and Lirou said with a smooth face : * Forgive me. I 
shall pester thee no more, for I see that thou dost not 
care for me.' 

" When two months had passed two score of great trees 
had been felled and cut into lengths of five fathoms each, 
and then squared These were to be the main timbers 
of the outer wall of Lirou's fort — so he said. But he 
did not mean to have them carried away, for now he 
and his chiefs had completed their plans to destroy the 
people of Yap, and this cutting of the trees was but a 
subterfuge, designed to throw Lea and her advisers off 
their guard. 

** One day Lirou and his chiefs, dressed in very gay 
attire, came into Tokolm^, each carrying in his hand a 
tame ring-dove which is a token of peace and amity, 
and desired speech of Lea. She came forth, and ordered 
fine mats, trimmed with scarlet parrots' feathers, to be 
spread for them upon the ground and received them as 
honoured guests. 

" * We come,' said Lirou, lifting her hand to his fore- 
head, * to beg thee and all thy people to come to a great 
feast that will be ready to-morrow, to celebrate ithe 
carrying away of the wood thou hast so generously given 
unto me' 

'* * It is well,' said Lea ; * I thank thee. We shall 
come.' 

" Little did Lea and her people know that during the 

154 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

night, as It rained heavily, some of Lirou's warriors had 
hidden clubs and spears and axes of stone near where 
the logs lay and where the feast was to be given. They 
were hidden under a great heap of chips and shavings 
that came from the fallen trees. 

** At dawn on the day of the feast, three hundred of 
Lirou's men, all dressed very gaily, marched past 
Tokolm^, carrying no arms, but bearing baskets of food. 
They were going, they said, with presents to King Roka 
to tell him that Lirou would hold faithfully to his 
promise of tribute. 

" * But why,' asked the men of Yap, * do ye go to-day 
— ^which is the day of the feast ? ' 

" * Because the heart of Lirou is glad, and he desires 
peace with all men— even Roka. And whilst he and 
those of our people who remain feast with ye men of 
Yap, and make merriment, we, the tribute messengers, 
go unto Roka with words of goodwill' 

" Now these words were lies, for when the three 
hundred men had marched a quarter of a league past 
Tokolm^, they halted at a place in the forest where they 
had arms concealed. Then they waited for a certain 
signal from Lirou, who had said : — 

" * When thou hearest the sound of a conch shell at the 
b^inning of the feast, march quickly back and form a 
circle around us and the people of Yap, but let not one 
of ye be seen. Then when there comes a second blast 
rush in, and see that no one escapes. Spare no one but 
the girl Lea.' 

" When the sun was a little high Lirou and all his people 
— men, women and children — came and made ready the 

155 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

feast On each of the squared logs was spread out baked 
hogs, fowls, pigeons, turtle and fish, and all manner of 
fruits in abundance, and then also there were placed in 
the centre of the clearing twenty stone mortars for 
making kava. 

" When all was ready, Lea and her people were bid- 
den to come, and they all came out of the fort, dressed 
very gaily and singing as is customary for guests to do. 
And Lirou stepped out from among his people and took 
Lea by the hand and seated her on a fine mat in the 
place of honour, and as she sat with Lirou beside her, 
a man blew a loud, long blast upon a conch shell and 
the feast begaa" 

Rai's story had interested me keenly, but I was now 
guilty of a breach of native etiquette — I had to interrupt 
him to ask how it was that the man Kol and others 
who were friendly to the Yap people did not give them 
a final warning of the intended massacre. 

" Ah, I forgot to tell thee that Lirou was as cunning 
as he was cruel, and ten days before the giving of the 
feast he had sent away Kol and some others whom he 
knew to be well disposed to the people of Yap. He 
sent them to the islands of Pakin — ten leases from 
Ponape, and desired them to catch turtle for him. But 
with them he sent a trusty man, whom he took into his 
confidence, and said, * Tell Rairik, Chief of Pakin, to 
make some pretext, and prevent Kol from returning to 
Ponap^ for a full moon. And say also that if he 
yields not to my wish I shall destroy him and his 
people.' " 

" Ah," I said, " Lirou was a Napoleon." 

156 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

'* Who was he ? " 

" Oh, a great Franki chief, who was as lying and as 
treacherous and cruel ^d merciless as Lirou. Some 
day I will tell thee of him. Now, about the 
feast." 



** Ah, the feast After a little while, Lirou, whilst the 
people ate, said softly to Lea, * Wilt thou not honour 
me and be my wife ? I promise thee that I shall send 
away my other wives, and thou alone shalt rule my 
house and me.' 

" Lea was displeased, and her eyes flashed with anger 
as she drew away from him, and then Lirou seized her 
by her wrist, and threw up his left hand. 

" A long, loud blast sounded from the conch, and then 
Lirou*s men, who were feasting, sprang to the great heap 
of chips, and seized their weapons. And then began a 
cruel slaughter — for what could three hundred unarmed 
people do against so many I But yet some of the men 
of Yap fought most bravely, and tearing clubs or short 
stabbing spears from their treacherous enemies, they 
killed over two score of Lirou's people. 

" As Lea beheld the murdering of her kith and kin, 
she cried piteously to Lirou to at least spare the women 
and children, but he laughed and bade her be silent 
Some of the women and children tried to escape to the 
fort, but they were met by the men who had been in 
ambush, and slain ruthlessly. 

" When all was over, the bodies were taken to a high 
cliff, and cast down into the valley below. Then Lirou 

157 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and his men entered the fort, and made great rejoicing 
over their victory. 

" Lea sat on a mat with her face in her hands, dumb 
with grief, and Lirou bade her go to her sleeping-place, 
telling her to rest, and that he would have speech with 
her later on when he was in the mood. She obeyed, 
and when she was unobserved she picked up a short, 
broad -bladed dagger of talit (obsidian) and hid it in her 
gfirdle, and then lay down and pretended to sleep. But 
through the cane lattice-work of her sleeping-place she 
watched Lirou. 

" After Lirou had viewed the fort outside and inside, 
he sent a man to Lea, bidding her come to him. 

" She rose and came slowly to him, with her head 
bent, and stood before him. Then suddenly she sprang 
at him, and thrust the dagger into his heart. He fell 
and died quickly. 

^ Then Lea leapt over a part of the stone wall where 
it was low, and ran towards the river, pursued by some 
of Lirou's men. But she was fleet of foot, crossed the 
river, and escaped into the jungle and rested awhile. 
Then she passed out of the jungle into the rough 
mountain country, and that night she reached King 
Roka's town. 

" Roka made her very welcome, and was filled with 
anger when she told her story. 

** * I will quickly punish these cruel murderers,' he 
said ; ' as for thee. Lea, make this thy home and dwell 
with us.' 

"Roka gathered together his fighting men. Half 
he sent to Roan Kiti by water, and half he himself led 

158 



THE STORY OF TOKOLME 

across the mountains. They fell upon Lirou's people 
at night, and slew nearly half of the men, and drove 
all the rest into the mountains, where they remained 
for many months, broken and hunted men. 
" That is the story of Tokolm^." 



159 



CHAPTER XVI 

" LAN0-T6 " 

A WHITE rain squall came crashing through the moun- 
tain forest, and then went humming northward across 
the quiet lake, down over the wooded littoral and far 
out to sea Silence once more, and then a mountain 
cock, who had scorned the sweeping rain, uttered his 
shrill, cackling, and defiant crow, as he shook the water 
from his black and golden back and long snaky neck, 
and savage, fierce-eyed head. 

Between two wide-flanking buttresses of a mighty 
tamana tree I had taken shelter, and was comfortably 
seated on the thick carpet of soft dry leaves, when I 
heard my name called, and looking up, I saw, a few 
yards away, the grave face of an elderly Samoan, 
named Marisi (Maurice). We were old acquaintances. 

" Talofa, Marisi. What doest thou up here at Lano- 
to ? " I said, as I shook hands and offered him my pipe 
for a draw. 

" I and my nephew Mana-ese and his wife have 
come here to trap pigeons. For three days we have 
been here. Our little hut is close by. Wilt come and 
rest, and cat ? " 

x6o 



" LANO-TO " 

"Aye, indeed, for I am tired. And this Lake of 
Lano-to is a fine place whereat to rest ' 

Marisi nodded. '*That is true. Nowhere in all 
Samoa, except from the top of the dead fire mountain 
in Savai'i, can one see so far and so much that is good 
to look upon. Come, friend." 

I had shot some pigeons, which Marisi took from me, 
and began to pluck as he led the way along a narrow 
path that wound round the edge of the crater, which 
held the lake in its rugged but verdure-clad bosom. 
In a few minutes we came to an open-sided hut, with 
a thatched roof. It stood on the verge of a little tree- 
clad bluff, overlooking the lake, two hundred feet 
below. Seated upon some of the coarse mats of 
coco-nut leaf called tapdau was a fine, stalwart young 
Samoan engaged in feeding some wild pigeons in a 
large wicker-work cage. He greeted me in the usual 
hospitable native manner, and taking some fine mats 
from one of the house beams, his uncle and I seated 
ourselves, whilst he went to seek his wife, to bid her 
make ready an umu (earth oven). Whilst he was away, 
my host and I plucked the pigeons, and also a fat wild 
duck which Marisi had shot in the lake that morning. 
In half an hour the young couple returned, the woman 
carrying a basket of taro, and the man a bunch of 
cooking bananas. Very quickly the oven of hot stones 
was ready, and the game, taro and bananas covered 
up with leaves. 

I had crossed to Lano-to from the village of Safata 
on the south side of Upolu and was on my way to 
Apia The previous night I had slept in the bush on 

x6x xz 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

the summit of the range. Marisi gravely told me that 
I had been foolish — the mountain forest was full of 
ghosts, etc. 

Marisi himself lived in Apia, and he gave me two 
weeks' local gossip. He and his nephew and niece 
had come to remain at the lake for a few days, for they 
had a commission to catch and tame ten pigeons for 
some district chief, whose daughter was about to be 
married 

We had a delightful meal, followed by a bowl of kava 
(mixed with water from the lake), and as I was not 
pressed for time I accepted my host's invitation to re- 
main for the night, and part of the foUowino^ day. 

This was my fourth or fifth visit to this beautiful 
mountain lake of Lano-to (/>., the Deep Lake), and the 
oftener I came the more its beauty grew upon me. 
Alas ! its sweet solitude is now disturbed by the cheap 
Cockney and Yankee tourist globe-trotter who come 
there in the American excursion steamers. In the 
olden days only natives frequented the spot — very 
rarely was a white man seen. To reach it from Apia 
takes about five hours on foot, but there is now a regu- 
lar road on which one can travel two-thirds of the way 
on horseback. 

The surface of the water, which is a little over two 
hundred feet from the rugged rim of the crater, is accord- 
ing to Captain Zemsch, two thousand three hundred 
feet above the sea, the distance across the crater is 
nearly one thousand two hundred yards. The water is 
always cold, but not too cold to bathe in, and during 
the rainy season — November to March — is frequented 

162 



" LANO-TO " 

by hundreds of wild duck. All the forest about teems 
with pigeons, which love the vicinity of Lano-to, on ac- 
count of the numbers of masdoi trees there, on the rich 
fruit of which they feed, and all day long, from dawn 
to dark, their deep croo I may be heard mingling with 
the plaintive cry of the ringdove. 

The view from the crater is of matchless beauty — I 
know of nothing to equal it, except it be Pago Pago 
harbour in Tutuila, looking southwards from the moun- 
tain tops. Here at Lano-to you can see the coast line 
east and west for twenty miles. Westwards looms the 
purple dome of Savai'i, thirty miles away. Directly be- 
neath you is Apia, though you can see nothing of it ex- 
cept perhaps some small black spots floating on the 
smooth water inside the reef. They are ships at anchor. 
Six leagues to the westward the white line of reef trends 
away from the shore, makes a sharp turn, and then runs 
southward. Within this bend the water is a brilliant 
green, and resting upon it are two small islands. One 
is Manono, a veritable garden, lined with strips of shin- 
ing beaches and fringed with cocos. It is the home of 
the noble families of Samoa, and most of the past great 
chiefs are buried there. Beyond is the small but lofty 
crater island of Apolima — a place ever impr^nable to 
assault by natives. Its red, southern face starts steep-to 
from the sea, the top is crowned with palms, and on the 
northern side what was once the crater is now a romantic 
bay, with an opening through the reef, and a tiny, happy 
little village nestling under the swaying palms. "lis 
one of the sweetest spots in all the wide Pacific And, 
ihank Heaven, it haa but seldom beea defiled by the 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

globe-trotter. The passage is difficult even for a canoe. 
One English lady, however (the Countess of Jersey), I 
believe once visited it 

Under the myriad stars, set in a sky of deepest blue, 
Marisi and I lie outside the huts upon our sleeping mats, 
and talk of the old Samoan days, till it is far into the 
quiet, voiceless night 

At dawn we are called inside by the woman, who 
chides us for sleeping in the dew. 

'* Listen," says Marisi, raising his hand. 

It is the faint, musical gabble of the wild ducks, as 
they swim across the lake. 

** What now ? " asks the woman, as her husband looks 
to his gun. " Hast no patience to sit and smoke till I 
make an oven and get thee food ? The paio (ducks) 
can wait And first feed the pigeons — thou lazy 
fellow." 



16* 



CHAPTER XVII 

"OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

Once, after many years' wanderings in the North 
and South Pacific as shore trader, supercai^o and 
** recruiter" in the Kanaka labour trade, I became 
home-sick and returned to my native Australia, with 
a vague idea of settling down. I began the ** settling 
down " by going to some newly opened gold-fields in 
North Queensland, wandering about from the Charters 
Towers " rush" to the Palmer River and Hodgkinson 
River rushes. The party of diggers I joined were 
good sterling fellows, and although we did not load 
ourselves with nuggets and gold dust, we did fairly 
well at times, especially in the far north of the colony 
where most of the alluvial gold-fields were rich, and 
new-comers especially had no trouble in getting on to 
a good show. I was the youngest of the party, and 
consequently the most inexperienced, but my mates 
good-naturedly overlooked my shortcomings as a pro- 
spector and digger, especially as I had constituted 
myself the "tucker" provider when our usual rations 
of salt beef ran out. I had brought with me a Win- 
chester rifie, a shot gun and plenty of ammunition for 

165 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH | 

I 

both, and plenty of fishing tackle. So, at such times, 
instead of working at the claim, I would take my rifle 
or g^n or fishing lines and sally forth at early dawn, 
and would generally succeed in bringing back some- 
thing to the camp to serve instead of beef. In the 
summer months game, such as it was, was fairly i 

plentiful, and nearly all the rivers of North Queensland 
abound in fish. 

In the open country we sometimes shot more plain 
turkeys than we could eat. When on horseback one 
could approach within a few yards of a bird before it 
would take to flight, but on foot it was difficult to 
get within range of one, unless a rifle was used. In 
the rainy season all the water holes and lagoons 
literally teemed with black duck, wood-duck, the black 
and white Burdekin duck, teal, spur-winged plover, 
herons and other birds, and a single shot would account 
for a dozen. My mates, however, like all diggers, 
believed in and wanted beef — mutton we scarcely ever 
tasted, except when near a township where there was 
a butcher, for sheep do not thrive in that part of the 
colony and are generally brought over in mobs from 
the Peak Downs District or Southern Queensland. 

Our party at first numbered four, but at Townsville 
(Cleveland Bay) one of our number left us to return 
to New Zealand on account of the death of his father. 
And we were a very happy party, and although at 
times I wearied of the bush and longed for a sight of 
the sea again, the gold-fever had taken possession of 
me entirely and I was content 

Once a party of three of us were prpspecting in the 

z66 



"OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

vicinity of Scarr's (or Carr's) Creek, a tributary of the 
Upper Burdekin River. It was in June, and the nights 
were very cold, and so we were pleased to come across 
a well-sheltered little pocket, a few hundred yards from 
the creek, which at this part of its course ran very 
swiftly between high, broken walls of granite. Timber 
was abundant, and as we intended to thoroughly pros- 
pect the creek up to its head, we decided to camp 
at the pocket for two or three weeks, and put up a 
bark hut, instead of shivering at night under a tent 
without a fire. The first day we spent in stripping 
bark, piled it up, and then weighted it down heavily 
with logs. During the next few days, whilst my mates 
were building the hut, I had to scour the country in 
search of game, for our supply of meat had run out, 
and although there were plenty of cattle running in 
the vicinity, we did not care to shoot a beast, although 

we were pretty sure that C , the owner of the 

nearest cattle station, would cheerfully have given us 
permission to do so had we been able to have com- 
municated with him. But as his station was forty 
miles away, and all our horses were in poor condition 
from overwork, we had to content ourselves with a 
chance kangaroo, rock wallaby, and such birds as we 
could shoot, which latter were few and far between. 
The country was very rough, and although the granite 
ranges and boulder-covered spurs held plenty of fat 
rock wallabies, it was heart-breaking work to get 
within shot Still, we managed to turn in at nights 
feeling satisfied with our supper, for we always man- 
aged to shoot something, and fortunately had plenty 

167 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

of flour, tea, sugar, and tobacco, and were very hope- 
ful that we should get on to "something good'* by 
careful prospecting. 

On the day that we arrived at the pocket, I went 
down the steep bank of the creek to get water, and 
was highly pleased to see that it contained fish. At 
the foot of a waterfall there was a deep pool, and in 
it I saw numbers of fish, very like grayling, in fact 
some Queenslanders call them grayling. Hurrying 
back to the camp with the water, I got out my fishing 
tackle (last used in the Burdekin River for bream), and 
then arose the question of bait Taking my gun I 
was starting off to look for a bird of some sort, when 
one of my mates told me that a bit of wallaby was 
as good as anything, and cut me off a piece from the 
ham of one I had shot the previous day. The flesh 
was of a very dark red hue, and looked right enough, 
and as I had often caught fish in both the Upper and 
Lower Burdekin with raw beef, I was very hopeful 
of getting a nice change of diet for our supper. 

I was not disappointed, for the fish literally jumped 
at the bait, and I had a delightful half-hour, catching 
enough in that time to provide us with breakfast as 
well as supper. None of my catch were over half a 
pound, many not half that weight, but hungry men 
are not particular about the size of fish. My mates 
were pleased enough, and whilst we were enjoying our 
supper before a blazing fire — for night was coming on — 
we heard a loud coo-e-c from down the creek, and 

presently C , the owner of the cattle station, and 

two of his stockmen with a black boy, rode up and 

z68 



"OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

joined us. They had come to muster cattle in the 
ranges at the head of the creek, and had come t6 our 

" pocket " to camp for the night. C told us that 

we need never have hesitated about killing a beast. 
" It is to my interest to give prospecting parties all the 
beef they want/' he said ; *' a payable gold-field about 
here would suit me very well — the more diggers that 
come, the more cattle I can sell, instead of sending 
them to Charters Towers and Townsville. So, when 
you run short of meat, knock over a beast. I won't 
grumble. I'll round up the first mob we come across 
to-morrow, and get you one and bring it here for you 
to kill, as your horses are knocked up." 

The night turned out very cold, and although we were 
in a sheltered place, the wind was blowing half a gale, 
and so keen that we felt it through our blankets. How- 
ever it soon died away, and we were just going comfort- 
ably to sleep, when a dingo began to howl near us, and 
was quickly answered by another somewhere down the 
creek. Although there were but two of them, they 
howled enough for a whole pack, and the detestable 
creatures kept us awake for the greater part of the night. 
As there was a cattle camp quite near, in a sandalwood 
scrub, and the cattle were very wild, we did not like to 
alarm them by firing a shot or two, which would have 

scared them as well as the dingoes. The latter, C 

told us, were a great nuisance in this part of the run, 
would not take a poisoned bait, and had an unpleasant 
trick of biting off the tails of very young calves, especi- 
ally if the mother was separated with her calf from a 
mob of cattle. 

169 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

At daylight I rose to boil a billy of tea. My feet were 
icy cold, and I saw that there had been a black frost in 
the night I also discovered that my string of fish for 
breakfast was gone. I had hung them up to a low branch 

•not thirty yards from where I had slept. C 's black 

boy told me with a grin that the dogs had taken them, 
and showed me the tracks of three or four through the 
frosty grass. He had slept like a pig all night, and all 
the dingoes in Australia would not awaken a black fellow 

with a full stomach of beef, damper and tea. C 

laughed at my chagrin, and told me that native dogs, 

when game is scarce, will catch fish if they are hungry, 

and can get nothing else. He had once seen, he told me, 

two native dogs acting in a very curious manner in a 

waterhole on the Etheridge River. There had been a 

rather long drought, and for miles the bed of the river was 

dry, except for intermittent waterholes. These were all 

full of fish, many of which had died, owing to the water in 

the shallower pools becoming too hot for them to exist 

Dismounting, he laid himself down on the bank, and 

soon saw that the dogs were catching fish, which they 

chased to the edge of the pool, seized them and carried 

them up on the sand to devour. They made a full 

meal ; then the pair trotted across the river bed, and 

lay down under a Leichhardt tree to sleep it off. The 

Etheridge and Gilbert Rivers aboriginals also assured 

C that their own dogs — bred from dingoes — were 

very keen on catching fish, and sometimes were badly 
wounded in their mouths by the serrated spur or back 
fin of catfish. 

C and his party went off after breakfast, and re- 

170 



"OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

turned in the afternoon with a small mob of cattle, and 
my mates, picking out an eighteen months' old heifer, 
shot her, and set to work, and we soon had the animal 
skinned, cleaned and hung up, ready for cutting up and 
salting early on the following morning. We carefully 
burnt the offal, hide and head, on account of the dingoes, 
and finished up a good day's work by a necessary bathe 
in the clear, but too cold water of the creek. We turned 
in early, tired out, and scarcely had we rolled ourselves 
in our blankets when a dismal howl made us '' say things," 
and in half an hour all the dingoes in North Queensland 
seemed to have gathered around the camp to distract us. 
The noise they made was something diabolical, coming 
from both sides of the creek, and from the ranges. In 
reality there were not more than five or six at the out- 
side, but any one would imagine that there were droves 
of them. Not liking to discharge our guns on account 

of C 's mustering, we could only curse our tormentors 

throughout the night. On the following evening, how- 
ever, knowing that C had finished mustering in our 

vicinity, we hung a leg bone of the heifer from the branch 
of a tree on the opposite side of the creek, where we could 
see it plainly by daylight from our bank — about sixty 
yards distant. Again we had a harrowing night, but 
stood it without firing a shot, though one brute came 
within a few yards of our camp fire, attracted by the 
smell of the salted meat, but he was off before any one of 
us could cover him. However, in the morning we were 
rewarded. 

Creeping to the bank of the creek at daylight we 
looked across, and saw three dogs sitting under the leg 

17X 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

bone, which was purposely slung out of reach. We fired 
together, and the biggest of the three dropped — ^the 
other two vanished like a streak of lightning. The one 
we killed was a male and had a good coat — a rather un- 
usual thing for a dingo, as the skin is often covered with 
sores. From that time, till we broke up camp, we were 
not often troubled by their howling near us — a gun shot 
would quickly silence their dismally infernal howls. 

During July we got a little gold fifteen miles from 
the head of the creek, but not enough to pay us for 
our time and labour. However, it was a fine healthy 
occupation, and our little bark hut in the lonely ranges 
was a very comfortable home, especially during wet 
weather, and on cold nights. A good many birds 
came about towards the end of the month, and we 
twice rode to the Burdekin and had a couple of days 
with the bream, filling our pack bags with fish, which 
cured well with salt in the dry air. Although Scarr's 
creek was full of "grayling" they were too small for 
salting ; but were delicious eating when fried. During 
our stay we got enough opossum skins to make a fine 
eight-feet square rug. Then early one morning we 
said good-bye to the pocket, and mounting our horses 
set our faces towards Cleveland Bay, where, with many 
regrets, I had to part with my mates who were going 
to try the Gulf country with other parties of diggers. 
They tried hard to induce me to go with them, but 
letters had come to me from old comrades in Samoa 
and the Caroline Islands, tempting me to return. And, 
of course, they did not tempt in vain ; for to us old 
hands who have toiled by rcef and palm the isles of the 

172 



"OMBRE CHEVALIER'* 

southern seas are for ever calling as the East called to 
Kipling's soldier man. Bot another six months passed 
before I left North Queensland and once more found 
myself sailing out of Sydney Heads on board one of 
my old ships and in my old berth as supercargo, 
though, alas! with a strange skipper who knew not 
Joseph, and with whom I and every one else on board 
was in constant friction. However, that is another 
story. 

After bidding my mates farewell I returned to the 
Charters Towers district and picked up a new mate — 
an old and experienced digger who had found some 
patches of alluvial gold on the head waters of a tribu- 
tary of the Burdekin River and was returning there. 
My new mate was named Giliillan. He was a hard- 
working, blue-eyed Scotsman and had had many and 
strange experiences in all parts of the world — had been 
one of the civilian fighters in the Indian Mutiny, fur- 
seal hunting on the PribilofT Islands in an American 
schooner, and shooting buffaloes for their hides in the 
Northern Territory of South Australia, where he had 
twice been speared by the blacks. 

On reaching the head waters of the creek on which 
Gilfillan had washed out nearly a hundred ounces of 
gold some months previously, we found to our disgust 
over fifty diggers in possession of the ground, which 
they had practically worked out — ^some one had dis- 
covered Gilfillan's old workings and the place was at 
once "rushed". My mate took matters very philo- 
aophically-^did not even swear — and we decided to 
make for the Don River in the Port Denison district, 

173 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

where, it was rumoured, some rich patches of alluvial 
gold had just been discovered. 

We both had good horses and a pack horse, and as 

C ^'s station lay on our route and I had a standing 

invitation to pay him a visit (given to me when he 
had met our party at Scarr*s Creek), I suggested that we 
should go there and spell for a few days. So there we 

went and C made us heartily welcome; and .he 

also told us that the new rush on the Don River had 
turned out a " rank duffer," and that we would only be 
wearing ourselves and our horse-flesh out by going 
there. He pressed us to stay for a week at least, and 
as we now had no fixed plans for the ftiture we were 
glad to do so. He was expecting a party of visitors 
from Charters Towers, and as he wanted to give them 
something additional to the usual fare of beef and 
mutton, in the way of fish and game, he asked us to 
join him for a day's fishing in the Burdekin River. 

The station was right on the bank of the river, but 
at a spot where neither game nor fish were at all plenti- 
ful ; so long before sunrise on the following morning, 
under a bright moon and clear sky, we started, ac- 
companied by a black boy, leading a pack horse, for 
the junction of the Kirk River with the Burdekin, 
where there was excellent fishing, and where also we 
were sure of getting teal and wood-duck. 

A two hours' easy ride along the grassy, open tim- 
bered high banks of the great river brought us to the 
junction. The Kirk, when running along its course, is 
a wide, sandy-bottomed stream, with here and there 
deep rocky pools^ and its whole coarse is fringed with 



"OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

the everlasting and ever-green sheoaks. We unsaddled 
in a delightfully picturesque spot, near the meeting of 
the waters, and in a few minutes, whilst the billy was 

boiling for tea, C and I were looking to our short 

bamboo rods and lines, and our guns. Then, after 
hobbling out the horses, and eating a breakfast of cold 
beef and damper, we started to walk through the high, 
dew-soaked grass to a deep, boulder-margined pool in 
which the waters of both rivers mingled. 

The black boy who was leading when we emerged 
on the water side of the fringe of sheoaks, suddenly 
halted and silently pointed ahead — ^a magnificent speci- 
men of the "gigantic" crane was stalking sedately 
through a shallow pool — his brilliant black and orange 
plumage and scarlet legs glistening in the rays of the 
early sun as he scanned the sandy bottom for fish. 
We had no desire to shoot such a noble creature ; and 
let him take flight in his slow, laboured manner. And, 
for our reward, the next moment " Peter " the black 
boy, brought down two out of three black duck, 
which came flying right for his gun from across the 
river. 

Both rivers had long been low, and although the 
streams were running in the centre of the beds of each, 
there were countless isolated pools covered with blue- 
flowered water-lilies, in which teal and other water- 
birds were feeding. But for the time we gave them 
no heed. 

From one of the pools wc took our bait — small fish 
the size of white-bait, with big, staring eyes, and 
bodies of a transparent pink with silvery scales. They 

175 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

were easily caught by running one's hand through the 
weedy edges, and in ten minutes we had secured a 
quart-pot full. 

" Peter," who regarded our rods with contempt, was 
the first to reach the boulders at the edge of the big 
pool, which in the centre had a fair current; at the 
sides, the water, although deep, was quiet. Squatting 
down on a rock, he cast in his baited hand-line, and in 
ten seconds he was nonchalantly pulling in a fine two 
pound bream. He leisurely unhooked it, dropped it 
into a small hole in the rocks, and then began to cut 
up a pipeful of tobacco, before rebaiting I 

The water was literally alive with fish, feeding on 
the bottom. There were two kinds of bream — one a 
rather slow-moving fish, with large, dark brown scales, 
a perch-like mouth, and wide tail, and with the sides 
and belly a dull white ; the other a very active game 
fellow, of a more graceful shape, with a small mouth, 
and very hard, bony gill plates. These latter fought 
splendidly, and their mouths being so strong they 
would often break the hooks and get away — as our 
rods were very primitive, without reels, and only had 
about twenty feet of line. Then there were the very 
handsome and beautifully marked fish, like an English 
grayling (some of which I had caught at Scarr's Creek) ; 
they took the hook freely. The largest I have ever 
seen would not weigh more than three-quarters of a 
pound, but their lack of size is compensated for by 
their extra delicate flavour. (In some of the North 
Queensland inland rivers I have seen the aborigines net 
these fish in hundreds in shallow pools.) Some busb- 

Z76 



"OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

men persisted, so Gilfillan told me, in calling these fish 
** fresh water mullet," or ** speckled mullet". 

The first species of bream inhabit both clear and 
muddy water ; but the second I have never seen caught 
anywhere but in dear or running water, when the river 
was low. 

But undoubtedly the best eating fresh-water fish in 
the Burdekin and other Australian rivers is the cat-fish, 
or as some people call it, the Jew-fish. It is scaleless, 
and almost finless, with a dangerously barbed dorsal 
spine, which, if it inflicts a wound on the hand, causes 
days of intense suffering. Its flesh is delicate and firm, 
and with the exception of the vertebrae, has no long 
bones. Rarely caught (except when small) in clear 
water, it abounds when the water is muddy, and dis- 
turbed through floods, and when a river becomes a 
" banker," cat-fish can always be caught where the water 
has reached its highest. They then come to feed liter- 
ally upon the land — that is grass land, then under flood 
water. A fish bait they will not take — as a rule — but 
are fond of earthworms, frogs, crickets, or locusts, eta 

Another very beautiful but almost useless fish met 
with in the Upper Burdekin and its tributaries is the sil- 
very bream, or as it is more generally called, the " hnny" 
bream. They swim about in companies of some hun- 
dreds, and frequent the still water of deep pools, will not 
take a bait, and are only seen when the water is clear. 
Then it is a delightful sight for any one to lie upon the 
bank of some ti-tree-fringed creek or pool, when the 
sun illumines the water and reveals the bottom, and 
watch a school of these fish swimming closely and very 

177 X2 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

slowly together, passing over submerged logs, roots of 
trees or rocks, their scales of pure silver gleaming in 
the sunlight as they make a simultaneous side move- 
ment. I tried every possible bait for these fish, but 
never succeeded in getting a bite, but have netted them 
frequently. Their flesh, though delicate, can hardly be 
eaten, owing to the thousands of tiny bones which run 
through it, interlacing in the most extraordinary 
manner. The blacks, however " make no bones ** about 
devouring them. 

By II A.M. wehad caught all the fish our pack-bags 
could hold — bream, alleged grayling, and half a dozen 
"gars" — the latter a beautifully shaped fish like the 
sea-water garfish, but with a much flatter-sided body of 
shining silver with a green back, the tail and fins tipped 
with yellow. 

We shot but few duck, but on our way home in the 
afternoon " Peter " and Gilfillan each got a fine plain 
turkey — shooting from the saddle — and almost as we 
reached the station slip-rails " Peter," who had a wonder- 
ful eye, got a third just as it rose out of the long dry 
grass in the paddock. 

And on the following day, when C 's guests ar- 
rived (and after we had congratulated ourselves upon 
having plenty for them to eat), they produced from their 
buggies eleven turkeys, seven wood-duck, and a string 
of" squatter " pigeons ! 

" Thought we'd better bring you some fresh tucker, 

old man," said one of them to C . ** And we have 

brought you a case of Tennant's ale." 

" The world is very beautiful," said C , stroking 

178 



" OMBRE CHEVALIER " 

his grey beard, and speaking in solemn tones, "and 
this is a thirsty day. Come in, boys. We'll put the 
Tennantfs in the water-barrels to cool." 

The first occasion on which I ever saw and caught 
one of the beautiful fish herein described as grayling 
was on a day many months previous to our former 
party camping on Scarr's Creek. We had camped on a 
creek running into the Herbert River, near the foot of a 
range of wild, jagged and distorted peaks and crags of 
granite. Then there were several other parties of pro- 
spectors camped near us, and, it being a Sunday, we 
were amusing ourselves in various ways. Some had 
gone shooting, others were washing clothes or bathing 
in the creek, and one of my mates (a Scotsman named 
Alick Longmuir) came fishing with me. Like Gilfillan, 
he was a quiet, somewhat taciturn man. He had been 
twenty-two years in Australia, sometimes mining, at 
others following his profession of surveyor. He had 
received his education in France and Grermany, and not 
only spoke the languages of those countries fluently, but 
was well-read in their literature. Consequently we all 
stood in a certain awe of him as a man of parts ; for be- 
sides being a scholar he was a splendid bushman and 
rider and had a great reputation as the best wrestler in 
Queensland. Even-tempered, good-natured and pos- 
sessed of a fund of caustic humour, he was a great 
favourite with the diggers, and when he sometimes 
•* broke loose " and went on a terrific ** spree " (his only 
fault) he made matters remarkably lively, poured out 
his hard-earned money like water for a week or so — then 

179 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

stopped suddenly, pulled himself together in an extra- 
ordinary manner, and went about his work again as 
usual, with a face as solemn as that of an owl. 

A little distance from the camp we made our way 
down through rugged, creeper-covered boulders to the 
creek, to a fairly open stretch of water which ran over 
its rocky bed into a series of small but deep pools. We 
baited our lines with small grey grasshoppers, and cast 
together. 

" I wonder what we shall get here, Alick," I began, 
and then came a tug and then the sweet, delightful thrill 
of a game fish making a run. There is nothing like it 
in all the world — the joy of it transcends the first kiss of 
young lovers. 

I landed my fish — a gleaming shaft of mottled grey 
and silver with specks of iridescent blue on its head, 
back and sides, and as I grasped its quivering form and 
held it up to view my heart beat fast with delight 

" Ombre chevalier / " I murmured to myself 

Vanished the monotony of the Bush and the long, 
weary rides over the sun-baked plains and the sound of 
the pick and shovel on the gravel in the deep gullies 
amid the stark, desolate ranges, and I am standing in 
the doorway of a peaceful Mission House on a fair is- 
land in the far South Seas — standing with a string of 
fish in my hand, and before me dear old P^re Grand- 
seigne with his flowing beard of snowy white and his 
kindly blue eyes smiling into mine as he extends his 
brown sun-burnt hand 

" Ah, my dear young friend ! and so thou hast broi^ht 

i8o 



« OMBRE CHEVALIER" 

me these fish — ombres chevaliers^ we call them in France 
Are they not beautiful ! What do you call them in 
England?" 

" I have never been in England, Father ; so I cannot 
tell you. And never before have I seen fish like these. 
They are new to me." 

" Ah, indeed, my son," and the old Marist smiles as 
he motions me to a seat, " new to you. So ? . . . Here, 
on this island, my sainted colleague Channel, who gave 
up his life for Christ forty years ago under the clubs of 
the savages, fished, as thou hast fished in that same 
mountain stream; and his blood has sanctified its 
waters. For upon its bank, as he cast his line one eve 
he was slain by the poor savages to whom he had come 
bearing the love of Christ and salvation. After we have 
supped to-night, I shall tell thee the story." 

And after the Angelus bells had called, and as the 
cocos swayed and rustled to the night breeze and the 
surf beat upon the reef in Singavi Bay, we sat together 
on the verandah of the quiet Mission House on the hill 
above, which the martyred Channel had named " Cal- 
vary," and I listened to the old man's story of his 
beloved comrade's death. 



As Longmuir and I lay on our blankets under the 
starlit sky of the far north of Queensland that night, 
and the horse-bells tinkled and our mates slept, we 
talked. 

" Aye, lad," he said, sleepily, " the auld padre gave 
them the Breton name — ombre chevalier In Scotland 
and England — if ever ye hae the good luck to go there 

i8z 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

— ye will hear talk of grayUn*. Aye, the bonny gray- 
h'n* ... an' the purple heather ... an' the cry o' the 
whaups. . . . Lad, ye hae much to see an' hear yet, for 
all the cruising ye hae done. . . . Aye, the graylin', an* 
the white mantle o' the mountain mist ... an' the 
voices o* the night . . . Lad, it's just gran'.' 



.» »i 



Sleep, and then again the tinkle of the horse-bells at 
dawn. 



X82 



/ 



CHAPTER XVIII 



A RECLUSE OF THE BUSH 

The bank of the tidal river was very, very quiet as I 
walked down to it throi^h the tall spear grass and sat 
down upon the smooth, weather-worn bole of a great 
blackbutt tree, cast up by the river when in flood long 
years agone. Before me the water swirled and eddied 
and bubbled past on its way to mingle with the ocean 
waves, as they were sweeping in across the wide and 
shallow bar, two miles away. 

The sun had dropped behind the rugged line of purple 
mountains to the west, and, as I watched by its after 
glow five black swans floating towards me upon the 
swiftly-flowing water, a footstep sounded near me, and a 
man with a gun and a bundle on his shoulder bade me 
** good-evening," and then asked me if I had come from 
Port (a little township five miles away). 

Yes, I replied, I had. 

" Is the steamer in from Sydney ? " 

*' No. I heard that she is not expected in for a couple 
of days yet. There has been bad weather on the coast" 

The man uttered an exclamation of annoyance, and 

183 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

laying down his gun, sat beside me, pulled out and lit 
his pipe, and gazed meditatively across the darkening 
river. He was a tall, bearded fellow, and dressed in 
the usual style aflfected by the timber-getters and other 
bushmen of the district Presently he began to talk. 

" Are you going back to Port to-night, mister ? " 

he asked, civilly. 

" No," and I pointed to my gun, bag, and billy can, 
" I have just come from there. I am waiting here till 
the tide is low enough for me to cross to the other side. 
I am going to the Warra Swamp for a couple of days' 
shooting and fishing, and to-night TU camp over there 
in the wild apple scrub," pointing to a dark line of 
timber on the opposite side. 

" Do you mind my coming with you ? " 

** Certainly not — glad of your company. Where are 
you going ? " 

" Well, I was going to Port , to sell these platy- 
pus skins to the skipper of the steamer; but I don't 
want to loaf about the town for a couple o' days for the 
sake of getting two pounds five shillings for fifteen skins. 
So ril get back to my humphy. It's four miles the 
other side o' Warra." 

"Then by all means come and camp with me to- 
night," I said " I've plenty of tea and sugar and tucker, 
and after we get to the apple scrub over there we'll have 
supper. Then in the morning we'll make an early start 
It is only ten miles from there to Warra Swamp, and I'm 
in no hurry to get there." 

The stranger nodded, and then, seeking out a suit- 
able tree, tied his bundle of skins to a high branch, so 

184 



A RECLUSE OF THE BUSH 

that it should be out of the reach of dingoes, and said 
they would be safe enough until his return on his way 
to the Port Half an hour later, the tide being low 
enough, we crossed the river, and under the bright light 
of myriad stars made our way along the spit of sand to 
the scrub. Here we lit our camp fire under the trees, 
boiled our billy of tea, and ate our cold beef and bread. 
Then we lay down upon the soft, sweet-smelling carpet 
of dead leaves, and yarned for a couple of hours before 
sleeping. 

By the light of the fire I saw that my companion was 
a man of about forty years of age, although he looked 
much older, his long untrimmed brown beard and un- 
kept hair being thickly streaked with grey. He was 
quiet in manner and speech, and the latter was entirely 
free from the Great Australian Adjective. His story, 
as far as he told it to me, was a simple one, yet with an 
element of tragedy in it. 

Fifteen years before, he and his brother had taken up 
a selection on the Brunswick River, near the Queens- 
land border, and were doing fairly well. One day they 
felled a big gum tree to split for fencing rails. As it 
crashed towards the ground, it struck a dead limb of an- 
other great tree, which was sent flying towards where 
the brothers stood ; it struck the elder one on the head, 
and killed him instantly. There were no neighbours 
nearer than thirty miles, so alone the survivor buried 
his brother. Then came two months of utter loneliness, 
and Joyce abandoned his selection to the bush, selling 
his few head of cattle and horses to his nearest neigh- 
bour for a small sum, keeping only one horse for himself 

Z85 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Then for two or three years he worked as a " hatter " 
(ie.y single-handed) in various tin-mining districts of 
the New England district 

One day during his many solitary prospecting trips, 
he came across a long-abandoned selection and house, 
near the Warra Swamp (I knew the spot well)L He 
took a fancy to the place, and settled down there, and 
for many years had lived there all alone, quite content 

Sometimes he would obtain a few weeks' work on 
the cattle stations in the district, when mustering and 
branding was going on, by which he would earn a few 
pounds, but he was always glad to get back to his 
lonely home again. He had made a little money also, 
he said, by trapping platypus, which were plentiful, and 
sometimes, too, he would prospect the head waters of 
the creeks, and get a little fine gold. 

" Tm comfortable enough, you see," he added ; " lots 
to eat and drink, and putting by a little cash as well. 
Then I haven't to depend upon the storekeepers at 

Port for anything, except powder and shot, flour, 

salt, tea and sugar. There's lots of game and fish all 
about me, and when I want a bit of fresh beef and 
some more to salt down, I can get it without breaking 
the law, or paying for it" 

" How is that ? " I inquired. 

** There are any amount of wild cattle running in 
the ranges — all clean-skins " (unbranded), " and no one 
claims them. One squatter once tried to get some 
of them down into his run in the open country — he 
might as well have tried to yard a mob of dingoes." 

" Then how do you manage to get a beast ? " 

i86 



A RECLUSE OF THE BUSH 

"Easy enough. I have an old poh'ce rifle, and 
every three months or so, when my stock of beef is 
low, I saddle my old pack moke, and start off to the 
ranges. I know all the cattle tracks leading to the 
camping and drinking places, and generally manage 
to kill my beast at or near a waterhole. Then I cut 
off the best parts only, and leave the rest for the 
hawks and dingoes. I camp there for the night, and 
get back with my load of fresh beef the next day. 
Some I dry-salt, some I put in brine." 

Early in the morning we started on our ten miles* 
tramp through the coastal scrub, or rather forest. Our 
course led us away from the sea, and nearly parallel 
to the river, and I thoroughly enjoyed the walk, and 
my companion's interesting talk. He had a wonderful 
knowledge of the bush, and of the habits of wild 
animals and birds, much of which he had acquired from 
the aborigines of the Brunswick River district. As 
we were walking along, I inquired how he managed 
to get platypus without shooting them. He hesitated, 
and half smiled, and I at once apologised, and said 
I didn't intend to be inquisitive. He nodded, and said 
no more ; but he afterwards told me he caught them 
by netting sections of the river at night 

After we had made about five miles we came to the 
first crossing above the bar. This my acquaintance 

always used when he visited Port (taking the track 

along the bank on the other side), for the bar was only 
crossable at especially low tides. Here, although the 
water was brackish, we saw swarms of " block-headed " 
mullet and grey bream swimming close in to the sandy 

187 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

bank, and, had we cared to do so, could have caught 
a bagful in a few minutes But we pushed on for 
another two miles, and on our way shot three '' bronze 
wing " pigeons. 

We reached the Warra Swamp at noon, and camped 
for dinner in a shady ** bangalow " grove, so as not to 
disturb the ducks, whose delightful gabble and piping 
was plainly audible. We grilled our birds, and made 
our tea. Whilst we were having a smoke, a truly 
magnificent white-headed fish eagle lit on the top of 
a dead tree, three hundred yards away — a splendid 
shot for a rifle. It remained for some minutes, then 
rose and went off seaward. Joyce told me that the 
bird and its mate were very familiar to him for a year 
past, but that he *^ hadn't the heart to take a shot at 
them " — for which he deserved to be commended. 

Presently, seeing me cutting some young supplejack 
vines, my new acquaintance asked me their purpose. I 
told him that I meant to make a light raft out of dead 
timber to save me from swimming after any ducks that 
I might shoot, and that the supplejack was for lashing. 
Then, to my surprise and pleasure, he proposed that I 
should go on to his " humphy," and camp there for the 
night, and he would return to the swamp with me in 
the morning, join me in a day's shooting and fishing, 
and then come on with me to the township on the 
following day. 

Gladly accepting his offer, two hours' easy walking 
brought us to his home — a roughly-built slab shanty 
with a bark roof, enclosed in a good-sized paddock, in 
which his old pack horse, several goats and a cow and 

z88 



A RECLUSE OF THE BUSH 

calf were feeding. At the side of the house was a 
small but well-tended vegetable garden, in which were 
also some huge water-melons^-quite ripe, and just the 
very thing after our fourteen miles' walk. One-half of 
the house and roof was covered with scarlet runner bean 
plants, all in full bearing, and altogether the exterior of 
the place was very pleasing. Before we reached the 
door two dc^s, which were inside, began a terrific din 
— they knew their master's step. The interior of the 
house — which was of two rooms — was clean and orderly, 
the walls of slabs being papered from top to bottom 
with pictures from illustrated papers, and the floor was 
of hardened clay. Two or three rough chairs, a bench 
and a table comprised the furniture, and y^t the place 
had a home-like look. 

My host asked me if I could " do " with a drink of 
bottled-beer; I suggested a slice of water-melon. 

"Ah, you're right But those outside are too hot 
Here's a cool one," and going into the other room he 
produced a monster. It was delicious I 

After a bathe in the creek near by, we had a hearty 
supper, and then sat outside yarning and smoking till 
turn-in time. 

Soon after a sunrise breakfast, we started for the 
swamp, taking the old packhorse with us, my host 
leaving food and water for the dogs, who howled dis- 
consolately as we went off. 

At the swamp we had a glorious day's sport, al- 
though there were altogether too many black snakes 
about for my taste. We camped there that night, 
and returned to the port next day with a heavy load 

189 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

of black duck, some " whistlers," and a few brace of 
pigeons. 

I bade farewell to my good-natured host with a feel- 
ing of regret Some years later, on my next visit to 
Australia, I heard that he had returned to his boyhood's 
home — Gippsland in Victoria — and had married and 
settled down. He was one of the most contented men 
I ever met, and a good sportsman. 



190 



CHAPTER XIX 

TE-BARI, THE OUTLAW 

The Island of Upolu, in the Samoan group, averages 
less than fifteen miles in width, and it is a delightful 
experience to cross from Apia, or any other town on 
the north, to the south side. The view to be obtained 
from the summit of the range that traverses the island 
from east to west is incomparably beautiful — I have 
never seen anything to equal it an}nvhere in the Pacific 
Isles. 

A few years after the Germans had begun cotton 
planting in Samoa, I brought to Apia ninety native 
labourers from the Solomon Islands to work on the 
big plantation at Mulifanua. I also brought with me 
something I would gladly have left behind — the effects 
of a very severe attack of malarial fever. 

A week or so after I had reached Apia I gave myself 
a few days' leave, intending to walk across the island to 
the town of Siumu, where I had many native friends, 
and try and work some of the fever poison out of my 
system. 

Starting long before sunrise, I was well past Vailima 

191 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Mountain — the destined future home of Stevenson — by 
six o'clock. After resting for an hour at each of the 
bush villages of Magiagi and Tanumamanono — soon to 
be the scene of a cruel massacre in the civil war then 
raging — I began the long, gradual ascent from the lit- 
toral to the main range, inhaling deeply of the cool 
morning air, and listening to the melodious croo I croo I 
of the great blue pigeons, and the plaintive cry of the 
ringdoves, so well termed manu-tagi (the weeping bird) 
by the imaginative Samoans. 

Walking but slowly, for I was not strong enough for 
rapid exercise, I reached the summit of the first spur, 
and again spelled, resting upon a thick carpet of cool, 
dead leaves. With me was a boy from Tanumamanono 
named Suisuega-le-moni (The Seeker after Truth), who 
carried a basket containing some cooked food, and fifty 
cartridges for my gun. *'Sui," as he was called for 
brevity, was an old acquaintance of mine and one of 
the most unmitigated young imps that ever ate taro^ as 
handsome " as a picture," and a most notorious scandal- 
monger and spy. He was only thirteen years of age, 
and was of rebel blood, and, child as he was, he knew 
that his head stood very insecurely upon his shoulders, 
and that it would be promptly removed therefrom if 
any of King Malietoa's troops could catch him spying 
in flagrante delicto. Two years before, he had attached 
himself to me, and had made a voyage with me to the 
Caroline Islands, during which he had acquired an 
enormous vocabulary of sailors' bad language. This 
gave him great local kudos. 

Sui was to accompany me to the top of the range, 

192 



TE-BARI, THE OUTLAW 

and then return, as otherwise he would be in hostile 
territory. 

By four o'clock in the afternoon we had gained a 
clear spot on the crest of the range, from where we had 
a most glorious view of the south coast imaginable. 
Three thousand feet below us were the russet-hued 
thatched roofs of the houses of Siumu Village ; beyond, 
the pale green water that lay between the barrier reef 
and the mainland, then the long curving line of the reef 
itself with its seething surf, and, beyond that again, the 
deep, deep blue of the Pacific, sparkling brightly in the 
westering sun. 

Leaning my gun against one of the many buttresses 
of a mighty masdoi tree, I was drinking in the beauty 
of the scene, when we heard the shrill, cackling scream 
of a mountain cock, evidently quite near. Giving the 
boy my gun, I told him to go and shoot it ; then sitting 
down on the carpet of leaves, I awaited his return with 
the bird, half-resolved to spend the night where I was, 
for I was very tired and began to feel the premonitory 
chills of an attack of ague. 

In ten minutes the sound of a gun-shot reverberated 
through the forest aisles, and presently I heard Sui re- 
turning. He was running, and holding by its neck one 
of the biggest mountain cocks I ever saw. As he ran, 
he kept glancing back over his shoulder, and when he 
reached me and threw down gun and bird, I saw that 
he was trembling from head to foot. 

" What is the matter ? " I asked ; " hast seen an aitu 
vao (evil spirit of the forest) ? " 

**Aye, truly," he said shudderingly, "I have seen a 

193 *3 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

devil indeed, and the marrow in my bones has gone — 
I have seen Te-bari, the Tafito." ^ 

I sprang to my feet and seized him by the wrist 

" Where was he ? " I asked. 

" Quite near me. I had just shot the wild moa vao 
(mountain cock) and had picked it up when I heard a 
voice say in Samoan — but thickly as foreigners speak : 
* It was a brave shot, boy*. Then I looked up and 
saw Te-barl He was standing against the bole of a 
masdoi tree, leaning on his rifle. Round his earless 
head was bound a strip of ie mumu (red Turkey twill), 
and as I stood and trembled he laughed, and his great 
white teeth gleamed, and my heart died within me, 
and " 

I do not want to disgust my readers, but truth com- 
pels me to say that the boy there and then became vio- 
lently sick ; then he began to sob with terror, stopping 
every now and then to glance around at the now 
darkening forest aisles of grey-barked, ghostly and 
moss-covered trees. 

"Sui," I said, "go back to your home. I have no 
fear of Te-bari." 

In two seconds the boy, who had faced rifle fire time 
and time again, fled homewards. Te-bari the outlaw 
was too much for him. 

Personally I had no reason to fear meeting the man. 
In the first place I was an^ Englishman, and Te-bari 
was known to profess a liking for Englishmen, though 
he would eagerly cut the throat of a German or a 
Samoan if he could get his brawny hands upon it ; in 

1 The Samoans tenn all the natives of the Equatorial Islands '* Tafito *'. 

194 



TE-BARI, THE OUTLAW 

the second place, although I had never seen the man, I 
was sure that he would have heard of me from some of 
his fellow islanders on the plantations, for during my 
three years' " recruiting " in the Kingsmill and Gilbert 
Groups, I have brought many hundreds of them to 
Samoa, Fiji and Tahiti. 

Something of his story was known to me. He was 
a native of the great square-shaped atoll of Maiana, and 
went to sea in a whaler when he was quite a lad, and 
soon rose to be boat-steerer. One day a Portuguese 
harpooner struck him in the face and drew blood — a 
deadly insult to a Line Islander. Te-bari plunged his 
knife into the man's heart. He was ironed, and put in 
the sail-locker ; during the night three of the Portuguese 
sprang in upon him and cut off his ears. A few days 
later when the ship was at anchor at the Bonin Islands, 
Te-bari freed himself of his handcuffs and swam on 
shore Early on the following morning one of the 
boats was getting fresh water. She was in charge of 
the fourth mate — a Portuguese black. Suddenly a 
nude figure leapt among the men, and clove the officer's 
head in twain with a tomahawk. 

One day Te-bari reappeared among his people at 
Maiana and took service with a white trader, who always 
spoke of him as a quiet, hardworking young man, but 
with a dangerous temper when roused by a fancied 
wrong. In due time Te-bari took a wife — took her in a 
very literal sense, by killing her husband and escaping 
with her to the neighbouring island of Taputeauea 
(Drummond's Island). She was a pretty, graceful 
creature of sixteen years of age. Then one day there 

195 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

came along the German labour brig Adolph^ seeking 
" blackbirds " for Samoa, and Te-bari and his pretty wife 
with fifty other "Tafitos" were landed at one of the 
plantations in Upolu. 

Young Madame Te-bari was not as good as she ought 
to have been, and one day the watchful husband saw 
one of the German overseers give her a thick necklace 
of fine red beads. Te-bari tore them from her neck, 
and threw them into the German's face. For this he re- 
ceived a flogging and was mercilessly kicked into insen- 
sibility as well When he recovered he was transferred 
to another plantation — minus the naughty Nireeungo, 
who became " Mrs." Peter Clausen. A month passed, 
and it was rumoured " on the beach " that " No-Ears," as 
Te-bari was called, had escaped and taken to the bush 
with a brand-new Snider carbine, and as many cartridges 
as he could carry, and Mr. Peter Clausen was advised 
to look out for himself! He snorted contemptuously. 

Two young Samoan "bucks" were sent out to cap- 
ture Te-bari, and bring him back, dead or alive, and re- 
ceive therefor one hundred bright new Chile dollars. 
They never returned, and when their bodies were found 
in a deep mountain gully, it was known that the earless 
one was the richer by a sixteen-shot Winchester with 
fifty cartridges, and a Swiss Vetterli rifle, together with 
some twist tobacco, and the two long nifa oti^ or 
"death knives," with which these valorous, but mis- 
guided young men intended to remove the earless head 
of the " Tafito pig " from his brawny, muscular shoulders. 

Te-bari made his way, encumbered as he was with 
his armoury, along the crest of the mountain range, till 

196 



TE-BARI, THE OUTLAW 

he was within striking distance of his enemy, Clausen, 
and the alleged Frau Clausen — nie Nireeungo. He hid 
on the outskirts of the plantation, and soon got in touch 
with some of his former comrades. They gave him 
food, and much useful information. 

One night, during heavy rain, when every one was 
asleep on the plantation, Te-bari entered the overseer's 
house by the window. A lamp was burning, and by its 
light he saw his faithless spouse sleeping alone. Clausen 
— lucky Clausen — had been sent into Apia an hour before 
to get some medicine for one of the manager's childrea 
Te-bari was keenly disappointed. He would only have 
half of his revenge. He crept up to the sleeper, and 
made one swift blow with the heavy nifa oti. Then he 
became very busy for a few minutes, and a few hours 
later was back in the mountains, smoking Clausen's 
tobacco, and drinking some of Clausen's com schnapps. 

When Clausen rode up to his house at three o'clock 
in the morning, he found the lamp was burning 
brightly. Nireeungo was lying on the bed, covered 
over with a quilt of navy blue. He called to her, but 
she made no answer, and Clausen called her a sleepy 
little pig. Then he turned to the side table to take a 
drink of schnapps — on the edge of it was Nireeungo's 
head with its two long plaits of jet-black hair hanging 
down, and dripping an ensanguined stream upon the 
matted floor. 

Clausen cleared out of Samoa the very next day. 
Te-bari had got upon his nerves. 

The forest was dark by the time I had lit a Are 

«97 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

between two of the wide buttresses of the great tree, 
and I was shaking from head to foot with ague. The 
attack, however, only lasted an hour, and then came the 
usual delicious after-glow of warmth as the blood be- 
gan to course riotously through one's veins and g^ve 
that temporary and fictitious strength accompanied 
by hunger, that is one of the features of malarial 
fever. 

Sitting up, I began to pluck the mountain cock, in- 
tending to grill the chest part as soon as the fire was 
fit. Then I heard a footstep on the leaves, and looking 
up I saw Te-bari standing before me. 

" Ti'd ka po " (good evening), I said quietly, in his 
own language, " will you eat with me ? " 

He came over to me, still grasping his rifle, and 
peered into my face. Then he put out his hand, and 
sat down quietly in front of me. Except for a girdle of 
dracasna leaves around his waist he was naked, but he 
seemed well-nourished, and, in fact, fat 

" Will you smoke ? " I said presently, passing him a 
plug of tobacco and my sheath knife, for I saw that a 
wooden pipe was stuck in his girdle of leaves. He 
accepted it eagerly. 

" Do you know me, white man ? " he asked abruptly, 
speaking in the Line Islands tongue. 

I nodded. " You are Te-bari of Maiana. The boy 
was frightened of you and ran away." 

He showed his gleaming white teeth in a semi-mirth- 
ful, semi-tigerish grin. ** Yes, he was afraid. I would 
have shot him ; but I did not because he was with you. 
What is your name, white man ? " 

198 



TE-BARI, THE OUTLAW 

I told him. 

" Ah, I have heard of yon You were with Kapitan 
Ebba (Captain Ever) in the Leota!^ 

He filled his pipe, lit it, and then extended his hand 
to me for the half -plucked bird, and said he would finish 
it Then he looked at me inquiringly. 

"You have the shaking sickness of the western is- 
lands. It is not good for you to lie here on the leaves. 
Come with me. I shall give you good food to eat, and 
coco-nut toddy to drink." 

I asked him where he got his toddy from, as there 
were no coco-nut trees growing so high up in the moun- 
tains. He laughed. 

" I have a sweetheart in Siumu. She brings it to 
me. You shall see her to-night. Come." 

Stooping down, he lifted me up on his right shoulder 
as if I were a child, and then, with his own rifle and my 
gun and bag and the mountain cock tucked under his 
left arm, he set off at a rapid pace towards one of the 
higher spurs of the range. Nearly an hour later I 
found myself in a cave, overlooking the sea. On the 
floor were a number of fine Samoan mats and a well- 
carved aluga (bamboo pillow). 

I stretched myself out upon the mats, again shivering 
with ague, and Te-bari covered me over with a thick 
lappa cloth. Then he lit a fire just outside the cave, 
and came back to me. 

" You are hungry," he said, as he expanded his big 
mouth and grinned pleasantly. Then from the roof of 
the cave he took down a basket containing cold baked 
pigeons, fish and yam& 

199 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

I ate greedily and soon after fell asleep. When I 
awoke it seemed to be daylight — in reality it was only 
a little past midnight, but a full bright moon was shin- 
ing into the cave. Seated near me were my host and 
a young woman — the "sweetheart". I recognised her 
at once as Sa Laea, the widow of a man killed in the 
fighting a few months prevously. She was about five 
and twenty years of age, very handsome, and quiet in 
her demeanour. As far as I knew she had an excellent 
reputation, and I was astonished at her consorting with 
an outlawed murderer. She came over and shook 
hands, asked if I felt better, and should she "lomi- 
lomi " (massage) me. I thanked her and gladly ac- 
cepted her offer. 

An hour before dawn she bade me good-bye, urging 
me to remain, and rest with her earless lover for a day 
or two, instead of coming on to Siumu, where there was 
an outbreak of measles 

" When I come to-morrow night," she said, " I will 
bring a piece of kava root and make kava for you." 

The news about the measles decided me. I resolved 
to at least spend another day and night with my host 
He was pleased 

Soon after breakfast he showed me around. His re- 
treat was practically impr^nable. One man with a 
supply of breech-loading ammunition could beat off a 
hundred foes. On the roof of the cave was a hole large 
enough to let a man pass through, and from the top it- 
self there was a most glorious view. A mile away on 
the starboard hand, and showing through the forest 
green, was a curving streak of bright red — it was the road, 

200 



TE-BARI, THE OUTLAW 

or rather track, that led to Siumu. We filled our pipes, 
sat down and talked. 

How long had he lived there ? I asked. Five months. 
He had found the cave one day when in chase of a wild 
sow and her litter. Afraid of being shot by the Siumu 
people ? No, he was on good terms with them. Very 
often he would shoot a wild pig and carry it to a certain 
spot on the road, and leave it for the villagers. But he 
could not go into the village itself. It was too risky — 
some one might be tempted to get those hundred Chile 
dollars from the Germans. Food ? There was plenty. 
Hundreds of wild pigs in the mountains, and thousands 
of pigeons. The pigs he shot with his Snider, the 
pigeons he snared, for he had no shot gun, and would 
very much like to have one. Twice every week Sa Laea 
brought him food. Tobacco too, sometimes, when she 
could buy it or beg it from the trader at Siuma Some- 
times he would cross over to the northern watershed and 
catch a basketful of the big speckled trout which teem 
in the mountain pools. Some of these he would send by 
Sa Laea to the chief of Siumu, who would send him in 
return a piece of kava, and some young drinking coco- 
nuts as a token of good-will. Once when he went to 
fish he found a young Samoan and two girls about to 
net a pool. The man fired at him with his pigeon g^un 
and the pellets struck him in the chest. Then he (Te- 
bari) shot the man through the chest with his Winchester. 
No, he did not harm the girls — he let them run away. 

Sa Laea was a very good girl. Whenever he trapped 
a manu-mea (the rare DidunculuSy or tooth-billed 
pigeon) she would take it to Apia and sell it for five 

20I 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

dollars — sometimes ten. He was saving this money. 
When he had forty dollars he and Sa Laea were going 
to leave Samoa and go to Maiana. Kapitan Cameron 
had promised Sa Laea to take them there when they 
had forty dollars. Perhaps when his schooner next 
came to Siumu they would have enough money, etc 

During the day I shot a number of pigeons, and when 
Sa Laea appeared soon after sunset we had them cooked 
and ready. We made a delicious meal, but before eating 
the lady offered up the usual evening prayer in Samoan, 
and Te-bari the Earless sat with closed eyes like a 
saint, and gave forth a sonorous A-mene I when his lady- 
love ceased. 

I left my outlaw friend next morning. Sa Laea came 
with me, for I had promised to buy him a pigeon gun 
(costing ten dollars), a bag of shot, powder and caps. I 
fulfilled my promise and the woman bade me farewell 
with protestations of gratitude. 

A few months later Te-bari and Sa Laea left the 
island in Captain Cameron's schooner, the Manahiki, 
I trust they " lived happily ever afterwards ". 



202 



CHAPTER XX 

" THE DANDIEST BOY THAT EVER STOOD UP IN A 

BOAT " 

» 

Nine years had come and gone since I had last seen 
Nukutavake and its amiable brown^kinned people, and 
now as I again stepped on shore and scanned the faces 
of those assembled on the beach to meet me, I missed 
many that I had loved in the old, bright days when I 
was trading in the Paumotus. For Death, in the hide- 
ous shape of small-pox, had been busy, taking the young 
and strong and passing by the old and feeble. 

It was a Sunday, and the little isle was quiet — as quiet 
as the ocean of shining silver on which our schooner lay 
becalmed, eight miles beyond th^ foaming surf of the 
I barrier reef. 

Teveiva, the old native pastor, was the first one to 
greet me, and the tears rolled down his cheeks as he 
spoke to me in his native Tahitian, bade me welcome, 
and asked me had I come to sojourn with " we of Nuku- 
tavake, for a little while ". 

** Would that it were so, old friend. But I have only 
come on shore for a few hours, whilst the ship is be- 
calmed — to greet old friends dear to my heart, and never 

2K>3 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

forgotten since the days I lived among ye, nigh upon a 
half-score years ago. But, alas, it grieves me that many 
are gone." 

A low sob came from the people, as they pressed 
around their friend of bygone years, some clasping my 
hands and some pressing their faces to mine And so, 
hand in hand, and followed by the people, the old teacher 
and I walked slowly along the shady path of drooping 
palms, and came to and entered the quiet mission house, 
through the open windows of which came the sigh of the 
surf, and the faint call of sea-birds. 

Some women, low-voiced and gentle, brought food, 
and young drinking nuts upon platters of leaf, and 
silently placed them before the White Man, who touched 
the food with his hand and drank a little of a coco-nut, 
and then tumed to Teveiva and said : — 

" O friend, I cannot eat because of the sorrow that 
hath come upon thee. Tell me how it befel." 

Speaking slowly, and with many tears, the old teacher 
told of how a ship from Tahiti had brought the dread 
disease to the island, and how in a little less than two 
months one in every three of the three hundred and ten 
people had died, and of the long drought that followed 
upon the sickness, when for a whole year the sky was 
as brass, and the hot sun beat down upon the land, and 
withered up the coco-palms and pandanus trees; and 
only for the night dews all that was green would have 
perished. And now because of the long drought men 
were weak, and sickening, and women and children were 
faint from want of food. 

'* It is as if God hath deserted us," said the old man. 

204 



THE DANDIEST BOY 

" Nay," I assured him, " have no fear. Rain is near. 
It will come from the westward as it has come to many 
islands which for a year have been eaten up with drought 
and hunger like this land of Nukutavake. Have no 
fear, I say. Wind and much heavy rain will soon come 
from the west." 

Then I wrote a few lines to the skipper. 

" Send this letter to the ship by my boat," I said to 
Teveiva, " and the captain will fill the boat with food. 
It is the ship's gift to the people." 

And then for the first time since the island had been 
smitten, the poor women and children laughed joyously, 
and the men sprang to their feet, and with loud shouts 
ran to the boat with the messenger who carried the 
letter. 

" Come, old friend," I said to the teacher, " walk with 
me round the island. I would once more look upon the 
lagoon and sit with you a little while as we have sat 
many times before, under the great toa tree that grows 
upon the point on the weather side." 

And so we two passed out of the mission house, and 
hand in hand, like children, went into the quiet village 
and along the sandy path that wound through the 
vista of serried, grey-boled palms, till we came to the 
white, inner beach of the calm lagoon, which shone and 
glistened like burnished silver. On the beach were 
some canoes. 

Half a cable length from the shore, a tiny, palm- 
dad islet floated on that shining lake, and the drooping 
fronds of the palms cast their shadows upon the cry- 
stal water. Between the red- brown boles of the trees 

205 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

there showed something white. The old man pointed 
to it and said : — 

"Wilt come and look at the white man's grave? 
'Tis well kept — as we promised his mother should be 
done." 

Teveiva launched a canoe and we paddled gently 
over to the isle, which was barely half an acre in extent 
From the beach there ran a narrow path, neatly grav- 
elled and bordered with many-hued crotons ; it led to 
a low square enclosure of coral stone cemented with 
lime Within the walls bright crotons grew thickly, 
and in the centre stood a plain slab of marble on which 
was carved : — 

Walter Tallis, 

boat-steerer of the ship asia. 

Died, December 25, 1869, aged 21. 

Erected by his Mother. 

I sat on the wall, and looked thoughtfully at the 
marble slab. 

" Tis twelve years since, Teveiva." 

" Aye, since last Christmas Day. And every year 
his mother sends a letter and asks, * Is my boy's grave 
well kept ? ' and I write and say, * It is well tended. 
One day in every week the women and girls come and 
weed the path, and see that the plants thrive. This 
have we always done since thou sent the marble slab.' 
She sends her letters to the English missionary at 
Papeite, and he sends mine to her in far away Beretania 
(Britain)." 

** Poor fellow," I thought ; '* it was just such a day 

206 



THE DANDIEST BOY 

as this — ^hot and calm — when we laid him here under 
the palms/* 

On that day, twelve years before, the Asia lay be- 
calmed oflf the island, and the skipper lowered his boat 
and came on shore to buy some fresh provisions He 
was a cheery old fellow, with snow-white hair, and was 
brimming over with good spirits, for the Asia had had 
extraordinary good luck. 

" Over a thousand barrels of sparm oil under hatches 
already, and the Asia not out nine months," he said 
to me, " and we haven't lost a boat, nor any whale we 
fastened to yet And this boy here," and he turned 
and clapped his hand on the shoulder of a young, 
handsome and stalwart youth, who had come with him, 
" is my boat-steerer, Walter Tallis, and the dandiest lad 
with an iron that ever stood up in a boat's bow. 
Forty-two years have I been fishin*, and until Walter 
here shipped on the old Asia^ thought that the Al- 
mighty never made a good boat-steerer or boat-header 
outer eny one but a Yankee or a Portugee — or maybe 
a Walker Injun. But Walter, though he is a Britisher, 
was bom fer whale-killin' — and thet's a fact" 

I shook hands with the young man, who laughed 
as he said : — 

"Captain Allen is always buttering me up. But 
there are as good, and better men than me with an 
iron on board the Asia, But I certainly have had 
wonderful luck — for a Britisher," and he smiled slyly 
at his captain. 

Suddenly, we were chatting and smoking on the 

207 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

verandah, there came a thrilh'ng cry from the crew of 
the whaleboat, lying on the beach fifty yards away. 

And from the throats of three hundred natives came 
a roar " Tefolau I Ufolau I " (" A whale ! a whale I "> 

The skipper and his boat-steerer sprang to their feet 
and looked seaward, and there, less than a mile from 
the shore, was a mighty bull cachalot, leisurely making 
his way through the glassy sea, swimming with head 
up, and lazily rolling from side to side as if his one 
hundred tons of bulk were as light as the weight of a 
flying-fish. 

** Now, mister, you shall see what Walter and I can 
do with that fish," cried the skipper to me. "And 
when we've settled him, and the other boats are towing 
him off to the ship, Walter and I will come on shore 
again and hev something to eat — if you will invite ua" 

The boat flashed out from the beach, swept out of 
the passage through the reef, and in twenty minutes 
was within striking distance of the mighty cetacean. 
And, watching from the verandah, I saw the young 
harpooner stand up and bury his first harpoon to the 
socket, following it instantly with a second. Then 
slowly sank the huge head, and up came the vast flukes 
in the air, and Leviathan sounded into the ocean 
depths as the line spun through the stem notch, and 
the boat sped over the mirror-like sea In ten minutes 
she was hidden from view by a point of land, and the 
last that we on the shore saw was ''the dandiest lad 
that ever stood up in a boat's bow " going aft to the 
steer-oar, and the old white-headed skipper taking his 

ao8 



mmmmt^ 



THE DANDIEST BOY 

place to use the deadly lance. And then at the same 
time that the captain's boat disappeared from view, 
I noticed that the Asia had lowered her four other 
boats, which were pulling with furious speed in the 
direction which the "fast" boat had taken. 

''Something must have gone wrong with the cap- 
tain's boat," I thought. 

Something had gone wrong, for half an hour later 
one of the four " loose" boats pulled into the beach, and 
the old skipper, with tears streaming down his rugged 
cheeks, stepped out, trembling from head to foot. 

"My dandy boy, my poor boatsteerer," he said 
huskily to me — "that darned whale fluked us, and 
near cut him in half. Poor lad, he didn't suffer ; for 
death came sudden. An' . he is the only son of his 
mother. Can I bring him to your house?" 

Very tenderly and slowly the whaleboat's crew car- 
ried the crushed and mutilated form of the *' dandiest 
boy" to the house, and whilst I helped the Asia's cooper 
make a coffin, Teveiva sat outside with the heart- 
broken old skipper, and spoke to him in his broken 
English of the Life Beyond. And so Walter Tallis, 
the last of an old Dorset family, was laid to rest in the 
little isle in the quiet lagoon. 

For two days our schooner lay in sight of the island ; 
and then, as midnight came, the blue sky became black, 
and the ship was snugged down for the coming storm. 
The skipper sent up a rocket so that it might be seen 
by the people on shore — to verify my prophecy about 
a change in the weather. 

209 14 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Came then the wind and the sweet, blessed rain, and 
as the schooner, under reefed canvas, plunged to the 
rising sea, the folk of Nukutavake, I felt certain, stood 
outside their houses, and let the cooling Heaven-sent 
streams drench their smooth, copper-coloured skins, 
whilst good old Teveiva gave thanks to God 



2ZO 



CHAPTER XXI 

THE PIT OF MAOTA 

For the Samoans I have always had a great admiration 
and affection. Pracffcally I began my island career in 
Samoa. More than a score of years before Robert 
Louis Stevenson went to die on the verdured slopes of 
Vailima Mountain, where he now rests, I was gaining 
my living by running a small trading cutter between 
the beautiful islands of Upolu, Savai'i, and Tutuila, and 
the people ever had my strong sympathies in their 
struggle against Germany for independence. Even so 
far back as 1865, German agents were at work through- 
out the group, sowing the seeds of discord, encouraging 
the chiefs of King Malietoa to rebel, so that they could 
set up a German puppet in his place. And unfortu- 
nately they have succeeded only too well, and Samoa, 
with the exception of the Island of Tutuila, is now 
German territory. But it is as well, for the people are 
kindly treated by their new masters. 

The Samoans were always a warlike race. When 
not unitedly repelling invasion by the all-conquering 
Tongans who sent fleet after fleet to subjugate the 
country, they were warring among themselves upon 
various pretexts — successions to chiefly titles, land 

21 z 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

disputes, abuse of neutral territory, and often upon the 
most trivial pretexts. In my own time I witnessed a 
sanguinary naval encounter between the people of the 
island of Manono, and a war-party of ten great canoes 
from the district of Lepa on the island of Upolu. I 
saw sixteen decapitated heads brought on shore, and 
personally attended many of the wounded. ^ And all 
this occurred through the Lepa people having at a 
dance in their village sung a song in which a satirical 
allusion was made to the Manono people having once 
been reduced to eating shell-fish. The result was an 
immediate challenge from Manono, and in all nearly 
one hundred men lost their lives, villages were burnt, 
canoes destroyed, and thousands of coco-nut and 
bread-fruit trees cut down and plantations ruined. 

Sometimes in battle the Samoans were extremely 
chivalrous, at others they were demons incarnate, as 
merciless, cold-blooded, and cruel as the Russian police 
who slaughter women and children in the streets of 
the capital of the Great White Czar, and I shall now 
endeavour to describe one such terrible act, which after 
many years is still spoken of with bated breath, and 
even amidst the suppressed sobs and falling tears of 
the descendants of those who suffered. 

On the north coast of Upolu there is a populous 
town and district named Fasito'otai. It is part of the 
A'ana division of Upolu, and is noted, even in Samoa, 
a paradise of Nature, for its extraordinary fertility and 
beauty. 

The A'ana people at this time were suffering from 
the tyranny of Manono, a small island which boasted of 

2X2 



THE PIT OF MAOTA 

the fact of its being the birthplace and home of nearly 
all the ruling chiefs of Samoa, and the extraordinary 
respect with which people of chiefly lineage are treated 
by Samoans, generally led them to suffer the greatest 
indignities and oppressions by the haughty and war- 
like Manonoans, who exacted under threats a continu- 
ous tribute of food, fine mats and canoes. Finally, a 
valorous young chief named Tausaga — ^though himself 
connected with Manono — revolted, and he and his 
people refused to pay further tribute to Manono, and a 
bloody struggle was entered upon. 

For some months the war continued. No mercy was 
shown on either side to the vanquished, and there is 
now a song which tells of how Palu, a girl of seventeen, 
with a spear thrust half through her bosom by her 
brother-in-law, a chief of Manono, shot him through 
the chest with a horse pistol, and then breaking off" the 
spear, knelt beside the dying man, kissed him as her 
** brother" and then decapitated him, threw the head to 
her people with a cry of triumph — and died 

At first the A'ana people were victorious, and the 
haughty Manonoans were driven off* into their fleets of 
war canoes time and time again. Then Manono made 
alliance with other powerful chiefs of Savai'i and Upolu 
against A'ana, and two thousand of them, after great 
slaughter, occupied the town of Fasito'otai, and the 
A'ana people retired to inland fortresses, resolved to 
fight to the very last Among the leaders of the de- 
feated people were two white men — an Englishman 
and an American — whose valour was so much admired, 
even by the Manono people, that they were openly 

az3 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

solidted to desert the A'ana people, and come over to 
the other side, where great honours and gifts of lands 
awaited them. To their credit, these two unknown 
men rejected the offer with scorn, and announced their 
intention to die with the people with whom they had 
lived for so many years. At their instance, many of 
the Manono warriors who had been captured had been 
spared, and kept prisoners, instead of being ruthlessly 
decapitated in the usual Samoan fashion, and their 
heads exhibited, with much ignominy, from one village 
to another, as trophies. 

For two years the struggle continued, the Manonoans 
generally proving victorious in many bloody battles. 
Then Fasito'otai was surprised in the night, and two- 
thirds of its defenders, including many women and 
children, slaughtered. Among those who flied were 
the two white men. They fell with thirty young men, 
who covered the retreat of the survivors of the defend- 
ing force. 

The extraordinary valour which the A*ana people 
had displayed, exasperated the Manono warriors to 
deeds of unnamable violence to whatever prisoners 
fell into their cruel hands. One man — an old Manono 
chief — ^who had taken part in the struggle, told me with 
shame that he saw babies impaled on bayonets and 
spears carried exultingly from one village to another. 

Broken and disorganised, the beaten Aana people 
dispersed in parties large and small. Some sought 
refuge in the mountain forests, others put to sea in frail 
canoes, and mostly all perished, but one party of seven- 
teen in three canoes succeeded in reaching Uea (Wallis 

214 



THE PIT OF MAOTA 

Island), three hundred miles to the westward of Samoa 
Among them was a boy of seven years of age, who 
afterwards sailed with me in a labour vessel. He well 
remembered the horrors of that awful voyage, and told 
me of his seeing his father " take a knife and open a 
vein in his arm sb that a baby girl, who was dying of 
hunger, could drink ". 

Re'entless in their hate of the vanquished foe, the 
Manono warriors established a cordon around them from 
the mountain range that traverses the centre of Upolu 
to the sea, and at last, after many engagements, drove 
them to the beach, where a final battle was fought. 
Exhausted, famine-stricken, and utterly disheartened 
by their continuous reverses, the unfortumte A'ana 
people were easily overcome, and the fighting survivors 
surrendered, appealing to their enemies to at least 
spare the lives of their women and children. 

But no mercy was shown. As night began to fall, 
the Manonoans began to dig a huge pit at a village 
named Maota, a mile from the scene of the battle, and 
as some dug, others carried an enormous quantity of 
dead logs of timber to the spot. By midnight the 
dreadful funeral pyre was completed. 

In case that it might be thought by my readers that 
I am exaggerating the horrors of ** The Pit of Maota," 
I will not here relate what I, personally, was told by 
people who were present at the awful deed, but repeat 
the words of Mr. Stair, an English missionary of the 
London Missionary Society, whose book, entitled 0/d 
Samoay tells the story in quiet, yet dramatic language, 
and although in regard to some minor details he was 

215 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

misinformed, his account on the whole is correct, and 
is the same as was told to me by men who had actually 
participated in the tragedy. 

The awful preparations were completed, and then 
the victors, seizing those of their captives who were 
bound on account of their strength and had a few hours 
previously surrendered, hurried them to the fatal pit, in 
which the huge pile of timber had been lit. And as 
the flames roared and ascended, and the darkness of 
the surrounding forest was made as light as day, the 
first ten victims of four hundred and sixty-two were 
cast in to bum, amid the howls and yells of their savage 
captors. 

Mr. Stair says: "This dreadful butchery was con- 
tinued during one or two days and nights, fresh timber 
being heaped on from time to time, as it was with diffi- 
culty that the fire could be kept burning, from the 
number of victims who were ruthlessly sacrificed there. 

** The captives from Fasito*otai were selected for the 
first offerings, and after them followed others in quick 
succession, night and day, early and late, until the last 
wretched victim had been consumed. Most heart- 
rending were the descriptions I received from persons 
who had actually looked on the fearful scenes enacted 
there. 

" Innocent children skipped joyfully along the path- 
way by the side of their conductors and murderers,^ 
deceived by the cruel lie that they were to be spared, 
and were then on their way to bathe ; when suddenly 

^I was told that the poor children were led away as they thought to 
be given si nua ai vela — *' something hot " (to eat). — [L.B.] 

2X6 



THE PIT OF MAOTA 

the blazing pile (in the Pit of Noata) with the horrid 
sight of their companions and friends being thrown 
alive into the midst, told them the dreadful truth ; 
whilst their terror was increased by the yells of savage 
triumph of the murderers, or the fearful cries of the 
tortured victims which reached their ears." 

When I first saw the dreadful Tito (pit) of Moata, it 
was at the close of a calm, windless day. I had been 
pigeon-shooting in the mountain forest, and was accom- 
panied by a stalwart young Samoan warrior. As we 
were returning to Fasito'otai, he asked me if I would 
come a little out of the way and look at the " Tito," a 
place he said '* that is to our hearts, and is, holy 
ground". He spoke so reverently that I was much 
impressed. 

Following a winding path we suddenly came in view 
of the pit The sides were almost covered with many 
beautiful varieties of crotons, planted there by loving 
hands, and it was very evident to me that the place 
was indeed holy ground. At the bottom of the pit 
was a dreadful reminder of the past — a large circle of 
black charcoal running round the sides, and enclosing 
in the centre a large space which at first I thought was 
snow-white sand, but on descending into the pit with 
uncovered head, and looking closer, found it was com- 
posed of tiny white coral pebbles. Hardly a single leaf 
or twig marred the purity of the whiteness of the cover 
under which lay the ashes of nearly five hundred 
human beings. Every Saturday the women and chil- 
dren of Fasito'otai and the adjacent villages visited 
the place, and reverently removed every bit of dibrisy 

3X7 



-»! 




THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and the layer of stones, carefully selected of an equal 
size, was renewed two or three times a year as they be- 
came discoloured by the action of the rain. Encom- 
passing the wooded margin of the pit were numbers of 
orange, lime and banana trees, all in full fruit. These 
were never touched — to do so would have been sacri- 
lege, for they were sacred to the dead. All around us 
were hundreds of wood-doves and pigeons, and their 
peaceful notes filled the forest with saddening melody. 
" No one ever fires a gun here," said my companion 
softly, " it is forbidden. And it is to my mind that the 
birds know that it is a sacred place and holy ground." 



ai8 



CHAPTER XXII 

VANAKI. THE STRONG SWIMMER 

On the afternoon of the 4th of June, 1885, the Hawaiian 
labour schooner Mana, of which I was " recruiter/* was 
beating through Apoh'ma Straits, which divide the is- 
lands of Upolu and Savai'i. The south-east trade was 
blowing very strongly and a three-knot current setting 
against the wind had raised a short, confused sea, and 
our decks were continually flooded. But we had to 
thrash through it with all the sail we could possibly carry, 
for among the sixty-two Gilbert Islands ** recruits " I 
had on board three had developed symptoms of what 
we feared was small-pox, and we were anxious to reach 
the anchorage off the town of Mulifanua at the west end 
of Upolu before dark. At Mulifanua there was a largo. 
Grerman cotton plantation, employing four hundred " re- 
cruited " labourers, and on the staff of European em- 
ployes was a resident doctor. In the ordinary course 
of things we should have gone on to Apia, which was 
twenty miles farther on, and our port of destination, 
and handed over my cargo of " recruits " to the manager 
of the German firm there : but as Mulifanua Plantation 
was also owned by them, and my "recruits" would 

219 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

probably be sent there eventually, the captain and I de- 
cided to land the entire lot at that place, instead of tak- 
ing them to Apia, where the European community would 
be very rough upon us if the disease on board did turn 
out to be small-pox. 

As the skipper and I were standing aft, watching the 
showers of spray that flew over the schooner every time 
a head sea smacked her in the face, one of the hands 
shouted out that there was a man in the water, close to 
on the weather bow. Hauling our head sheets to wind- 
ward we head-reached towards him, and in a few minutes 
the man, who was swimming in the most gallant fashion, 
was alongside, and clambered on board. He was a 
rather dark-skinned Polynesian, young, and of extremely 
powerful physique. 

" Thanks, good friends," he said, speaking in halting 
Samoan. "Tis a high sea in which to swim. Yet," 
and here he glanced aroimd him at the land on both 
sides, " I was half-way across." 

" Come below," I said, " and take food and drink, and 
I will give you a lava-lava (waistcloth)." (He was nude.) 

He thanked me, and then again his keen dark eyes 
were fixed upon Savai'i — three miles distant 

" Art bound to Savai'i ? " he asked quickly. 

"Nay. We beat against the wind. To-night we 
anchor at Mulifanua." 

** Ah 1 '* and his face changed, " then I must leave, 
for it is to Savai*i I go," and he was about to go over 
the rail when we held him back. 

*' Wait, friend. In a little time the ship will be close 
in to the passage through the reef at Saleleloga " (a town 

220 



VANAKI, THE STRONG SWIMMER 

of Savafi), and then as we put the ship about, thou canst 
go on thy way. Why swim two leagues and tempt the 
sharks when there is no need. Come below and eat and 
drink, and have no fear. We shall take thee as near to 
the passage as we caa" 

The skipper came below with us, and after providing 
our visitor with a navy blue waistcloth, we gave him a 
stiff tumbler of rum, and some bread and meat. He 
ate quickly and then asked for a smoke, and in a few 
minutes more we asked him who he was, and why he 
was swimming across the straits. We spoke in Samoan. 
** Friends," he said, " I will tell the truth. I am one of 
the kau galuega (labourers) on Mulifanua Plantation. 
Yesterday being the Sabbath, and there being no work, 
I went into the lands of the Samoan village to steal 
young nuts and taro, I had thrown down and husked 
a score, and was creeping back to my quarters by a side 
path through the grove, when I was set upon by three 
young Samoan manata (bloods) who began beating me 
with clubs — seeking to murder me. We fought, and I, 
knowing that death was upon me, killed one man with 
a blow of my tori nui^ (husking stick) of iron-wood, and 
then drove it deep into the chest of another. Then I 
fled, and gaining the beach, ran into the sea so that I 
might swim to Savai'i, for there will I be safe from pur- 
suit" 
"'Tis a long swim, man — 'tis five leagues." 
He laughed and expanded his brawny chest 
" What is that to me ? I have swam ten leagues many 
times." 

^ A heavy, pointed stick of hardwood, used for husking co€o>nuts. 

a2X 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

** Where do you belong ? " asked the skipper in Eng- 
lish. 

He answered partly in the same language and partly 
in his curious Samoan. 

" I am of Anuda.^ My name is Vanaki. Two years 
ago I came to Samoa in a German labour ship to work 
on the plantations, for I wanted to see other places, and 
earn money, and then return to Anuda and speak of the 
things I had seen. It was a foolish thing of me. The 
German suis (overseers) are harsh men. I worked very 
hard on little food. It was for that I had to steal And 
I am but one man from Anuda, and there are four 
hundred others from many islands — black-skinned, man- 
eating, woolly-haired pigs from the Solomon and New 
Hebrides, and fierce fellows like these Tafito * men from 
the Gilbert Islands such as I now see here on this ship. 
No one of them can speak my tongue of Anuda. And 
now I am a free man.'' 

" You are a plucky fellow," said the captain, " and de- 
serve good luck. Here, take this dollar, and tie it up in 
the comer of your waistcloth. You can buy yourself 
some tobacco from the white trader at Salelelc^o," 

" Ah, yes, indeed. But '* (and here he dropped into 
Samoan again, and turned to me) *' I would that the 
good captain would take me as a sailor for his next 
voyage. I was for five years with Captain Macleod of 
Noumea. And I am a good man — honest, and no 
boaster." 

^ Anuda or Cherry Island is an outlier of the Santa Cruz Group, in 
the South Pacific. The natives are more of the Polynesian than the 
Melanesian type, and are a fine, stalwart race. 

' Tafitos — natives of the Pacific Equatorial Islands such as the Gil- 
bert Group. 

222 



VANAKI, THE STRONG SWIMMER 

I shook my head. *' It cannot be. From Mulifanua 
we go to Apia. And there will be news there of what 
thou hast done yesterday, and we cannot hide a man on 
this small ship." And then I asked the captain what 
he thought of the request 

'*We ought to try and work it," said the skipper. 
" If he was five years with Jock Macleod he's all right" 

We questioned him further, and he satisfied us as to 
his bona-fides^ giving us the names of many men — cap- 
tains and traders — known to us intimately. 

"Vanaki," I said, "this is what may be done, but 
you must be quick, for presently we shall be close to the 
passage off Saleleloga, and must go about When you 
land, go to Miti-loa the chief, and talk to him privately. 
There is bad blood between his people and those of 
Mulifanua " 

" I know it It has been so for two years past" 

" Now, listen. Miti-loa and the captain here and I 
are good friends. Tell him that you have seen us. 
Hide nothing from him of yesterday. He is a strong 
maa" 

*' I know it Who does not, in this part of Samoa 
know of Miti-loa ? " ^ 

"That is true. And Miti knows us two papalagi^ 
well Stay with him, work for him, and do all that he 
may ask. He will ask but little — perhaps nothing. In 
twenty days from now, this ship will be at Apia ready 
for sea again. We go to the Tokelaus " (Gilbert Islands) 

» Miti-loa—" Long Dream ". 
* White men— foreigners. 

223 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

'* or else to the Solomons, and if thou comest on board 
in the night who is to know of it but Miti*loa and thy- 
self?" 

The mate put his head under the flap of the skylight 
" Close on to the reef, sir. Time to go about" 

" All right, Carey. Put her round Now Vanaki, up 
on deck, and over you go." 

Vanaki nodded and smiled, and followed us. Then 
quickly he took oflf his lava-lava^ deftly wrapped it 
about his head like an Indian turban, and held out his 
hand in farewell, and every one on board cheered as he 
leapt over the side, and b^an his swim to the land. 
From the cross-trees I watched him through my glasses, 
saw him enter the passage into smooth water, and dis- 
daining to rest on any of the exposed and isolated pro- 
jections of reef which lined the passage, continue his 
course towards the village. Then a rain squall hid him 
from view, but we knew that he was safe. 

That evening we landed our " recruits " at Mulifanua, 
and after thoroughly disinfecting the ship, we sailed a 
few days later for Apia. Here we were again chartered 
to proceed to the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands 
for another cruise. 

As we were refitting, I received a letter from Miti- 
loa, telling me that Vanaki was safe, and would be with 
us in a few days. When he did arrive, he came with 
Miti-loa himself in his taumalua (native boat) and a 
score of his people. Vanaki was so well made-up as a 
Samoan that when he stepped on deck the skipper and 
I did not recognise him. We sent him below, and told 
him to keep quiet until we were well under way. 

224 



VANAKI, THE STRONG SWIMMER 

" Ah," said Miti-loa to us, " what a man is he ! Such 
a swimmer was never before seen. My young men 
have made much of him, and I would he would stay 
with me." 

Vanaki turned out an acquisition to our ship's com- 
pany, and soon became a ^vourite with every one. He 
was highly delighted when he was placed on the articles 
at the usual rate of wages paid to native seamen — £3 
per month. Our crew were natives from all parts of 
Polynesia, but English was the language used by them 
generally to each other. Like all vessels in the labour 
trade we carried a double crew — one to man the boats 
when recruiting, and one to work the ship when lying 
" off and on " at any island where we could not anchor, 
and Vanaki was greatly pleased when I told him that 
he should have a place in my boat, instead of being put 
in the " covering " ^ boat 

We made a splendid run down to the Solomons from 
Samoa, and when in sight of San Cristoval, spoke a 
French labour vessel from Noumea, recruiting for the 
French New Hebrides Company. Her captain and his 
" recruiter " (both Englishmen) paid us a visit. They 
were old acquaintances of our captain and myself, and 
as they came alongside in their smart whaleboat and 
Vanaki saw their faces, he gave a weird yell of delight, 
and rubbed noses with them the moment they stepped 
on deck. 

"Hallo, Vanaki, my lad," said the skipper of La 

^ The " covering " boat is that which stands by to open fire if the 
" landing " boat is attacked. 

225 15 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Metise, shaking his hand, " how are you ? " Then turn- 
ing to us he said : " Vanaki was with me when I was 
mate with Captain Macleod, in the old Aurore of 
Noum&i. He's a rattling good fellow for a native, and 
I wish I had him with me now. Wherever did you 
pick him up ? " 

We told him, and Houston laughed when I narrated 
the story of Vanaki's swim. 

" Oh, that's nothing for him to do. Why, the beggar 
once swam from the Banks Group across to the Torres 
Islands. Has he never told you about it ? " 

"No, And I would hardly believe him if he did. 
Why, the two groups are fifty miles apart." 

" No, from Tog in the Torres Islands to Ureparapara 
in the Banks Group is a little over forty miles. But 
you must wheedle the yam out of him. He's a bit sen- 
sitive of talking about it, on account of his at first being 
told he was a liar by several people. But Macleod, two 
traders who were passengers with us, and all the crew 
of the Aurore know the story to be true. We sent an 
account of it to the Sydney papera" 

" I'll get him to tell me some day," I said ** I once 
heard of a native woman swimming from Nanomaga 
in the EUice Group to Nanomea — thirty-five miles — 
but never believed it for a long time." 

After spending half an hour with us, our friends went 
back to their ship, each having shaken hands warmly 
with Vanaki, and wished him good luck. 

It was some days before the captain and I had time 
to hear Vanaki's story, which I relate as nearly as pos- 
sible in his own words. 

226 



VANAKI, THE STRONG SWIMMER 

First of all, however, I must mention that Urepara- 
para or Bligh Island is a well-wooded, fertile spot, 
about sixteen miles in circumference, and is an extinct 
crater. It is now the seat of a successful mission. Tog 
is much smaller, well-wooded, and inhabited, and about 
nine hundred feet high. At certain times of the year a 
strong current sets in a northerly and westerly direction, 
and it is due to this fact that Vanaki accomplished his 
swim. Now for his story, 

• •••••••« 

" I was in the port watch of the Aurore, We came 
to Ureparapara in the month of June to ' recruit ' and 
got four men. Whilst we were there. Captain Houston 
(who was then mate of the Aurore) asked me if I would 
dive under the ship and look at her copper ; for a week 
before we had touched a reef. So I dived, and found 
that five sheets of copper were gone from the port side 
about half a fathom from the keeL So the captain 
took five new sheets of copper, and punched the nail 
holes, and gave me one sheet at a time, and I nailed 
them on securely. In three hours it was done, ftw" the 
ship was in quiet, clear water, and I knew what to do. 
The captain then said to me laughingly that he feared 
I had but tacked on the sheets loosely, and that they 
would come off. My heart was sore at this, and so I 
asked Mr. Houston, who is a good diver, to go and look. 
And he dived and looked, and then five other of the 
crew — ^natives — dived and looked, and they all said 
that the work was well and truly done — all the nails 
driven home, and the sheets smooth, and without a 
crinkle. This pleased the captain greatly, and he gave 

237 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

me a small gold piece, and told me that I could go on 
shore, and spend it at the white trader's store. 

"Now I did a foolish thit^, I bought from the 
trader two bottles of strange gn^ called arrak. It 
was very strong — stroi^r than rum — and soon I and 
two others who drank it became very drunk, and lay 
on the ground like pigs. Mr. Houston came and found 
me, and broi^ht mc on board, and I was laid on the 
after-deck under the awning. 

" At sunset the ship sailed. I was still asleep, and 
heard nothing, though in a little while it began to 
blow, and much rain fell. The captain let me lie on 
the lee side, so that the rain mig^t beat upon me, and 
bring me to life again. 

" When four bells struck I a 
Waiting until the wheel was rel 
deck unseen, for it was very d 
top of the top-gallant fo'c'stle 
The ship was running before i 
reefed sails, and the sea was so 
heavily every now and then, i 
over the iaows. This did me g 
to feel able to go below and 
Then presently, as I was about 
a great plunge, and a mighty 

I was swept away. No one s : 

knew that I was there, and th< 
dark. 

"When I came to the surfao 
lights, and cried out, but no one heard me, for the wind 
and sea made a great noise ; and then, too, there was 



VANAKI, THE STRONG SWIMMER 

sweeping raia In a little while the lights were gone, 
and I was alone. 

" * Now/ I said to myself, * Vanaki, thou art a fool, 
and will go into the belly of a shark because of becom- 
ing drunk.' And then my heart came back to me, and 
I swam on easily over the sea, hoping that I would be 
missed, and the ship heave-to, and send a boat. But 
I looked in vain. 

** By-and-by the sky cleared, and the stars came out, 
but the wind still blew fiercely, and the seas swept me 
along so quickly that I knew it would be folly for me to 
try and face them, and try to swim back to Ureparapara. 

" * I will swim to Tog,' I said ; * if the sharks spare me 
I can do it.' For now that the sky was clear, and I 
could see the stars my fear died away ; and so I turned 
a little, and swam to the west a little by the north. 

" There was a strong current with me, and hour by 
hour as I swam the wind became less, and the sea died 
away. 

" When daylight came I was not tired, and rested on 
my back. And as I rested, two green turtle rose near 
me. They looked at me, and I was glad, for I knew 
that where turtle were there would be no sharks. I 
am not afraid of sharks, but what is a man to do with 
a shark in the open sea without a knife ? 

** Towards noon there came raia I lay on my back 
and put my hollowed hands together, and caught 
enough to satisfy my great thirst. The rain did not 
last long. 

"A little after noon I saw the land — the island of 
Tog. It was but three leagues away, 

aag 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

" Then I swam into a great and swift tide-rip, which 
carried me to the eastward. It was so strong that I 
feared it would take me away from the island, but 
soon it turned and swept me to the westward. And 
then I saw the land becoming nearer and nearer. 

"When the sun was nearly touching the sea-rim, I 
was so close to the south-end of Tog, that I could see 
the spars of a ship lying at anchor in the bay called 
Pao. And then when the sun had set I could see 
the lights of many canoes catching flying-fish by 
torchlight. 

"I swam on and came to the ship. It was the 
Aurore. 

" I clambered up the side-ladder, and stood on deck, 
and the man who was on anchor watch — an ignorant 
Tokelau — shouted out in fear, and ran to tell the 
captain, and Mr. Houston. 

" They brought me below and made much of me, 
and gave me something to drink which made me sleep 
for many hours. 

** When I awakened I was strong and well, but my 
eyes were malai (bloodshot). That is all." 



230 



CHAPTER XXIII 

TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

« 

The South Sea Corncrake and the Tooth-billed Piobon 

Although I had often heard of the " corncrake " or 
landrail of the British Isles, I did not see one until a 
few years ago, on my first visit to Ireland, when a 
field labourer in County Louth brought me a couple, 
which he had killed in a field of oats. I looked at 
them with interest, and at once recognised a striking 
likeness in shape, markings and plumage to an old 
acquaintance — ^the shy and rather rare " banana-bird " 
of some of the Polynesian and Melanesian Islands. 
I had frequently when in Ireland heard at night, 
during the summer months, the repeated and harsh 
"crake, crake," of many of these birds, issuing from 
the fields of growing com, and was very curious to see 
one, for the unmelodious cry was exactly like that of 
the kili vaOy or " banana-bird " of the Pacific Islands. 
And when I saw the two corncrakes I found them to 
be practically the same bird, though but half the size 
of the kili vao, 

Kili vao in native means bush-snipe, as distinct from 
kili fusi^ swamp snipe. It feeds upon ripe bananas, 
and papaws (mamee apples), and such other sweet 
fruit, that when over-ripe fall to the ground. It is 

231 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

very seldom seen in the day-time, when the sun is 
strong, though its hoarse frog-like note may often be 
heard in cultivated banana plantations, or on the moun- 
tain sides, where the wild banana thrives. At early 
dawn, or towards sunset, however, they come out from 
their retreats, and search for fallen bananas, papaws 
or guavas, and I have spent many a delightful half- 
hour watching them from my own hiding-place. Al- 
though they have such thick, long and clumsy l^s, 
and coarse splay feet they run to and fro with marvel- 
ous speed, continually uttering their insistent croak. 
Usually they were in pairs, male and female, although 
I once saw a male and three female birds together. 
The former can easily be recognised, for it is consider- 
ably larger than its mate, and the coloration of the 
plumage on the back and about the eyes is more pro- 
nounced, and the beautiful quail-like semi-circular belly 
markings are more clearly defined. When disturbed, 
and if unable to run into hiding among the dead 
banana leaves, they rise and present a ludicrous ap- 
pearance, for their legs hang down almost straight, and 
their flight is slow, clumsy and laborious, and seldom 
extends more than fifty yards. 

The natives of the Banks and Santa Cruz Groups 
(north of the New Hebrides) assert that the ii/i is a 
ventriloquist, and delights to " fool " any one attempt- 
ing to capture it. " If you hear it call from the right, 
it is hiding to the left; and its mate is perhaps only 
two fathoms away from you, hiding under the fallen 
banana leaves, and pretending to be dead. And you 
will never find either, unless it is a dark night, and 

232 



TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

you suddenly light a big torch of dried coco-nut leaves ; 
then they become dazed and stupid, and will let you 
catch them with your hand." 

Whilst one cannot accept the ventriloquial theory, 
there can be no doubt of the extraordinary cunning in 
hiding, and noiseless speed on foot of these birds when 
disturbed. One afternoon, near sunset, I was return- 
ing from pigeon-shooting on Ureparapara (Banks 
Group) when in walking along the margin of a taro- 
swamp, which was surrounded by banana trees, a big 
kilt rose right in front of me, and before I could bring 
my gun to shoulder, my native boy hurled his shoulder- 
stick at it and brought it down, dead. Then he called 
to me to be ready for a shot at the mate, which, he 
said, was close by in hiding. 

Walking very gently, he carefully scanned the dead 
leaves at the foot of the banana trees, and silently 
pointed to a heap which was soddened by rain. 

" It is underneath there," he whispered, then flung 
himself upon the heap of leaves, and in a few seconds 
dragged out the prize — ^a fine full-grown female bird, 
beautifully marked. I put her in my game-bag. 
During our two-mile walk to the village she behaved in 
a disgusting manner, and so befouled herself (after the 
manner of a young Australian curlew when captured) 
that she presented a repellent appearance, and had such 
a disgusting odour that I was at first inclined to throw 
her — game-bag and all — away. However, my native 
boy washed her, and then we put her in a native 
pigeon cage. In the morning she was quite clean and 
dry, but persistently hid her head when any one ap- 

233 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

proached, refused to take food and died two days later, 
although I kept the cage in a dark place. 

These birds are excellent eating when not too fat ; 
but when the papaws are ripe they become grossly un- 
wieldy, and the whole body is covered with thick 
yellow fat, and the flesh has the strong sweet taste of 
the papaw. At this time, so the natives say, they are 
actually unable to rise for flight, and are easily captured 
by the women and children at work in the banana and 
taro plantations. 

(Apropos of this common tendency of the flesh of 
birds to acquire the taste of their principal article of 
food, I may mention that in those Melanesian Islands 
where the small Chili pepper grows wild, the pigeons 
at certain times of the year feed almost exclusively 
upon the ripe berries, and their flesh is so pungent as 
to be almost uneatable. At one place on the littoral 
of New Britain, there is a patch of country covered 
with pepper trees, and it is visited by thousands of 
pigeons, who devour the berries, although their ordin- 
ary food of sweet berries was available in profusion in 
the mountain forests.) 

On some of the Melanesian islands there is a variety 
of the banana-bird which frequents the yam and sweet 
potato plantation, digs into the hillocks with its power- 
ful feet, and feeds upon the tubers, as does the rare 
toothed-billed pigeon. 

One day, when I was residing in the Caroline 
Islands, a pair of live birds were brought to me by the 
natives, who had snared them. They were in beautiful 
plumage, and I determined to try and keep them. 

^34 



TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

The natives quickly made me an enclosure about 
twenty feet square of bamboo slats about an inch or 
two apart, driving them into the ground, and making 
a "roof" of the same material, sufficiently high to 
permit of three young banana trees being planted 
therein. Then we quickly covered the ground with 
dead banana leaves, small sticks and other dibris^ and 
after making it as ^* natural" as possible, laid down 
some ripe bananas, and turned the birds into the en- 
closure. In ten seconds they had disappeared under 
the heap of leaves as silently as a beaver or a platypus 
takes to the water. 

During the night I listened carefully outside the en- 
closure, but the captives made neither sound nor ap- 
pearance. They were still ** foxing," or as my Samoan 
servant called it, k toga-fiti e mate (pretending to be 
dead). 

All the following day there was not the slightest 
movement of the leaves, but an hour after sunset, when 
I was on my verandah, smoking and chatting with a 
fellow trader, a native boy came to us, grinning with 
pleasure, and told us that the birds were feeding. I 
had a torch of dried coco-nut leaves all in readiness. It 
was lit, and as the bright flame burst out, and illumin- 
ated the enclosure, I felt a thrill of delight — both birds 
were vigorously feeding upon a very ripe and " squashy " 
custard apple, disregarding the bananas. The light 
quite dazed them, and they at once ceased eating, and 
sat down in a terriffed manner, with their necks out- 
stretched, and their bills on the ground. We at once 
withdrew. In the morning, I was charmed to hear 

335 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

them " craking/' and from that time forward they fed 
well, and afforded me many a happy hour in watching 
their antics. I was in great hopes of their breeding, 
for they had made a great pile of cUbris between the 
banana trees, into which in the day-time they would 
always scamper when any one passed, and my natives 
told me that the end of the rainy season was the incu- 
bating period. As it was within a few weeks of that 
time, I was filled with pleasurable anticipations, and 
counted the days. Alas, for my hopes I One night, a 
predatory village pig, smelling the fruit which was 
always placed in the enclosure daily, rooted a huge 
hole underneath the bambods, and in the morning my 
pets were gone, and nevermore did I hear their hoarse 
crake ! crake I — ever pleasing to me during the night 

The Tooth-billed Pxqeon op Samoa — (Didunculus 

Strigirostris) 

The recent volcanic outburst on the island of Savai'i 
in the Samoan Group, after a period of quiescence of 
about two hundred years, has, so a Califomian paper 
states, revealed the fact that one of the rarest and most 
interesting birds in the world, and long supposed to be 
peculiar to the Samoan Islands, and all but extinct, is 
by no means so in the latter respect, for the convulsion 
in the centre of the island, where the volcanic mountain 
stands nearly 4,000 feet high, has driven quite a number 
of the birds to the littoral of the south coast. So at 
least it was reported to the San Francisco journal by a 
white trader residing on the south side of Savai'i during 
the outbreak. 

236 



TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

For quite a week before the first tremors and groan- 
ing^ of the mountain were felt and heard, the natives 
said that they had seen Manu Mea (tooth-billed 
pigeons) making their way down to the coast. Several 
were killed and eaten by children. 

Before entering into my own experiences and know- 
ledge of this extraordinary bird, gained during a seven 
years' residence in Samoa, principally on the island of 
Upolu, I cannot do better than quote from Dr. Stair's 
book, Old Samoa^ his description of the bird. Very 
happily, his work was sent to me some years ago, and I 
was delighted to find in it an account of the Manu Mea 
(red bird) and its habits. In some respects he was 
misinformed, notably in that in which he was told that 
the Didunculus was peculiar to the Samoan Islands ; 
for the bird certainly is known in some of the Solomon 
Islands, and also in the Admiralty Group — two thousand 
miles to the north-west of Samoa. Here, however, is 
what Dr. Stair remarks : — 

*' One of the curiosities of Samoan natural history is 
Le Manu Mea^ or red bird of the natives, the tooth- 
billed pigeon {Didunculus StrigirostriSy Peale), and is 
peculiar to the Samoan Islands. This remarkable bird, 
so long a puzzle to the scientific worlds is only found in 
Samoa, and even there it has become so scarce that it 
is rapidly becoming extinct, as it falls an easy prey to 
the numerous wild cats ranging the forests. It was first 
described and made known to the scientific world by Sir 
William Jardine, in 1845, under the name of Gnathodon 
StrigirostriSj from a specimen purchased by Lady 
Hervey in Edinburgh, amongst a number of Australian 

337 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

skins. Its appearance excited great interest and curios- 
ity, but its true habitat was unknown until some time 
after, when it was annoimced by Mr. Strickland before 
the British Association at York, that Mr. Titian Peale, 
of the United States Exploring Expedition, had dis- 
covered a new bird allied to the dodo, which he pro- 
posed to name Didunculus Strigirostris, From the 
specimen in Sir William Jardine's possession the bird was 
figured by Mr. Grould in his Birds of Australia^ and 
its distinctive characteristics shown; but nothing was 
known of its habitat. At that time the only specimens 
known to exist out of Samoa were the two in the United 
States, taken there by Commodore Wilkes, and the one 
in the collection of Sir William Jardine, in Edinburgh. 
The history of this last bird is singular, and may be 
alluded to here. 

" To residents in Samoa the Manu Mea^ or red bird, 
was well known by repute, but as far as I know, no 
specimen had ever been obtained by any resident on the 
islands until the year 1843, when two fine birds, male 
and female, were brought to me by a native who had 
captured them on the nest I was delighted with my 
prize, and kept them carefully, but could get no infor- 
mation whatever as to what class they belonged. After 
a time one was unfortunately killed, and not being able 
to gain any knowledge respecting the bird, I sent the 
surviving one to Sydney, by a friend, in 1843, hoping it 
would be recognised and described; but nothing was 
known of it there, and my friend lefl it with a bird dealer 
in Sydney, and returned to report his want of success. 
It died in Sydney, and the skin was subsequently sent 

238 



TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

to England with other skins for sale, including the skin 
of an Apteryx, from Samoa. Later on the skin of the 
Manu Mea was purchased by Lady Hervey, and subse- 
quently it came into the possession of Sir William Jar- 
dine, by whom it was described. Still nothing was 
known of its habitat — but this bird which I had origin- 
ally sent to Sydney from Samoa was the means of bring- 
ing it under the notice of the scientific world, and thus 
in some indirect manner of obtaining the object I had 
in view. 

" After my return to England, in 1 846, the late Dr. 
Gray, of the British Museum, showed me a drawing of 
the bird, which I at once recognised ; as also a drawing 
of a species of Apteryx which had been purchased in 
the same lot of skins. A native of Samoa, who was with 
me, at once recognised both birds. Dr. Gray and Mr. 
Mitchell (of the Zoological Gardens in London) were 
much interested in the descriptions I gave them, and 
urged that strong efforts should be made to procure liv- 
ing specimens. But no steps were taken to obtain the 
bird until fourteen years after, when, having returned 
to Australia, I was surprised to see a notice in the Mel- 
bourne Argils^ of August 3, 1862, to the effect that 
the then Governor of Victoria, Sir Henry Barkley, 
had received a communication from the Zoological 
Society, London, soliciting his co-operation in endeavour- 
ing to ascertain further particulars as to the habitat of a 
bird they were desirous of obtaining ; forwarding draw- 
ings and particulars as far as known at the same time ; 
offering a large sum for living specimens or skins de- 
livered in London. I at once recc^ised that the bird 

339 






<;^ 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

sought after was the Manu Mea^ and gave the desired 
information and addresses of friends in Samoa, through 
whose instrumentality a living specimen was safely 
received in London, via Sydney, on April lo, 1864, 
the Secretary of the Zoological Society subsequently 
writing to Dr. Bennett of Sydney, saying, 'The La 
Hogue arrived on April 10, and I am delighted to be 
able to tell you that the Didunculus is now alive, and in 
good health in the gardens, and Mr. Bartlett assures 
me is likely to do well *. 

*' In appearance the bird may be described as about 
the size of a large wood-pigeon, with similar legs and 
feet, but the form of its body more nearly resembles 
that of the partridge. The remarkable feature of the 
bird is that whilst its 1^^ are those of a pigeon, the 
beak is that of the parrot family, the upper mandible 
being hooked like the parrot's, the under one being 
deeply serrated ; hence the name, tooth-billed pigeon. 
This peculiar formation of the beak very materially 
assists the bird in feeding on the potato-loke root, or 
rather fruit, of the soiy or wild yam, of which it is fond. 
The bird holds the tuber firmly with its feet, and then 
rasps it upwards with its parrot-like beak, the lower 
mandible of which is deeply grooved. It is a very shy 
bird, being seldom found except in the retired parts of 
the forest, away from the coast settlements. It has 
great power of wing, and when flying makes a noise, 
which, as heard in the distance, closely resembles 
distant thunder, for which I have on several occasions 
mistaken it. It both roosts and feeds on the ground, as 
also on stumps or low bushes, and hence becomes an 

240 



TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

easy prey to the wild cats of the forest These birds 
also build their nests on low bushes or stumps, and are 
thus easily captured. During the breeding season the 
male and female relieve each other with great r^fularity, 
and guard their nests so carefully that they fall an easy 
prey to the fowler; as in the case of one bird being 
taken its companion is sure to be found there shortly 
after. They were also captured with birdlime, or shot 
with arrows, the fowler concealing himself near an open 
space, on which some sot^ their favourite food, had been 
scattered. 

" The plumage of the bird may be thus described. 
The head, neck, breast, and upper part of the back is of 
greenish black. The back, wings, tail, and under tail 
coverts of a chocolate red. The legs and feet are of 
bright scarlet ; the mandibles, orange red, shaded off 
near the tips with bright yellow." 

Less than twenty years ago I was residing on the 
eastern end of Upolu (Samoa), and during my shooting 
excursions on the range of mountains that traverses the 
island from east to west, saw several Didunculi^ and, I 
regret to say, shot two. For I had no omitholc^ical 
knowledge whatever, and although I knew that the 
Samoans regarded the Manu Mea as a rare bird, I 
had no idea that European savants and museums would 
be glad to obtain even a stuffed specimen. The late 
Earl of Pembroke, to whom I wrote on the subject from 
Australia, strongly urged me to endeavour to secure at 
least one living specimen ; so also did Sir George Grey. 
But although I — ^like Mr. Stair — wrote to many native 

%i,^ i6 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

friends in Samoa, offering a h^h price for a bird, I 
had no success ; civil war had broken out, and the people 
had other matters to think of beside bird-catching. I 
was, however, told a year later that two fine specimens 
had been taken on the north-west coast of Upolu, that 
one had been so injured in trapping that it died, and 
the other was liberated by a mischievous child. 

I have never heard one of these birds sound a note, 
but a native teacher on Tutuila told me that in the 
mating season they utter a short, husky hoot, more like 
a coi^h than the cry of a bird. 

A full month after I first landed in Samoa, I was 
shooting in the mountains at the back of the village of 
Tiavea in Upolu, when a large, and to me unknown, 
bird rose from the leaf-strewn ground quite near me, 
making almost as much noise in its flight as a hombill. 
A native who was with me, fired at the same time as I 
did, and the bird fell. Scarcely had the native stooped 
to pick it up, exclaiming that it was a Manu Mea^ when 
a second appeared, half-running, half-flying along the 
ground. This, alas I I also killed. They were male 
and female, and my companion and I made a search of 
an hour to discover their resting place (it was not the 
breeding season), but the native said that the Manu Mea 
scooped out a retreat in a rotten tree or among loose 
stones, covered with dty moss. But we searched in 
vain, nor did we even see any wild yams growing about, 
so evidently the pair were some distance from their 
home, or were making a journey in search of food. 

During one of my trips on foot across Upolu, with a 
party of natives, we sat down to rest on the side of a 

a^3 



TWO PACIFIC ISLANDS BIRDS 

steep mountain path leading to the village of Siuma 
Some hundreds of feet below us was a comparatively 
open patch of ground — an abandoned yam plantation, 
and just as we were about to resume our journey, we 
saw two Manu Mea appear. Keeping perfectly quiet, 
we watched them moving about, scratching up the 
leaves, and picking at the ground in an aimless, per- 
functory sort of manner with their heavy, thick bills. 
The natives told me that they were searching, not for 
yams, but for a sweet berry called masa'oi^ upon which 
the wild pigeons feed. 

In a few minutes the birds must have become aware 
of our presence, for they suddenly vanished. 

I have always regretted in connection with the two 
birds I shot, that not only was I unaware of their value, 
even when dead, but that there was then living in Apia 
a Dr. Forbes, medical officer to the staff of the German 
factory. Had I sent them to him, he could have cured 
the skins at least, for he was, I believe, an ardent 
naturalist. 



a43 



CHAPTER XXIV 

A NIGHT RUN ACROSS FAGALOA BAY 

When I was supercargo of the brig Palestine^ we were 
one day beating along the eastern shore of the great 
island of Tombara (New Ireland) or» as it is now called 
by its German possessors, Neu Mecklenburg, when an 
accident happened to one of our hands — a smart young 
A.B. named Rogers. The brig was "going about" in 
a stiff squall, when the jib-sheet block caught poor 
Rogers in the side, and broke three of his ribs. 

There were then no white men living on the east 
coast of New Ireland, or we should have landed him 
there to recover, and picked him up again on our return 
from the Caroline Islands, so we decided to run down 
to Gerrit Denys Island, where we had heard there was 
a German doctor living. He was a naturalist, and 
had been established there for over a }^ear, although the 
natives were as savage and warlike a lot as could be 
round an3nvhere in Melanesia. 

We reached the island, anchored, and the naturalist 
came on board. He was not a professional-looking 
man. Here is my description, of him, written fifteen 
years Z!gp : — 

Hi 



A NIGHT RUN ACROSS FAGALOA BAY 

'* He was bootless, and his pants and many-pocketed 
jumper of coarse dungaree were exceedingly dirty, and 
looked as if they had been cut out with a knife and fork 
instead of scissors, they were so marvellously ill-fitting. 
His head-gear was an ancient Panama hat, which 
flopped about, and almost concealed his red-bearded 
face, as if trying to apologise for the rest of his ap- 
parel; and the thin gold-rimmed spectacles he wore 
made a curious contrast to his bare and sun-burnt feet, 
which were as brown as those of a native. His manner, 
however, was that of a man perfectly at ease with him- 
self and his clear, steely blue eyes, showed an infinite 
courage and resolution." 

At first he was very reluctant to have Rogers brought 
on shore, but finally 3aelded, being at heart a good- 
natured man. So we bade Rogers good-bye, made the 
doctor a present of some provisions, and a few cases of 
beer, and told him we should be back in six weeks. 

When we returned, Rogers came on board with the 
German. He was quite recovered, and he and his host 
were evidently on very friendly terms, and bade fare- 
well to each other with some show of feeling. 

After we had left the island. Refers came afl, and 
told us his experiences with the German doctor. 

" He's a right good sort of a chap, and treated me 
well, and did all he could for me, sirs — but although he 
is a nice cove, Fm glad to get away from him, and be 
aboard the brig again. For I can hardly believe that I 
haven't had a horrid, blarsted nightmare for the past 
six weeks." 

And then he shuddered. 

245 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

"What was wrong with him, Rogers?" asked the 
skipper. 

"Why, he ain't no naturalist — I mean like them 
butterfly-hunting coves like you see in the East Indies. 
He's a head-hunter — buys heads — afresh 'uns by prefer- 
ence, an' smokes an' cures 'em hisself, and sells 'em 
to the museums in Europe. So help me God, sirs, I've 
seen him put fresh human heads into a barrel of pickle, 
then he takes 'em out after a week or so, and cleans out 
the brains, and smokes the heads, and sorter varnishes 
and embalms 'em like. An' when he wasn't a picklin' 
or embalmin' or vamishin', he was a-wridng in half a 
dozen 1<^ books. I never knew what he was a-doin' 
until one day I went into his workshop — as he called 
it — and saw him bargaining with some niggers for a 
fresh cut-off head, which he said was not worth much 
because the skull was badly fractured, and would not 
set up well 

" He was pretty mad with me at first for comin' in 
upon him, and surprisin' him like, but after a while he 
took me into his confidence, and said as how he was 
engaged in a perfeckly l^itimate business, and as the 
heads was dead he was not hurtin' 'em by preparing 'em 
for museums and scientific purposes. And he says to me, 
* You English peoples have got many peautiful preserved 
heads of the New Zealand Maories in your museums, 
but ach, Gott, there is not in England such peautiful 
heads as I haf mineself brebared here on dis islandt 
And already I haf send me away fifty-seven, and in 
two months I shall haf brebared sixteen more, for 
which I shall get me five hundred marks'each.' " 

246 



A NIGHT RUN ACROSS FAGALOA BAY 

Rogers told us that when he one day expressed his 
horror at his host's "business," the German retorted 
that it was only forty or fifty years since that many 
Ei^lish officials in the Australian colonies did a 
remarkably good business in buying smoked Maori 
heads, and selling them to the Continental museums. 
(This was true enough.) Rogers furthermore told us 
that the doctor " cured " his heads in a smoke-box, and 
had " a regular chemist's shop " in which were a number 
of large bottles of pyroligneous acid, prepared by a 
London firm. 

This distinguished savant left Gerrit Denys Island 
about a year later in a schooner bound for Sii^pore. 
She was found floating bottom up off the Admiralty 
Group, and a Hong-Kong newspaper, in recording the 
event, mentioned that ''the unfortunate gentleman (Dr. 
Ludwig S ) had with him an interesting and ex- 
tremely valuable ethnographical collection ". 

Rogers's horrible story had a great interest for me ; 
for it had been my lot to see many human heads just 
severed from the body, and I was always fascinated 
by the peculiar expression of the features of those un- 
fortunates who had been decapitated suddenly by one 
swift blow. ** Death," " Peace," ** Immortality," say the 
closed eyelids and the calm, quiet lips to the beholder. 

I little imagined that within two years I should have 
a rather similar experience to that of Rogers, though in 
my case it was a very brief one. Yet it was all too long 
for me, and I shall always remember it as the weirdest 
experience of my life. 

247 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

I have elsewhere in this volume spoken of the 
affectionate regard I have always had for the Samoan 
people, with whom I passed some of the happiest years 
of my life. I have lived among them in peace and in 
war, have witnessed many chivalrous and heroic deeds, 
and yet have seen acts of the most terrible cruelty to 
the living, the mutilation and dishonouring of the dead 
killed in combat, and other deeds that filled me with 
horror and repulsion. And yet the perpetrators were 
all professing Christians — either Protestant or Roman 
Catholic — ^and would no more think of omitting daily 
morning and evening prayer, and attending service in 
church or chapel every Sunday, than they would their 
daily bathe in sea or river. 

Always shall I remember one incident that occurred 
during the civil war between King Malietoa and his 
rebel subjects at the town of Saluafata. The oloy or 
trenches, of the king's troops had been carried by the 
rebels, among whom was a young warrior who had 
often distinguished himself by his reckless bravery. 
At the time of the assault I was in the rebel lines, for I 
was on very friendly terms with both sides, and each 
knew that I would not betray the secrets of the other, 
and that my only object was to render aid to the 
wounded. * 

This young man, Tolu, told me, before joining in the 
assault, that he had a brother, a cousin, and an uncle in 
the enemy's trenches, and that he trusted he should not 
meet any one of them, for he feared that he might turn 
paid at (coward) and not "do his duty". He was a 
Roman Catholic, and had been educated by the Marist 

248 



A NIGHT RUN ACROSS FAGALOA BAY 

Brothers, but all his relatives, with the exception of 
one sister, were Protestants — members of the Church 
established by the London Missionary Society. 

An American trader named Farter and I watched 
the assault, and saw the place carried by the rebels, 
and went in after them. Among the dead was Tolu, 
and we were told that he had shot himself in grief at 
having cut down his brother, whom he did not recog- 
nise. 

Now as to my own weird experience. 

There had been severe fighting in the Fagaloa 
district of the Island of Upolu, and many villages 
were in flames when I left the Fort of Tiavea in my 
boat for Fagaloa Bay, a few miles along the shore. I 
was then engaged in making a trip along the north 
coast, visiting almost every village, and making arrange- 
ments for the purchase of the coming crop of copra 
(dried coco-nut). I was everywhere well received 
by both Malietoa's people and the rebels, but did 
but little business. The natives were too occupied in 
fighting to devote much time to husking and drying 
coco-nuts, except when they wanted to get money 
to buy arms and ammunitioa 

My boat's crew consisted of four natives of Savage 
Island (Niu^), many of whom are settled in Samoa, 
where they have ample employment as boatmen and 
seamen. They did not at all relish the sound of 
bullets whizzing over the boat, as we sometimes could 
not help crossing the line of fire, and they had a horror 
of travelling at night-time, imploring me not to run the 
risk of being slaughtered by a volley from the shore — 

249 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

as how could the natives know in the darkness that we 
were not enemies. 

Fagaloa Bay is deep, narrow and very beautiful. 
Small villages a few miles apart may be seen standing 
in the midst of groves of coco-nut palms, and orange, 
banana and bread-fruit trees, and everywhere bright 
mountain streams of crystal water debouch into the 
lovely bay. 

On Sunday afternoon I sailed into the bay and 
landed at the village of Samamea on the east side, in- 
tendii^ to remain for the night We found the people 
plunged in grief — a party of rebels had surprised a vil- 
lage two miles inland, and ruthlessly slaughtered all 
the inhabitants as well as a party of nearly a score of 
visitors from the town of Salimu, on the west side of 
the bay. So sudden was the onslaught of the rebels 
that no one in the doomed village escaped except a 
boy of ten years of age. After being decapitated, the 
bodies of the victims were thrown into the houses, and 
the village set on iire. 

The people of Samamea hurriedly set out to pursue 
the raiding rebels, and an engagement ensued, in which 
the latter were badly beaten, and fled so hurriedly that 
they had to abandon all the heads they had taken the 
previous day in order to save their own. 

The chief of Samamea, in whose house I had my 
supper, gave me many details of the fighting, and then 
afterwards asked me if I would come and look at the 
heads that had been recovered from the enemy. They 
were in the "town house" and were covered over with 
sheets of navy blue cloth, or matting. A number of 

250 



A NIGHT RUN ACROSS FAGALOA BAY 

natives were seated round the house, conversing in 
whispers, or weeping silently. 

" These," said the chief to me, pointing to a number 
of heads placed apart from the others, " are the heads 
of the Salimu people — seventeen in all, men, women 
and three children. We have sent word to Salimu to 
the relatives to come for them. I cannot send them 
myself, for no men can be spared, and we have our 
own dead to attend to as well, and may ourselves be 
attacked at any time."* 

A few hours later messengers arrived from Salimu. 
They had walked along the shore, for the bay was very 
rough — it had been blowing hard for two days — and, 
the wind being right ahead, they would not launch a 
canoe — it would only have been swamped. 

Taken to see the heads of their relatives and friends, 
the messengers gave way to most uncontrollable grief, 
and^their cries were so distressing that I went for a walk 
on the beach — to be out of hearing. 

When I returned to the vill^e I found the visitors 
from Salimu and the chief of Samamea awaiting to inter- 
view me. The chief, acting as their spokeman, asked me 
if I would lend them my boat to take the heads of their 
people to Salima He had not a single canoe he could 
spare, except very small ones, which would be useless 
in such weather, whereas my whaleboat would make 
nothing of it 

I could not refuse their request — it would have 
been ungracious of me, and it only meant a half- 
hour's run across the bay, for Salimu was exactly 
abreast of Samamea* So I said I would gladly sail 

251 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

them over in my boat at sunset, when I should be 
ready. 

The heads were placed in baskets, and reverently 
carried down to the beach, and placed in the boat, and 
with our lug-sail close reefed we pushed off just after 
dark. 

There were nine persons in the boat — ^the four Salimu 
people, my crew of four and mysel£ The night was 
starlight and rather cold, for every now and then a 
chilly rain squall would sweep down from the mountains. 

As we spun along before the breeze no one spoke, 
except in low tones. Our dreadful cargo was amidships, 
each basket being covered from view, but every now 
and then the boat would ship some water, and when I 
told one of my men to bale out, he did so with shudder- 
ing horror, for the water was much blood-stained. 

When we were more than half-way across, and could 
see the lights and fires of Salimu, a rain squall overtook 
us, and at the same moment the boat struck some float- 
ing object with a crash, and then slid over it, and as it 
passed astern I saw what was either a log or plank 
about twenty feet long. 

"Boat is stove in, forward ! " cried one of my men, and 
indeed that was very evident, for the water was pouring 
in — ^she had carried away her stem, and started all the 
forward timber ends. 

To have attempted to stop the inrush of water effectu- 
ally would have been waste, of time, but I called to my 
men to come aft as far as they could, so as to let the 
boat's head lift; and whikttwoof them kept on baling, 
the others shook out the reef in our lug, and the boat 

252 



A NIGHT RUN ACROSS FAGALOA BAY 

went along at a great speed, half full of water as she 
was, and down by the stem. The water still rushed in, 
and I told the Samoans to move the baskets of heads 
farther aft, so that the men could bale out quicker. 

" We'll be all right in ten minutes, boys/' I cried to my 
men, as I steered ; '* I'll run her slap up on the beach 
by the church." 

Presently one of the Samoans touched my arm, and 
said in a whisper that we were surrounded by a swarm 
of sharks. He had noticed them, he said, before the 
boat struck. 

" They smell the bloodied water," he muttered. 

A glance over the side filled me with terror. There 
were literally scores of sharks, racing along on both sides 
of the boat, some almost on the surface, others some 
feet down, and the phosphorescence of tiie water added 
to the horror of the scene. At first I was in hopes that 
they were harmless porpoises, but they were so close 
that some of them could have been touched with one's 
hand. Most fortunately I was steering with a rudder, 
and not a steer oar. The latter would have been torn 
out of my hands by the brutes — ^the boat have broached- 
to and we all have met with a horrible death. Pre- 
sently one of the weeping women noticed them, and 
uttered a scream of terror. 

''Lemalie, U maHeV' ("The sharks, the sharks!") 
she cried. 

My crew then became terribly frightened, and urged 
me to let them throw the baskets of heads overboard, 
but the Samoans became frantic at the suggestion, all 
of them weeping. 

ass 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

So we kept on, the boat making good progress, 
although we could only keep her afloat by continuous 
baling of the ensanguined water. In five minutes more 
my heart leapt with joy — ^we were in shallow water, only 
a cable length from Salimu beach, and then in another 
blinding rain squall we ran on shore, and our broken 
bows ploughed into the sand, amid the cries of some hun- 
dreds of natives, many of whom held lighted torches. 

All of us in the boat were so overwroi^ht that for 
some minutes we were unable to speak, and it took a 
full bottle of brandy to steady the nerves of my crew 
and myself I shall never forget that night run across 
Fagaloa Bay. 



«54 



CHAPTER XXV 

A BIT OP GOOD LUCK 

Between the southern end of the great island of New 
Guinea and the Solomon Group there is a cluster of 
islands marked on the chart as '^Woodlark Islands," 
but the native name is Mayu. Practically they were 
not discovered until 1836, when the master of the 
Sydney sandal-wooding barque Woodlark made a survey 
of the group. The southern part of the cluster consists 
of a number of small well-wooded islands, all inhabited 
by a race of Papuans, who, said Captain Grimes of the 
Woodlark^ had certainly never before seen a white man, 
although they had long years before seen ships in the 
far distance. 

It was on these islands that I met with the most 
profitable bit of trading that ever befel me during more 
than a quarter of a century's experience in the South 
Seas. 

Nearly thirty years passed since Grimes's visit without 
the natives seeing more than half a dozen ships. These 
were American or Hobart Town whalers, and none of 
them came to an anchor — they laid off and on, and 
bartered with the natives for fresh provisions, but from 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

the many inquiries I made» I am sure that no one from 
these ships put foot on shore ; for the inhabitants were 
not to be trusted, being warlike, savage and treacherous. 

The master of one of these ships was told by the 
natives — or rather made to understand, for no one of 
them knew a word of English — that about twelve 
months previously a large vessel had run on shore one 
wild night on the south side of the group and that all 
on board had perished. Fourteen bodies had been 
washed on shore at a little island named Elaue, all 
dreadfully battered about, and the ship herself had 
disappeared and nothing remained of her but pieces of 
wreckage. She had evidently struck on the reef near 
Elaue with tremendous violence, then slipped off and 
sunk. The natives asked the captain to come on shore 
and be shown the spot where the men had been buried, 
but he was too cautious a man to trust himself among 
them. 

On his reporting the matter to the colonial shipping 
authorities at Sydney, he learned that two vessels were 
missing — one a Dutch barque of seven hundred tons 
which left Sydney for Dutch New Guinea, and the 
other a full-rigged English ship bound to Shanghai. 
No tidings had been heard of them for over eighteen 
months, and it was concluded that the vessel lost on 
Woodlark Island was one or the other, as that island 
lay in the course both would have taken. 

In 1868-69 there was a great outburst of trading 
operations in the North- West Pacific Islands — then in 
most instances a terra incognita^ and there was a keen 
rivalry between the English and German trading firms 

356 



A BIT OF GOOD LUCK 

to get a footing on such new islands as promised them 
a lucrative return for their ventures. Scores of adven- 
turous white men lost their lives in a few months, some 
by the deadly malarial fever, others by the treach- 
erous and cannibalistic savages. But others quickly 
took their places — nothing daunted — for the coco-nut 
oil trade, the then staple industry of the North- West 
Pacific, was very profitable and men made fortunes 
rapidly. What mattered it if every returning ship 
brought news of some bloody tragedy — such and such 
a brig or schooner having been cut off and all hands 
murdered, cooked and eaten, the vessel plundered and 
then burnt? Such things occur in the North- West 
Pacific in the present times, but the outside world now 
hears of them through the press and also of the puni- 
tive expeditions by war-ships of England, France or 
Germany. 

Then in those old days we traders would merely say 
to one another that " So-and-So * had gone ' ". He and 
his ship's company had been cut off at such-and-such a 
place, and the matter, in the eager rush for wealth, 
would be forgotten. 

At that time I was in Levuka — the old capital of Fiji 
— ^supercargo of a little topsail schooner of seventy-five 
tons. She was owned and sailed by a man named 
White, an extremely adventurous and daring fellow, 
though very quiet — almost solemn — in his manner. 

We had been trading among the windward islands of 
the Fiji Group for six months and had not done at all 
well. White was greatly dissatisfied and wanted to 
break new ground. Every few weeks a vessel would 

257 x7 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

sail into the little port of Levuka with a valuable cargo 
of coco-nut oil in casks, dunnaged with ivory-nuts, the 
latter worth in those days £^o a ton. And both oil and 
ivory-nuts had been secured from the wild savages of 
the North- West in exchange for rubbishy hoop-iron 
knives, old "Tower" muskets with ball and cheap 
powder, common beads and other worthless articles on 
which there was a profit of thousands per cent. (In 
fact, I well remember one instance in which the master 
of the Sydney brig E. K. Bateson^ after four months' 
absence, returned with a cargo which was sold for 
;fS,ooo. His expenses (including the value of the 
trade goods he had bartered) his crew's wages, pro- 
visions, and the wear and tear of the ship's gear, came 
to under ;f 400.) 

White, who was a very wide-awake energetic man, 
despite his solemnity, one day came on board and told 
me that he had made up his mind to join in the rush 
to the islands to the North- West between New Guinea 
and the Solomons. 

" I have," he said, ** just been talking to the skipper of 
that French missionary brig, the Anonyme. He has 
just come back from the North- West, and told me that 
he had landed a French priest^ at Mayu (Woodlark 
Island). He — the priest — remained on shore some 
days to establish a mission, and told Rabalau, the skipper 
of the brig, that the natives were very friendly and said 
that they would be glad to have a resident missionary, 
but that they wanted a trader still more. Furthermore, 

^This was Monseigneur d'Anthipelles the head of the Marist 
Brothers in Oceania. 

358 



A BIT OF GOOD LUCK 

they have been making oil for over a year in expecta- 
tion of a ship coming, but none had come. And 
Rabalau says that they have over a hundred tuns of oil, 
and can't make any more as they have nothing to put it 
ia Some of it is in old canoes, some in thousands of 
big bamboos, and some in hoUowed-out trees. And they 
have whips of ivory nuts and are just dying to get 
muskets, tobacco and beads. And not a soul in Levuka 
except Rabalau and I know it You see, I lent him 
twenty bolts of canvas and a lot of running gear last 
year, and now he wants to do me a good turn. Now, I 
say that Woodlark is the place for u& Anyway, I've 
bought all the oil casks I could get, and a lot more in 
shooksy and so let us bustle and get ready to be out of 
this unholy Levuka at daylight" 

We did " bustle ". In twenty-four hours we were clear 
of Levuka reef and spinning along to the W.N. W. before 
the strong south-east trade, for our run of i,6oo miles. 
'Day and night the little schooner raced over the seas at 
a great rate, and we made the passage in seven days, 
dropping anchor off the largest village in the island — 
Guasap. 

In ten minutes our decks were literally packed with 
excited natives, all armed, but friendly. Had they 
chosen to kill us and seize the schooner, it would have 
been an easy task, for we numbered only eight persons 
—captain, mate, bos'un, four native seamen, and my- 
self. 

We learned from the natives that two months previ- 
ously there had been a terrible hurricane which lasted 

359 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

for three days and devastated two-thirds of the islands. 
Thousands of coco-nut trees had been blown down, and 
the sea had swept away many villages on the coast. So 
violent was the surf that the wreck of the sunken ship 
on Elaue Island had been cast up in fragments on the 
reef, and the natives had secured a quantity of iron work, 
copper, and Muntz metal bolts. These articles I at once 
bai^ined for, after I had seen the collection, and for two 
old Tower muskets, value five shillings each, obtained the 
lot— worth £2 so. 

I had arranged with the chief and his head men to 
buy their oil in the morning. And White and I found 
it hard to keep our countenances when they joyfully 
accepted to fill every cask we had on the ship each for 
twenty sticks of twist tobacco, a cupful of fine red beads 
and a fathom of red Turkey twill I Or for five casks I 
would give a musket, a tin of powder, twenty bullets, 
and twenty caps ! 

In ten minutes I had secured eighty tuns of oil (worth 
£$0 a tun) for trade goods that cost White less than 
;f 20. And the beauty of it was that the natives were 
so impressed by the liberality of my terms that they 
said they would supply the ship with all the fresh pro- 
visions — pigs, fowls, turtle and v^etables that I asked 
for, without payment 

As White and I, after our palaver with the head men, 
were about to return on board, we noticed two children 
who were wearing a number of silver coins, strung on 
cinnet (coir) fibre, around their necka We called them 

■ 

to us, looked at the coins and found that they were 
rupees and English fiv&-shilling pieces. 

a6o 



A BIT OF GOOD LUCK 

I asked one of our Fijian seamen, who acted as inter- 
preter, to ask the children from where they got the coins. 

" On the reef," they replied, " there are thousands of 
them cast up with the wreckage of the ship that sank a 
long time ago. Most of them are like these " — showing 
a five-shilling piece ; ** but there are much more smaller 
ones like these," — showing a rupee. 

** Are there any santa satna (yellow) ones ? " I asked. 

No, they said, they had not found any satna sama 
ones. But they could bring me basketfuls of those like 
which they showed me. 

White's usually solemn eyes were now gleaming with 
excitement I drew him and the Fiji man aside, and said 
to the latter quietly : — 

'* Sam, don't let these people think that these coins 
are of any more value than the copper bolts. Tell them 
that for every one hundred pieces they bring on board 
— no matter what size they may be — I will give them 
a cupful of fine red beads — full measure. Or, if they 
do not care for beads, I will give two sticks of tobacco, 
or a six-inch butcher knife of good, hard steel." 

(The three last words made White smile — and 
whisper to me, '* * A good, hard steal ' some people would 
say — but not me ".) 

" And Sam," I went on, ** you shall have an akfa 
(present) of two hundred dollars if you manage this 
carefully, and don't let these people think that we parti- 
cularly care about these pieces of soft white metal. We 
came to Mayu for oil — understand ? " 

Sam did understand : and in a few minutes every boy 
and girl in Guasap were out on the reef picking up 

a6z 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

the money. That day they brought us over ;f 200 in 
English and Indian silver, together with about ;^I2 in 
Dutch coins. (From this latter circumstance White and 
I concluded that the wrecked vessel was the missing 
Dutch barque.) 

On the following morning the reef at low tide pre- 
sented an extraordinary spectacle. Every woman, boy 
and girl from Guasap and the adjacent villages were 
searching for the coins, and their clamour was terrific. 
Whilst all this was going on, White, and the mate, and 
crew were receiving the oil from the shore, putting it 
into our casks, driving the hoops, and stowing them in 
the hold, working in such a state of suppressed excite- 
ment that we were unable to exchange a word with each 
other, for as each cask was filled I, on the after-deck, 
paid for it, shunted off the seller, and took another one 
in hand. 

At four o'clock in the afternoon we ceased work on 
board and went on shore to "buy money*'. 

The village square was crowded with women and 
children, every one of whom had money — mostly in 
English five-shilling pieces. Some of these coins were 
bent and twisted into the most curious shape, some 
were imbedded in lumps of coral, and nearly all gave 
evidence of the terrific fury of the seas which had cast 
them up upon the reef from a depth of seven fathoms 
of water. Many were merely round lumps, having 
been rolled over and over among the sand and coral. 
These I demurred to accepting on the terms agreed 
upon for undamaged coins, and the natives cheerfully 
agreed to my decision. 

263 



A BIT OF GOOD LUCK 

That day we bought silver coin, damaged and un- 
damaged, to the value of £3S^> f^^ trade goods worth 
about £17 or ;f 18. 

And for the following two weeks, whilst White and 
our crew were hammering and coopering away at the 
oil casks, and stowing them under hatches, I was pay- 
ing out the trade goods for the oil, and "buying 
money". 

We remained at Mayu for a month, until there was 
no more money to be found — except a few coins (or 
rather what had once been coins) ; and then with a ship 
full of oil, and with ;£'2,ioo worth of money, we left 
and sailed for Sydney. 

White sold the money en bloc to the Sydney mint 
for ;6'i,850. The oil realised ;f 2,400, and the copper, 
etc., ;^25o. My share came to over ;f 400— exclusive 
of four months' wages — making nearly ;f500. This 
was the best bit of trading luck that I ever met with. 

I must add that even up to 1895 silver coins from 
the Dutch barque were still being found by the natives 
of Woodlark Islands. 



263 



CHAPTER XXVI 

MODERN PIRATES 

Piracy, as most people are aware, is not yet quite 
extinct in Chinese and East Indian waters, despite 
the efforts that have been made to utterly stamp it 
out But it is not generally known that along the 
shores of Dutch New Guinea, on both sides of the 
great island, there are still vigorous communities of 
native pirates, who will not hesitate to attack even 
armed trading vessels. These savages combine the 
business of head-hunting with piracy, and although 
they do not possess modem firearms, and their crafts 
are simply huge canoes, they show the most determined 
courage, even when attacking a vessel manned by 
Europeans. 

The annual reports of the Governors of Dutch, 
German and British New Guinea, detailing the murder- 
ous doings of these head-hunting pirates, are as inter- 
esting reading as the tales of Rajah Brooke and Stam- 
ford RafHes, and the practical suppression of piracy in 
the East Indian Archipelago, but seldom attract more 
than a few lines of comment in the public press. 

In writing of pirates of the present day, I shall not 

264 



MODERN PIRATES 

go beyond my own beat of the North and South 
Pacific, and speak only of events within my own 
personal knowledge and observation. Before entering 
into an account of some of the doings of the New 
Guinea ''Tugeri/' or head-hunter pirates, I shall tell 
the story of two notable acts of piracy committed by 
white men in the South Pacific, less than ten years 
ago. The English newspapers gave some attention 
to one case, for the two principal criminals concerned 
were tried at Brest, and the case was known as the 
" Rorique tragedy". Much comment was made on 
the statement that the King of the Belgians went to 
France, after the prisoners had been sentenced to 
death (they were Belgian), to personally intercede for 
them. The French press stigmatised His Majesty's 
action as a scandal (one journal suggesting that 
perhaps the pirates were pretty women in men's garb) ; 
but no doubt King Leopold is a very tender-hearted 
man, despite the remarks of unkind English people 
on the subject of the eccentricities of the Belgian 
officers in the Congo Free Stale — such as cutting off the 
hands of a few thousands of stupid negroes who failed 
to bring in sufficient rubber. There are even people 
who openly state that the Sultan of Turkey dislikes 
Armenians, and has caused some of them to be hurt. 

But I am getting away from my subject. 

The story of the Roriques, and the tragedy of the 
Niuroahiti^ which was the name of the vessel they 
seized, is one of the many grisly episodes with which 
the history of the South Seas is so prolific. Briefly it 
is as follows : — 

265 



THE CALL .OF THE SOUTH 

About the end of 1891 the two brothers arrived 
at Papeite, the capital of Tahiti, from the Paumotu 
Group, where, it was subsequently learned, they had 
been put on shore by the captain of an island trader, 
who strongly suspected them of plotting with the crew 
to murder him and seize the ship. Nothing of this 
incident, however, was known at Tahiti among the 
white residents with whom they soon ingratiated them- 
selves ; they were exceedingly agreeable-mannered men, 
and the elder brother, who was a remarkably handsome 
man of about thirty-five, was an excellent linguist, 
speaking German, French, Italian, English, Dutch, 
Spanish and Zulu fluently. Although they had with 
them no property beyond firearms, their bonhomie and 
the generally accepted belief that they were men of 
means, made them the recipients of much hospitality 
and kindness. Eventually the younger man was given 
a position as a trader on one of the pearl-shell lagoon 
islands in the Paumotu Group, while the other took 
the berth of mate in the schooner Niuroahiii, a smart 
little native-built vessel owned by a Tahitian prince. 
The schooner was under the command of a half-caste, 
and her complement consisted, besides the captain, 
of Mr. William Gibson, the supercargo, Rorique the 
first mate, a second mate, four Society Island natives, 
and the cook, a Frenchman named Hippolyte Miret. 
The Niuroahiti traded between Tahiti and the Paumo- 
tus, and when she sailed on her last voyage she was 
bound to the Island of Kaukura, where the younger 
Rorique was stationed as trader. She never returned, 
but it was ascertained that she had called at Kaukura, 

266 



MODERN PIRATES 

and then left again with the second brother Rorique 
as passenger. 

Long, long months passed, and the Australian rela- 
tives and friends of young Gibson, a cheery, adventurous 
young fellow, began to think, with the owner of the 
Niuroahitty that she had met a fate common enough in 
the South Sea trade — turned turtle in a squall, and gone 
to the bottom with all hands. 

About this time I was on a trading cruise in the 
Caroline Islands, and one day we spoke a Fiji schooner. 
I went on board for a chat with the skipper, and told 
him of the Niuroahiti affair, of which I had heard a 
month before. 

** By Jove," he exclaimed, " I met a schooner exactly 
like her about ten days ago. She was going to the 
W.N.W. — Ponap6 way — and showed French colours. 
I bore up to speak her, but she evidently didn't want 
it, hoisted her squaresail and stood away." 

From this I was sure that the vessel was the Niuroa- 
httif and therefore sent a letter to the Spanish governor 
at Ponap6, relating the affair. It reached him just in 
time. 

The Niuroahiti was then lying in Jakoits harbour 
in Ponap6, and was to sail on the following day for 
Macao. She was promptly seized, and the brothers 
Rorique put in irons, and taken on board the Spanish 
cruiser Le Gaspi for conveyance to Manila Hippolyte 
Miret, the cook, confessed to the Spanish authorities 
that the brothers Rorique had shot dead in their sleep 
the captain, Mr. Gibson, the second mate, and the four 
native sailors, 

267 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

The trial was a long one, but the evidence was most 
damning and convincing, although the brothers passion- 
ately declared that Miret's story was a pure invention. 
Sentence of death was passed, but was afterwards com- 
muted to imprisonment for life, and the Roriques are 
now in chains in Cayenne. 

The second case was of a very dreadful character, 
and has an additional interest from the fact that out of 
all the participators — ^the pirates and their victims — 
only one was left alive to tell the tale, and he was found 
in a dying condition on one of the Galapagos Islands, 
and only lived a few days. The story was told to me 
by the captain of the brigantine Istuu RevelSy of San 
Francisco, who put into the Galapagos to repair his 
ship, which had started a butt-end and was leaking 
seriously. He had just anchored between Narborough 
and Albemarle Islands when he saw a man sitting on 
the shore, and waving his hands to the ship. A boat 
was lowered, and the man broi^ht on board. He was 
in a ravenous state of hunger, and half-demented ; but 
after he had been carefully attended to he was able to 
give some account of himself. He was a young Colom- 
bian Indian, could speak no English, and only a mongrel, 
halting kind of Spanish. The Portuguese cook of the 
Isaac Revelsy however, understood him. This was his 
story : — 

He was one of the peons of a wealthy Ecuadorian 
gentleman, who with another equally rich friend sailed 
from Guayaquil for the Galapagos Islands (which belong 
to Ecuador), and the largest of which, Albemarle Island, 

268 



MODERN PIRATES 

they had leased from that Government for sheep and 
cattle-breeding. They took with them a few thousand 
silver dollars, which the peon saw placed in '* an iron 
box" (safe). 

One of the merchants had with him his two young 
daughters. The vessel was a small brig, and the cap- 
tain and crew mostly Chilenos. One night, when the 
brig was half-way across to the Galapagos (600 miles 
from Ecuador) the peon, who was on deck asleep, was 
suddenly seized, pitched down into the fo'c'stle, and the 
scuttle closed. Here he was left alone until dawn, and 
then ordered on deck, aft. The captain pointed a 
pistol at his head, and threatened to shoot him dead if 
he ever spoke of what had happened in the night. 
The man — although he knew nothing of what had 
happened — promised to be secret, and was then given 
fifty dollars, and put in the mate's watch. He saw 
numerous blood-stains on the after-deck, and soon 
after was told by one of the hands that all the four 
passengers had been murdered, and thrown overboard. 
The captain, mate and four men, it appeared, had first 
made ready a boat, provisioned, and lowered it They 
made some noise, which aroused the male passengers, 
one of whom came on deck to see what was the matter. 
He was at onoe seized, but being a very powerful m2m, 
made a most determined fight. His friend rushed up 
from below with a revolver in his hand, and shot two 
of the assailants dead, and wounded the mate. But 
they were assailed on all sides — shot at and struck with 
various weapons, and then thrown overboard to drown. 
Then the pirates, after a hurried consultation, went 

•69 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

below, and forcing open the girls* cabin door, ruthlessly 
shot them, carried them on deck, and cast them over 
the side. It had been their intention to have sent all 
four away in the boat, but the resistance made so en- 
r^ed them that they murdered them instead. 

For some days the pirates kept on a due west 
course towards the Galapagos. A barrel of spirits 
was broached, and night and day captain and crew 
were drunk. When Albemarle Island . was sighted, 
every one except the peon and a boy was more or less 
intoxicated. A boat had been lowered, and was tow- 
ing astern — for what purpose the peon did not know. 
At night it fell a dead calm, and a strong current set 
the brig dangerously close in shore. The captain 
ordered some of the hands into her to tow the brig out 
of danger; they refused, and shots were exchanged, 
but after a while peace was restored. The peon and 
the boy were then told to get into the boat, and bale 
her out, as she was leaky. They did so, and whilst so 
engaged a sudden squall struck the brig, and the boat's 
towline either parted, or was purposely cast off. 

When the squall cleared, the peon and boy in the 
drifting boat could see nothing whatever of the brig — 
she had probably capsized — and the two unfortimate 
beings soon after daylight found themselves so close to 
the breakers on Narborough Island that they were 
unable to pull her dear — she being very heavy. She 
soon struck, and was roiled over and over, and the 
Chileno boy drowned. The peon also received internal 
injuries, but managed to reach the shore. 

The people on board the Isaac Revels did all they 

270 



MODERN PIRATES 

could for the poor fellow, but he only survived a few 
days. 

In another article in this volume I have told of my 
fruitless efforts to induce some of the Rook Island 
cannibals to ** recruit " with me. It was on that voyage 
I first saw a party of New Guinea head-hunting pirates, 
and I shall never forget the experience. 

After leaving Rook Island, we stood over to the 
coast of German New Guinea, and sailed along it for 
three hundred miles to the Dutch boundary (longitude 
141 east of Greenwich) for we were in hopes of getting 
a full cargo of native labourers from some of the many 
islands which stud the coast. No other "labour" ship 
had ever been so far north, and Morel (the skipper) and 
I were keenly anxious to find a new ground. We had 
a fine vessel, with a high freeboard, a well-armed and 
splendid crew, and had no fear of being cut off by the 
natives. (I may here mention that I was grievously dis- 
appointed, for owing to the lack of a competent inter- 
preter I failed to get a single recruit But in other 
respects the voyage was a success, for I did some very 
satisfactory trading business) 

After visiting many of the islands, we anchored in 
what is now named in the German charts Krauel Bay, 
on the mainland. There were a few scattered vil- 
lages on the shore, and some of the natives boarded 
u& They were all well-armed, with their usual weapons, 
but were very shy, distrustful and nervous. 

Early one morning five large canoes appeared in the 
offing — evidently having come from the Schouten 
Islands group, about ten miles to the eastward. The 

271 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

moment they were seen by the natives on shore, the 
villages were abandoned^ and the people fled into the 
bush. 

In a most gallant style the five canoes came straight 
into the bay, and brought-to within a few hundred 
fathoms of our ship, and the first thing we noticed was 
a number of decapitated heads hanging over the sides 
of each craft, as boat-fenders are hung over the gunwale 
of a boat. This was intended to impress the White 
Men. 

We certainly were impressed, but were yet quite 
ready to make short work of our visitors if they at- 
tempted mischief. Our ship's high freeboard alone 
would have made it very difficult for them to rush us, 
and the crew were so well-armed that, although we 
numbered but twenty-eight, we could have wiped out 
over five hundred possible assailants with ease had they 
attempted to board and capture the ship. 

Some of the leaders of this party of pirates came on 
board our vessel, and Morel and I soon established very 
friendly relations with them. They told us that they 
had been two months out from their own territory (in 
Dutch New Guinea) had raided over thirty villages, and 
taken two hundred and fif^ieen beads, and were now re- 
turning home — well satisfied. 

Morel and I went on board one of the great canoes, 
and were received in a very friendly manner, and shown 
many heads — some partly dried, some too fresh, and 
unpleasant-looking. 

These head-hunting pirates were not cannibals, and 
behaved in an extremely decorous manner when they 

27a 



MODERN PIRATES 

visited our ship. A finer, more stalwart, proud, self- 
possessed, and dignified lot of savages-^if they could be 
so termed — I had never before seen. 

They left Krauel bay two days later, without inter- 
fering with the people on shore, and Morel and I shook 
hands, and rubbed noses with the leading head-hunters, 
when we said farewell. 



273 18 



CHAPTER XXVII 
pautSe 

** Please, good White Man, wilt have me for tavini 
(servant) ? " 

Marsh, the trader, and the Reverend Harry Copley, 
the resident missionary cm Motumoe, first looked at the 
speaker, then at each other, and then laughed hilari- 
ously. 

A native girl, about thirteen years of age, was stand- 
ing in the trader's doorway, clad only in a girdle of many- 
hued dracsna leaves. Her long, glossy black hair fell 
about her smooth red-brown shoulders like a mantle, and 
her big, deer-like eyes were filled with an eager expect- 
ancy. 

*^ Come hither, Pautoe,"said the missionaty, speaking 
to the g^rl in the bastard Samoan dialect of the island. 
'* And so thou dost want to become servant to Marsi ? " 

Pautoe's eyes sparkled. 

" A)^," she replied, " I would be second tavini to him. 
No wages do I want, only let him give me my food, 
and a mat upon which to sleep, and I shall do much work 
for him — truly, much work." 

The missionary drew her to him and patted her 
shoulder. 

274 



PAUTOE 

" Dost like sardines, Pautoe ? " 

She clasped her hands over her bosom, and looked 
at him demurely from underneath her beautiful long- 
lashed eyes, and then her red lips parted and she 
showed her even, pearly teeth as she smiled 

'' Give her a tin of sardines, and a biscuit or two, 
Marsh,'* said the parson, ** she's one of my pupils at the 
Mission House. You remember Bret Harte's story, 
TA€ Right Eye of the Spanish Cotnmandery and the 
little Indian maid Paquita? Well, this youngster is 
my Paquita. She's a most intelligent girl." He paused 
a moment and then added regretfully : '^ Unfortunately 
my wife dislikes her intensely — thinks she's too for- 
ward. As a matter of fact a more lovable child never 
breathed" 

Marsh nodded. He was not surprised at Mrs. 
Copley disliking the child, for she — a thin, sharp-vis- 
aged and austere lady of forty years of age — was child- 
less, and older than her cheerful, kind-hearted husband 
by twelve years. The natives bore her no love, and 
had given her the contemptuous nickname of Le Matua 
moa e lefua — " the eggless old hen "• 

Marsh himself told me this story. He and I had 
been shipmates together in many cruises until he tired 
of the sea, and, having saved a little money, started 
business as a trader among the Equatorial Islands — 
and I lost a good comrade and friend. 

'' I wish you would take the child. Marsh," said the 
missionary presently. " She is an orphan, and ^ 

" I'll take her, of course. She can help Leota, I 
daresay, and I'll give her a few dollars a month. But 

275 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

why isn't she dressed in the usual flaming style of your 
other pupils — skirt, blouse, brown paper-soled boots, 
and a sixpenny poke bonnet with artificial flowers, and 
otherwise made up as one of the ' brands plucked from 
the burning' whose photographs glorify the parish 
magazines in the old country ? " 

Copley's blue-grey eyes twinkled. "Ah, that's the 
rub with my wife. Pautoe won't *put 'em on'. She 
is not a native of this island, as you can no doubt see. 
Look at her now — almost straight nose, but Semitic, 
thin nostrils, long silky hair, small hands and feet. 
Where do you think she hails from ? " 

"Somewhere to the eastward — Marquesas Group, 
perhaps." 

" That is my idea, too. Do you know her story? " 

"No. Who is she?" 

"Ah, that no one knowa Early one morning 
twelve or thirteen years ago — long before I came here 
— the natives saw a small topsail-schooner becalmed off 
the island. Several canoes put off, and the people, as 
they drew near the vessel, were surprised and alarmed 
to see a number of armed men on deck, one of whom 
hailed them, and told them not to come on board, 
but that one canoe only might come alongside. But 
the natives hesitated, till the man stooped down and 
then held up a baby girl about a year old, and 
said : — 

" * If you will take this child on shore and care for it 
I will give you a case of tobacco, a bag of bullets, two 
muskets and a keg of powder, some knives, axes and 
two fifty-pound tins of ship biscuit. The child's 

276 



PAUTOE 

mother is dead, and there is no woman on board to 
care for it/ 

'^ For humanity's sake alone the natives would have 
taken the infant, and said so, but at the same time 
they did not refuse the offer of the presents. So one 
of the canoes went alongside, the babe was passed 
down, and then the presents. Then the people were 
told to shove off. A few hours later a breeze sprang 
up, and the schooner stood away to the westward. 
That was how the youngster came here." 

" I wonder what had occurred ? " 

** A tragedy of some sort — piracy and murder most 
likely. One of the natives named Rahili who went out 
to the vessel, was an ex-sailor, who spoke and could 
also read and write English well, and he noticed that 
although the schooner was much weather-worn as if 
she had been a long while at sea, there was a newly- 
painted name on her stern — Meta, That in itself was 
suspicious. I sent an account of the affair to the 
colonial papers, but nothing was known of any vessel 
named the Meta, Since then the child had lived first 
with one family, and then another. As I have said, 
she is extremely intelligent, but has a curiously inde- 
pendent spirit — * refractory ' my wife calls it — and does 
not associate with the other native girls. One day, 
not long ago, she got into serious trouble through her 
temper getting the better of her. Lisa, my native as- 
sistant's daughter is, as I daresay you know, a very 
conceited, domineering young lady, and puts on very 
grand airs — ^all these native teachers and their wives 
and daughters are alike with regard to the * side ' they 

277 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

put on — and my wife has made so much of her that 
the girl has become a perfect female prig. Well, it 
seems that Pautoe refused to attend my wife's sewing 
class (which Lisa bosses) saying that she was going out 
on the reef to get crayfish. Thereupon Lisa called 
her a laakau tafea (a log of wood that had drifted on 
shore) and Pautoe, resenting the insult and the jeers 
and laughter of the other children, seized Mademoiselle 
Lisa by the hair, tore her blouse off her and called her 
* a fat-faced, pig-eyed monster *.* 

Marsh laughed. " Description terse, but correct" 

'* The deacons expelled her from school, and ordered 
hef a whipping, but the chief and I interfered, and 
stopped it." 

The trader nodded approval. '* Of course you did, 
Copley ; just what any one who knows you would ex- 
pect you to do. But although I am quite willing to 
give the child a home, I can't be a schoolmaster to her." 

**Of course not You are doing more than any 
other man would do for her." 

Twelve months had passed, and Marsh had never 
had reason to regret his kindness to the orphan. To 
him she was wonderfully gentle and obedient, and from 
the very first had acceded to his wish to dress herself 
in semi-European fashion. The trader's household 
consisted of himself and his two servants, a Samoan 
man named AH (Harry) and his wife, Leota. For 
some years they had followed his fortunes as a trader 
in the South Seas, and both were intensely devoted to 
him. A childless couple. Marsh at first had feared 

278 



PAUTOE 

that they would resent the intrusion of Pautoe into his 
home But he was mistaken ; for both AH and Leota 
had but one motive for existence, and that was to 
please him — the now grown man, who eleven years 
before, when he was a mere youth, had run away from 
his ship in Samoa, and they had hidden him from pur- 
suit And then when "Tikki" (Dick) Marsh, by his 
industrious habits, was enabled to begin life as a 
trader, they had come with him, sharing his good and 
his bad luck with him, and serving him loyally and de- 
votedly in his wanderings throughout the Isles of the 
Pacific. So, when Pautoe came they took her to 
themselves as a matter of duty ; then, as they began to 
know the girl, and saw the intense admiration she had 
for Marsh, they loved her, and took her deep into their 
warm hearts. And Pautoe would sometimes tell them 
that she knew not whom she loved most — " Tikki " or 
themselves. 

Matters, from a business point of view, had not for 
two years prospered with Marsh on Motumoe. Suc- 
cessive seasons of drought had destroyed the cocoanut 
crop, and so one day he told Copley, who keenly sym- 
pathised with him, that he must leave the island. This 
was a twelvemonth after Pautoe had come to stay with 
him« 

** I shall miss you very much. Marsh/' said the mis- 
sionary, " miss you more than you can imagine. My 
monthly visits to you here have been a great solace and 
pleasure to me. I have often wished that, instead of 
being thirty miles apart, we were but two or three, so 
that I could have come and seen you every few days." 

279 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Then he added : ** Poor little Pautoe will break her heart 
over your going away '\ 

" But I have no intention of leaving her behind, Cop- 
ley. I am not so hard pressed that I cannot keep the 
youngster. I am thinking of putting her to school in 
Samoa for a few years." 

•* That is very generous of you, Marsh. I would have 
much liked to have taken her into my own house, but — 
my wife, you know." 

Two weeks later Marsh left the island in an Ameri- 
can whaleship, which was to touch at Samoa There he 
intended to buy a small cutter, and then proceed to the 
Western Pacific, where he hoped to better his fortunes 
by trading throughout the various islands of the wild 
New Hebrides and Solomon Groups. 

During the voyage to Samoa he one day asked Pautoe 
if she would not like to go to school in Samoa with 
white and half-<:aste girls, some of her own age, and 
others older. 

Such an extraordinary change came over the poor 
child's face that Marsh was astounded. For some 
seconds she did not speak, but breathed quickly and 
spasmodically as if she were physically exhausted, then 
her whole frame trembled violently. Then a sob broke 
from her. 

"Be not angry with me, Tikki, . . . but I would 
rather die than stay in Samoa, . . . away from thee 
and Ali and Leota. Oh, master " she ceased speak- 
ing and sobbed so unrestrainedly that Marsh was moved. 
He waited till she had somewhat calmed herself, and 
then said gravely : — 

280 



PAUTOE 

" 'Twill be a great thing for thee, Pautoe, this school. 
Thou wilt be taught much that is good, and the English 
lady who has the school will be kind ** 

" Nay, nay, Tikki," she cried brokenly, " send me not 
away, I beseech thee. Let me go with thee, and Ali 
and Leota, to those new, wild lands. Oh, cast me 
not away from thee. Where thou goest, let me go." 

Marsh smiled. " Thou art another Ruth, little one. 
In such words did Ruth speak to Naomi when she went 
to another country. Dost know the story ? " 

" Aye, I know the story, and I have no fear of wild 
lands. Only have I fear of seeing no more all those I 
love if thou dost leave me to die in Samoa." 

Again the trader smiled as he bade her dry her 
tears. 

" Thou shalt come with us, little one. Now, go tell 
Leota." 

For many months Marsh remained in Apia, unable 
to find a suitable vessel. Then, not caring to remain in 
such a noisy and expensive port — ^he rented a native 
house at a charmingly situated village called Laulii, 
about ten miles from Apia, and standing at the head 
of a tiny bay, almost landlocked by verdant hills. So 
much was he pleased with the place, that he half formed 
a resolution to settle there permanently, or at least for a 
year or two. 

Ali and Leota were delighted to learn this, for 
although they were willing to go anywhere in the world 
with their beloved " Tikki," they, like all Samoans, were 
passionately fond of their own beautiful land, with its 
lofty mountains and forests, and clear running streams. 

281 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

And Pautoe, too, was intensely happy, for to her Samoa 
was a dream-land of light and beauty. Never before 
had she seen mountains, except in pictures shown her 
by Mr. Copley or Marsh, and never before had she 
seen a stream of running water. For Motumoe, where 
she had lived all her young life, was an atoll — low, flat, 
and sandy, and although densely covered with coco 
palms, there were but few other trees of any height 
And now, in Samoa, she was never tired of wandering 
alone in the deep, silent forest, treading with ecstasy the 
thick carpet of fallen leaves, gazing upwards at the 
canopy of branches, and listening with a thrilled delight 
to the booming notes of the great blue-plumaged, red- 
breasted pigeons, and the plaintive answering cries of 
the ring-doves. Then, too, in the forest at the back of 
the village were ruins of ancient dwellings of stone, 
build by> hands unknown, preserved from decay by a 
binding net-work of ivy-like creepers and vines, and the 
haunt and resting-place of the wild boar and his mate, 
and their savage, quick-footed progeny. And some- 
times she would hear the shrill, cackling scream of a 
wild mountain cock, and see the great, fierce-eyed bird, 
half-running, half-flying over the leaf-strewn ground. 
And to her the forest became a deep and holy mystery, 
to adore and to love. 

Quite near to Laulii was another village — Lautonga, 
in which there lived a young American trader named 
Lester Meredith — like Marsh, an ex-sailor. He was an 
extremely reserved, quiet man, but he and Marsh soon 
became friends, and they exchanged almost daily visits. 
Meredith, like Marsh, was an unmarried man, and one 

28a 



PAUTOE 

day the local chief of the district jocularly reproached 
them. 

" Thou, Tikki, art near to two-score years, and yet 
hast no wife, and thou, Lesta, art one score and five and 
yet live alone. Why is it so ? Ye are both fine, hand- 
some men, and pleasing to the eyes of womea" 

Marsh laughed. "O Tofia, thou would-be match- 
maker! I am no marrying man. Once, indeed, I gave 
my heart to a woman in mine own country of England, 
but although she loved me, her people were both rich 
and proud, and I was poor. So she became wife to 
another man." 

Pautoe, who was listening intently to the men's talk, 
set her white teeth, and clenched her shapely little hands, 
and then said slowly :— 

" Didst kill the other man, Tikki ? *' 

Marsh and Meredith both laughed, and the former 
shook his head, and then Tofia turned to Meredith : — 

'' Lesta, hast never thought of Mah'ea, the daughter of 
Tonu ? There is no handsomer girl in Samoa, and she 
is of good family. And she would like to marry thee." 

Meredith smiled, and then said jestingly, '* Nay, Tofia, 
I care not for Maliea. I shall wait for Pautoe. Wilt 
have me, little one ? " 

The girl looked at him steadily, and then answered 
gravely : — 

" Aye, if Tikki is willing that I should. But yet I 
will not be separated from hint" 

" Then you and I will have to become partners, Mere- 
dith," said Marsh, his eyes twinkling with amusement 



a83 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

A few days after this Meredith returned from a visit 
to Apia. 

" Marsh," he said to his friend, " I think it would be 
a good thing for us both if we really did go into partner- 
ship, and put our little capitals together. Are you so 
disposed?" 

** Quite. There is nothing I should like better." 

'* Good. Well, now I have some news. I have just 
been looking at a little schooner in Apia harbour. She 
arrived a few days ago, leaking, and the owner will sell 
her for $i ,8oo. She will suit us very well. I overhauled 
her, and except that she is old and leaks badly, from 
having been ashore, she is well worth the money. You 
and I can easily put her on the beach here, get at the 
leak, and recopper her at a cost of a few hundred dollars. 
We can have her ready for sea in three weeks. You, 
All and myself can do all the work ourselvea" 

Marsh was delighted, and in less than an hour the 
two men, accompanied by Ali and Tofia, were on the 
way to Apia, much to the wonder of Leota and Pautoe, 
who were not then let into the secret — the newly-made 
partners intending to give them a pleasant surprise. 

On boarding the little craft, Marsh was much pleased 
with her, and during the day the business of transfer- 
ring the vessel to her new owners was completed at the 
American Consulate, the money paid over, and the 
partners put in possession. 

The same evening, Ali, a splendid diver, succeeded 
in finding and partly stopping the main leak, which was 
on the bilge on the port side, and preparations were 
made to sail early in the morning for Laulii. 

a84 



PAUTOE 

The partners were seated in the little cabin, smoking, 
and talking over their plans for the future, when the 
former master and owner of the schooner came on board 
to see, as he said, " how they were getting on ". 

He was a good-natured, intelligent old man, and had 
had a life-long experience in the South Seas. By birth 
he was a Genoese, but he was intensely proud of being 
a naturalised British subject, and, from his youth, hav- 
ing sailed under the red ensign of Old England. Marsh 
and Meredith made him very welcome, and he, being 
mightily pleased at having sold The Dove (as the 
schooner was called), and also having dined exceedingly 
well at the one hotel then in Apia, became very 
talkative. 

" I can tell you, gentlemen, that The Dave, although 
she is not a new ship, is as strong and sound as if she 
were only just built. I have had her now for nearly 
thirteen years, and have made my little fortune by her, 
and I could kiss her, from the end of her jibboom to the 
upper rudder gudgeon. But I am an old man now, 
and want to go back to my own country to die 
among my people — or else " — and here he twisted his 
long moustaches and laughed hilariously — *' settle down 
in England, and become a grand man like old General 
Rosas of South America, and die pious, and have a 
bishop and a mile-long procession at my funeral." 

The partners joined the old sailor in his laugh, and 
then Marsh said casually, and to make conversation : — 

"By-the-way, Captain, where did you buy The 
Dave?'* 

" I didn't buy her, my bold breezy lads. And I didn't 

385 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

steal her, as many a ship is stolen in the South Seas. I 
came by her honestly enough." 

" A present ? " said Meredith interrc^atively. 

" Wrong, my lad — ^neither was she a present" Then 
the ancient squared his broad shoulders, helped him- 
self to some refreshment (more than was needed for 
his good) and clapping Marsh on the shoulder, said : 
" rU tell you the yzm, my lads — ^for you are only 
lads, aren't you ? Well, here it is : — 

"About twelve or thirteen years ago I was mate of 
a San Francisco trading brig, the Lola Montez, and one 
afternoon, when we were running down the east coast 
of New Caledonia, we sighted a vessel drifting in shore 
— ^this very same schooner. The skipper of the brig 
sent me with a boat's crew to take possession of her — 
for we could see that no one was on board. 

" I boarded her and found that her decks had been 
swept by a heavy sea — which, I suppose, had carried 
away every one on board. I overhauled the cabin, but 
could not find her papers, but her name was on the 
stem — Meta.'* 

Marsh started, and was about to speak, but the old 
skipper went on : — 

" During the night heavy weather came on, and the 
Lola Montez and the Meta parted company. The Lola 
was never heard of again — she was old and as rotten as 
an over-ripe pear, and I suppose her seams opened, 
and she went down. 

" So I stuck to the MetOy brought her to Sydney, and 
re-named her The Dove . And she's a bully little ship, 
I can tell you. I think that she was built in the 

aS6 



PAUTOE 

Marquesas Islands, for all her knees and stringers are 
of ngiia wood (lignum vitae) cut in the Marquesan 
fashion, and set so closely tc^ether that any one would 
think she was meant for a Greenland whaler. Then 
there is another thing about her that you will notice, 
and which makes me feel sure that she was built by a 
whaleman, and that is the carvings of whales on each 
end of the windlass barrel, and on every deck stanchion 
there are the same, although you can hardly see them 
now — ^they are so much covered up by yearly coatings 
of paint for over a dozen years." 

Meredith rose suddenly from his seat. 
** You'll excuse me, but I feel tired, and must turn in." 
The visitor took the hint, and did not stay. Wishing 
the partners good luck, he got into his boat, and pushed 
off for the shore. 
Then Meredith turned to Marsh, and said quietly : — 
'' Marsh, I know that you can trust Ali, but what of 
Tofia ? " 

•* He's all right, I think. But what is the matter ? " 
"1*11 let you know presently. But first tell Tofia 
that he had better go on shore to sleep. You and I 
are going to have a quiet talk, and then do a little 
overhauling of this cabin." 

Wondering what possibly was afoot. Marsh got rid of 
the friendly chief by asking him to go on shore and 
buy some fresh provisions, but not to trouble about 
bringing them off until daylight, as he and his partner 
were tired, and wanted to turn in. 

Leaving Ali on deck to keep watch, the two men 
went below, and sat down at the cabin table 

387 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

" Marsh," began the young American, " I have a 
mighty queer yam to tell you — I know that this 
schooner, once the MetUy and now The Dove^ was 
originally the Juliette^ and was built by my father at 
Nukahiva in the Marquesas. Now, I'll get through 
the story as quickly as possible, but as I don't want to 
be interrupted I'll ask Ali not to let any chance 
visitor come aboard to-night" 

He went on deck, and on returning first filled and 
lit his pipe in his cool, leisurely manner, and resumed 
his story. 

" My father, as I one day told you, was a whaling 
skipper, and was lost at sea about thirteen years ago — 
that is all I ever did say about him, I think. He was 
a hard old man, and there was no love between us, so 
that is why I have not spoken of him. He used me 
very roughly, and when my mother died I left him 
after a stormy scene. That was eighteen or nineteen 
years ago, and I never saw him again. 

" When my poor mother died, he sold his ship and 
went to the Marquesas Islands, and opened a business 
there as a trader. He had made a lot of money at 
sperm whaling ; and, I suppose, thought that as I had 
lefl him, swearing I never wished to see him again, 
that he would spend the rest of his days in the South 
Seas — money grubbing to the last 

" Sometimes I heard of him as being very prosperous. 
Once, when I was told that he had been badly hurt by 
a gun accident, I wrote to him and asked if he would 
care for me to come and stay with him. This I did 
for the sake of my dead mother. Nearly a year and a 

288 



PAUTOE 

half passed before I got an answer — ^an answer that cut 
me to 'the quick : — 

'' ' I want no undutiful son near me. I do well by 
myself. 

** Several 3^ears went by, and then when I was mate 
of a trading schooner in the Fijis I was handed a letter 
by the American Consul. It was two years old, and 
was from my father — a long, long letter, written in such 
a kindly manner, and with such affectionate expressions 
that I forgave the old man all the savage and unmerited 
thrashings he had given me when I sailed with him as 
a lad. 

** In this letter he told me that he wanted to see me 
^ain — that made me feel good — and that he had built 
a schooner which he had named Juliette after my 
mother, who was a French Canadienne. He described 
the labour and trouble he had taken over her, the knees 
and stringers of ngita wood, and the carvings of sperm 
whales he had had cut on the windlass butts and stan- 
chions. Then he went on to say that he had been 
having a lot of trouble with the French naval authorities, 
who wanted to drive all Englishmen and Americans 
out of the group, and had made up his mind to leave 
the Marquesas and settle down again either in Samoa 
or Tonga, where he hoped I would join him and forget 
how hardly he had used me in the past. 

" The gun accident, he wrote, had rendered him all 
but blind, and he had engaged a man named Krause, 
a German, as mate, and to navigate the Juliette to 
Tonga or Samoa. Krause, he said, was a man he did 
not like, nor trust ; but as iie was a good sailor-man 

289 19 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

and could navigate, he had engaged him, as he could 
get no one else at Nukahiva. 

" With my father were a party of Marquesan natives 
— a chief and his wife and her infant, and two young 
men. The schooner's crew were four Dagoes — deserters 
from some ship. He did not care about taking them, 
but had no choice. 

"Some ten days before the German and the crew 
came on board, my father secretly took all his money 
— S8,ooo in gold — ^and, aided by the Marquesan chief, 
made a secure hiding-place for it by removing the skin 
in the transoms, and then packing it in oakum and 
wedging each package in between the timbers. Then 
he carefully relaid the skin, and repainted the whole. 
He said, * If any thing happens to me through treachery, 
no one will ever discover that money, although they 
will get a couple of thousand of Mexican silver dollars 
in my chest \ 

" Well, the/ulieUe sailed, and was never again heard of. 

" That brings my story to an end, and if this is the 
Juliette^ and the money has not been taken, it is within 
six feet of us — there," and he pointed calmly to the 
transoms. 

Marsh was greatly excited 

" We shall soon see, Meredith. But first let me say 
that I am sure that this is your father's missing schooner, 
and that she is the vessel that thirteen years ago called 
at Motumoe, and those who sailed her sent Pautoe on 
shore when she was an infant." 

Then he hurriedly related the story as told to him 
by Mr. Copley. 

290 



PAUTOE 

Meredith nodded. "No doubt the missionary was 
right and my father's fears were well-founded. I sup- 
pose the German and the Dagoes murdered him and 
the four Marquesans. Krause, of course, would know 
that my poor father had money on board. And I 
daresay that the Dagoes spared the child out of piety — 
their Holy Roman consciences wouldn't let 'em cut 
the throat of a probably unbaptised child. Now, 
Marsh, if you'll clear away the cushions and all the 
other gear from the transoms, I'll get an auger and 
an axe, and we'll investigate." 

Rising from his seat in his usual leisurely manner, 
he went on deck, and returned in a few minutes with 
a couple of augers, an axe, two wedges, and a heavy 
hammer. 

Marsh had cleared away the cushions and some 
boxes of provisions, and was eagerly awaiting him. 

Meredith, first of all, took the axe, and, with the 
back of the head, struck the casing of the transoms. 

" It's all right. Marsh. Either the money, or some- 
thing else is there right enough, I believe. Bore away 
on your side." 

The two augers were quickly biting away through 
the hard wood of the casing, and in less than two 
minutes Marsh felt the point of his break through the 
inner skin, and then enter something soft; then it 
clc^ged, and finally stuck. Reversing the auger, he 
withdrew it, and saw that on the end were some threads 
of oakum and canvas, which he excitedly showed to 
his partner, who nodded, and went on boring in an 
unmoved manner, until the point of his auger pene^ 

291 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

trated the planking, stuck, and then came a sound of 
it striking loose metal. The wedges were then driven 
in between the planking, and one strip prised off, 
and there before them was the money in small canvas 
bs^s, each bag parcelled round with oakum, which was 
also packed tightly between the skin and timbers, 
forming a compact mass. 

Removing one bag only, Marsh placed it aside, then 
they replaced the plank, plugged the auger holes, and 
hid the marks from view by stacking the provision 
cases along the transoms. 

AH was called below, and told of the discovery. 
He, of course, was highly delighted, and his eyes 
gleamed when Meredith unfastened the bag, and 
poured out a stream of gold coin upon the cabin table. 

That night the partners did not sleep. They talked 
over their plans for the future, and decided to take 
the schooner to San Francisco, sell her, and buy a 
larger vessel and a cargo of trade goods. Meredith 
was to command, and Tahiti in the Society Group 
was to be their headquarters. Here Marsh (with the 
faithful Ali and Leota, and, of course, Pautoe) was 
to buy land and form a trading station, whilst the 
vessel was to cruise throughout the South Seas, trading 
for oil, pearl-shell and other island produce. 

Soon after daylight the anchor of the Juliette was 
lifted and she sailed out of Apia harbour, and by noon, 
Leota and Pautoe were astonished to see the little craft 
bring-to abreast of Laulii village, and Marsh and Mere- 
dith come on shore. 

Later on in the day, when the house was free of 

^ 292 



PAUTOE 

the kindly, but somewhat intrusive native visitors, the 
partners told the strange story of the Juliette to Leota 
and Pautoe, and of their plans for the future. 

" Pautoe," said Meredith, " in three years' time will 
you marry me, and sail with me in the new ship ? " 

" Aye, that will I, Lesta. Did I not say so before ? " 



893 



CHAPTER XXVIII 

THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

The Man Who Knew Everything came to Samoa in 
November, when dark days were on the land, and the 
nearing Christmas time seemed likely to be as that of 
the preceding one, when burning villages and the crackle 
of musketry, and the battle cries of opposing factions, 
engaged in slaughtering one another, turned the once 
restful and beautiful Samoa into a hell of evil passions, 
misery and suffering. For the poor King Malietoa was 
making a game fight with his scanty and ill-armed 
troops against the better-armed rebel forces, who were 
supplied, sub rosa, with all the arms and ammunition 
they desired by the German commercial agents of 
Bismarck, who had impressed upon that statesman the 
necessity of making Samoa the base of German trading 
enterprise in the South Seas by stirring up rebellion 
throughout the group to such an extent that Germany, 
under the plea of humanity, would intervene — buy out 
the British and American interests, and force the natives 
to accept a Grerman protectorate. 

At this time the white population of Apia numbered 
about two hundred, of whom one half were Germans — 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

the rest were principally English and Americans. For 
two years past a very bitter feeling had existed between 
the staff of the great German trading firm, and the 
British and American community. The latter had their 
places of business in Apia, afid the suburb of Matautu, 
the Germans occupied the suburb of Matafele, and 
although there was a business intercourse between the 
people of the three nationalities, there was absolutely 
none of a social character. The British and American 
traders and residents were supporters of King Malietoa, 
the Germans backed up the rebel party, and the natives 
themselves were equally divided into pro-British, and 
pro-Germans. 

At this time — when the Man Who Knew Everything 
arrived in Samoa from New Zealand — I was living on 
shore. The vessel in which I was employed as " re- 
cruiter" in the Kanaka labour trade was laid up in 
Apia harbour. Two months previously we had brought 
a cargo of native labourers from the Gilbert Islands to 
be indentured to the cotton planters in Samoa, and 
finding the country in such a disturbed state, with busi- 
ness paralysed, and no further demand for a fresh cargo 
of Kanaka " recruits," we decided to pay off most of the 
ship's company, and let the brigantine lie up till the 
end of the rainy and bad weather season — from the end 
of November till March, The skipper and a few of the 
native crew remained on board, but I took up my 
quarters on shore, at a little Samoan village named 
Lelepa — two miles from Apia. Here I was the " pay- 
ing guest " of our boatswain — a stalwart native of the 
island of Rarotonga. He had sailed with me on several 

295 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

vessels during a period of some years ; and on one of 
our visits to Apia had married a Samoan girl of a good 
family. 

Having much spare time on my hands I occupied it 
in deep-sea fishing and shooting, and in making boat 
voys^es along the coast, visiting a number of native 
villages, where I was well-known to the people, who 
always made me and my boat's crew very welcome — 
for the Samoans are naturally a most hospitable race, 
and love visiting and social intercourse. On these ex- 
cursions Marama(the native boatswain) and some other 
of the ship's crew sometimes came with me ; on other oc- 
casions my party would be made up of the two half-caste 
sons of the American Consul, two or three Samoans and 
myself. 

Towards the end of November there arrived from 
Auckland (N.Z.) the trading schooner Dauntless. She 
brought one passenger whose acquaintance I soon made, 
and whom I will call Marchmont. He was a fine, wdl- 
set-up young fellow of about five and twenty years of age, 
and I was delighted to find that he was a good all-round 
sportsman — I could never induce any of the white traders 
or merchants of Apia to join me in any of my many 
delightful trips. Marchmont was making a tour through 
the Pacific Islands, partly on business, and partly on 
pleasure. He was visiting the various groups on behalf 
of a Liverpool firm, who were buying up land suitable 
for cotton-growing, and was to spend two months in 
Samoa. 

He and I soon made arrangements for a series of 
fishing and shooting trips along the south coast of Upolu, 

296 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

where the country was quiet, and as yet undisturbed by 
the war. But, although Marchmont was a most estim- 
able and companionable man in many respects, he had 
some serious defects in his character, which, from a 
sportsman's point of view, were most objectionable, and 
were soon to bring him into trouble. One was that he 
was most intensely self-opinionated, and angrily resented 
being contradicted — even when he knew he was in the 
wrong ; another was his bad temper — ^whenever he did 
anything particularly foolish he would not stand a little 
good-natured " chaflF" — he either flew into a violent rage 
and "said things" or sulked like a boy of ten years of 
age. Then, too, another regrettable feature about him 
was the fact that he, being a young man of wealth, had 
the idea that he should always be deferred to, never 
ai^ed with upon any subject, and his advice sought upon 
everything pertaining to sport. These unpromising 
traits in his character soon got him into hot water, and 
before he had been a week in Samoa he was nicknamed 
by both whites and natives " Misi Ulu Poto— masani 
mea uma," — " Mr. Wise Head — the Man Who Knows 
Everything". The term stuck — and Marchmont took 
it quite seriously, as a well-deserved compliment to his 
abilities. 

My new acquaintance, I must mention, had a most ex- 
tensive and costly sporting outfit — all of it was certainly 
good, but much of it quite useless for such places as 
Samoa and other Polynesian Islands. Of rifles and guns 
he had about a dozen, with an enormous quantity of 
ammunition and fittings, bags, water-proofing, tents, 
fishing-boots, spirit stoves, hatchets in leather covers, 

5W 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

hunting knives, etc., etc. ; and his fishing gear alone must 
have run into a tidy sum of money. This latter especi- 
ally interested me, but there was nothing in it that I 
would have exchanged for any of my own — that is, for 
deep-sea fishing, a sport in which I was always very keen 
during a past residence of fifteen years in the South Seas. 
When I showed my gear to Marchmont he criticised it 
with great cheerfulness and freedom, and somewhat irri- 
tated me by frequently ejaculating " Bosh ! " when I ex- 
plained why in fishing at a depth of lOO to 1 50 fathoms 
for a certain species of Ruvettus (a nocturnal-feeding fish 
that attains a weight of over 100 lb.) a heavy wooden 
hook was always used by the natives in preference to a 
steel hook of European manufacture. I saw that it was 
impossible to convince him, so dropped the subject ; and 
showed him other gear of mine — flying-fish tackle, barb- 
less pearl-shell hooks for bonito, etc., etc He '* bosh-ed ' * 
nearly everything, and wound up by saying that he 
wondered why people of sense accepted the dicta of 
natives in sporting matters generally. 

''But I imagine that they do know a little about 
such things," I observed. 

" Bosh ! — they pretend to, that's alL Now, Fve never 
yet met a Kanaka who could show me anything, and 
I've been to Tonga, Fiji and Tahiti." 

Early one morning, I sent off my whaleboat with 
Marama in charge to proceed round the south end of 
Upolu, and meet Marchmont and me at a village on the 
lee side of the island named Siumu, which is about 
eighteen miles distant from, and almost opposite to 

298 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

Apia, across the range that traverses the island. An 
hour or so later Marchmont and I set out, accompanied 
by two boys to carry our game bags, provisions, etc. 
Each of them wore suspended from his neck a large 
white cowrie shell — the Samoan badge of neutrality — 
for we had to pass first through King Malietoa's lines, 
and then through those of the besieging rebel forces. 

It was a lovely day, and in half an hour we were in the 
delightful gloom of the sweet-smelling mountain forest. 
In passing through King Malietoa's trenches, the local 
chief of Apia, Se'u Manu, who was in command, re- 
quested me to stay and drink kava with him. Politeness 
required consent, and we were delayed an hour ; this 
made the Man Who Knew Everything very cross and 
rather rude, and the stalwart chief (afterwards to become 
famous for his magnanimous conduct to his German 
foes, when their squadron was destroyed in the great 
Calliope gale of March, 1889) looked at him with mild 
surprise, wondering at his discourtesy. However, his 
temper balanced itself a little while after leaving the 
lines, when he brought down a brace of fine pigeons 
with a right and left shot, and a few minutes later 
knocked over a mountain cock with my Winchester. 
It was a very clever shot—for the wild cock of Samoa, 
the descendant of the domestic rooster, is a hard bird to 
shoot even with a shot gun — and my friend was much 
elated. He really was a first-class shot with either 
gun or rifle, though he had had but little experience 
with the latter. 

A few miles farther brought us to the little mountain 
village of Tagiamamanono. It was occupied by the 

299 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

rebel troops from the Island of Savai'L Their chiefs 
were very courteous, and, of course, we were asked to 
'^ stay and rest and drink kava ". To refuse would have 
been looked upon as boorish and insulting, so I cheer* 
fully acquiesced, and Marchmont and I were escorted to 
a large house, where I formally presented him to our 
hosts as a traveller from ** Peretania," whom I was 
" showing around Samoa ". Any man of fine physique 
attracts the Samoans, and a number of pretty girls 
who were preparing the kava cast many admiring 
glances at my friend, and commented audibly on his 
good looks. 

Presently, as we were all smoking and exchanging 
compliments in the high-flown, stilted Samoan style, 
there entered the house a strapping young warrior, 
carrying a wickerwork cage, in which were two of the 
rare and famous Manu Mea (red-bird) of Samoa — the 
Didunculus or tooth-billed pigeoa These were the 
property of the young chief commanding the rebel 
troops, and had simply been brought into the house as 
a mark of respect and attention to Marchmont and me. 
Money cannot always buy these birds, and the rebel 
chief looked upon them as mascottes. No lone but 
himself, or the young man who was their custodian, 
dared touch them, for a Samoan chiefs property — ^like 
his person — is sacred and inviolate from touch except 
by persons of higher rank than himself. I hurriedly 
and quietly explained this to Marchmont 

<' Bosh 1 Look here I You tell him that I want to 
buy those birds, and will give him a sovere^ each for 
them." 

300 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

'* I shall do no such thing. I know what I am talk- 
ing about, and you don't Fifty sovereigns would not 
buy those birds — so don't say anything more on the 
subject. If you do, you will give offence — and these 
Samoans are very touchy." 

"Bah — that's all bosh, my dear fellow. Any way, 
I'll give five pounds for the pair," and to my horror, 
and before I could stay him, he took out five sove- 
reigns, and *' skidded " them along the matted floor to- 
wards the chief, a particularly irascible young man 
named Asi (Sandalwood). 

" There, my friend, are five good English sovereigns 
for your birds. I suppose I can trust you to send 
them to the English Consul at Apia for me. Eh?" 

There was a dead silence. Asi spoke English per- 
fectly, but hitherto, out of politeness, had only ad- 
dressed me in Samoan. His eyes flashed with quick 
anger at Marchmont, then he looked at me reproach- 
fully, made a sign to the custodian of the birds, and 
rising proudly to his feet, said to me in Samoan : — 

" I will drink kava with you alone, friend. Will you 
come to my own house," and he motioned me to pre- 
cede him. Never before had I seen a naturally pas- 
sionate man exhibit such a sense of dignity and self- 
restraint under what was, to him, a stupid insult. 

I turned to Marchmont: "Look what you have 
done, confound you for an ass ! If you are beginning 
this way in Samoa you will get yourself into no end of 
trouble. Have you no sense ? " 

*' I have sense enough to see that you are making a 
lot of fuss over nothing. Tell the beastly savage that 

301 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

he can keep his wretched birds. I would only have 
wrung their necks and had them cooked." 

The young warrior who held the cage, set it down, 
and striding up beside the Man Who Knew Every- 
thing dealt him an open-handed back-hand blow on 
the side of the head — a favourite trick of Samoan 
wrestlers and fighters — ^and Marchmont went down 
upon the matted floor with a smash. I thought he 
was killed — he lay so motionless — and in an instant 
there flashed ^across my memory a story told to me by 
a medical missionary in Samoa, of how one of these 
terrific back-handed " smacks " dealt by a native had 
broken a man's neck. 

However, in a few minutes, Marchmont recovered, 
and rose to his feet, spoiling for a fight The natives 
regarded him with a sullen but assumed indifference, 
and drew back, looking at me inquiringly. The matter 
might have ended seriously, but for two things — 
Marchmont was at heart a gentleman, and in response 
to my urgent request to him to apologise for the gross 
affront he had put upon our host — did so frankly by 
first extending his hand to the man who had knocked 
him down. And then, as he never did things by 
halves, he came with me to Asi and said, as he shook 
hands with him : — 

" By Jove, Mr. Asi, that man of yours could knock 
down a bullock. I never had such a thundering smack 
in my life." 

The chief smiled, then said gravely, in English, that 
he was sorry that such an unpleasant incident had oc- 
curred. Then, after — with its many attendant cere- 

30JJ 



\ 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

monies — we had drunk our bowls of kava, and were 
smoking and chatting, Asi asked Marchmont to let him 
examine his gun and rifle (Marchmont had a Soper rifle 
and one of Manton's best make of guns; I had my 
Winchester and a fairly good gun). The moment Asi 
saw the Soper rifle his eyes lit up, and he produced 
another from one of the house beams overhead, and said 
r^retfuUy that he had no cartridges left, and was using 
a Snider instead. Marchmont promptly offered to give 
him fifty. 

" You must not do that," I said, " it will get us into 
serious trouble. Asi" — and I turned to the chief — 
" will understand why we must not give him cartridges 
to be used for warfare. It would be a great breach 
of faith for us to do so — would it not? " 

Keenly anxious as he was to obtain possession of 
the ammunition, the chief, with a sigh of regret, ac- 
quiesced, but Marchmont sulked, and for quite two hours 
after we had left the rebel village did not exchange a 
word with me. 

After getting over the range, and whilst we were de- 
scending the slope to the southern littoral, some mongrel 
curs that belonged to our carriers, and' had gone on 
ahead of us^ put up a wild sow with seven suckers, and 
at once started off" in pursuit. The old, razor-backed 
sow doubled and came flying past us, with her nimble- 
footed and striped progeny following. Marchmont and 
I both fired simultaneously — at the sow. I missed her, 
but my charge of No 3 shot tumbled over one of the 
piglets, I which was at < her heels, and Marchmonfs Soper 
bullet took her in the belly, and passed clean through 

303 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

her. But although she went down for a few moments she 
was up again like a Jack-in-the-box, and with an angry 
squeal scurried along the thick carpet of dead leaves, 
and then darted into the buttressed recesses of a great 
masdoi (cedar) tree, which was evidently her home, 
followed by two or three game mongrels. 

Dropping his rifle, Marchmont ran to the trees, seized 
the nearest cur by the tail, and slung it away down the 
side of the slope, then he kicked the others out of his 
way, and kneeling down peered into the dark recess 
formed by two of the buttresses. 

" Come out of that," I shouted, " you'll get bitten if 
you go near her. What are you trying to do? Get 
out, and give the dogs a chance to turn her out." 

'' Bosh ! Mind your own business. I know what I'm 
about. She's lying inside, as dead as a brickbat I'll 
have her out in a jiffy," and then his head and shoulders 
disappeared — then came a wild, blood-curdling yell of 
rage and pain, and the Man Who Knew Everything 
backed out with the infuriated sow's teeth deeply im- 
bedded into both sides of his right hand ; his left gripped 
her by the loose and pendulous skin of her throat One 
of the native boys darted to his aid, and with one blow 
of his hatchet split open the animal's skulL 

" Well, of all the bom idiots " I began, when I 

stopped, for I saw that Marchmont's face was very pale, 
and that he was suffering excruciating pain. A pig 
bite is always dangerous and that which he had sustained 
was a serious one. Fortunately, it was bleeding pro- 
fusely, and as quickly as possible we procured water, 
and thoroughly cleansed, and then bound up his hand. 

3*4 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

As soon as we got to Siumu I hurried to the house of 
the one white trader, and was lucky in getting a bottle 
of that good old-fashioned remedy — Friar's balsam. I 
poured it into a clean basin, and Marchmont unhesitat- 
ingly put in his hand, and let it stay there. The agony 
was great, and the language that poured from the 
patient was of an extremely lurid character. But he had 
wonderful grit, and I had to laugh when he began abus- 
ing himself for being such an idiot He then allowed 
a native woman to cover the entire hand with a 
huge poultice, made of the beaten-up pulp of wild 
oranges — a splended antiseptic. But it was a week 
before he could use his hand again, and his temper was 
something abominable. However, we managed to put 
in the time very pleasantly by paying a round of visits 
to the villages along the coast, and were entertained 
and feasted to our heart's content by the natives. Then 
followed some days' grand pig hunting and pigeon shoot- 
ing in the mountains, amidst some of the most lovely 
tropical scenery in the world. Marchmont killed a 
grand old tusker, and presented the tusks to the local 
chief, who in return gave him a very old kava bowl — 
a valuable article to Samoans. He was, as usual, in- 
credulous when I told him that it was worth ;£'io, and 
that Theodor Weber, the German Consul General, who 
was a collector, would be only too glad to get it at that 
price. 

" What, for that thing ? " 

" Yes, for that thing. Quite apart from its size, its 
age makes it valuable. I daresay that more than half 
a century has passed since the tree from which it was 

305 20 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

made was felled by stone axes, and the bowl cut out 
from a solid piece." It was fifteen inches high, two feet 
in diameter, and the four legs and exterior were black 
with age, whilst the interior, from constant use of kava, 
was coated with a bright yellow enamel. The labour 
of cutting out such a vessel with such implements — it 
being, legs and bowl, in one piece — must have taken 
long months. Then came the filing down with strips 
of shark skin, which had first been softened, and then 
allowed to dry and contract over pieces of wood, round 
and flat ; then the final polishing with the rough under- 
side of wild fig-leaves, and then its final presentation, 
with such ceremony, to the chief who had ordered it to 
be made. 

I explained all this to Marchgiont, and he actually 
believed me and did not say " Bosh I " 

" I thought that you made a fearfully long-winded 
oration on my behalf when the chief gave me the 
thii^," he remarked. 

" I did. I can tell you, Marchmont, that I should 
have felt highly flattered if he had presented it to me. 
He seems to have taken a violent fancy to you. But, 
for Heaven's sake, don't think that, because he has 
been told that you are a rich man, he has any ulterior 
motive. And don't, I beg of you, offer him money. 
He has a reason for showing his liking for you." 

I knew what that reason was. Suisala, the chief of 
Siumu, had, from the very first, expressed to me his 
admiration of Marchmont's stalwart, athletic figure, 
and his fair complexion, and was anxious to confer 
on him a very great honour — that of exchanging 

306 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

names. Suisala was of one of the oldest and most 
chiefly families in Samoa, and was proud of the fact 
that the French navigator Bougainville had taken 
especial notice of his grandfather (who was also a 
Suisala) and who had been presented with a fowling 
piece and ammunition by the French officer. As I 
have before mentioned, physical strength and manli- 
ness always attract the Samoan mind, and the chief 
of Siumu had, as I afterwards explained to March- 
mont, fallen a victim to his " &tal beauty ". 

One morning, a few days after the presentation of 
the tanoa (kava-bowl) to the Man Who Knew Every- 
thing, a schooner appeared outside the reef and hove- 
to, there being no harbour at Siumu. She was an 
American vessel, and had come to buy copra from, 
and land goods for, the local trader. There was a 
rather heavy sea running on the reef at the time, and 
the work of shipping the copra and landing the stores 
proved so difficult and tedious that I lent my boat 
and crew to help. Unfortunately Marama was laid 
up with influenza, so could not take charge of the 
boat; I also was on the sick list, with a heavy cold. 
However, my crew were to be trusted, and they made 
several trips during the morning. Marchmont, after 
lunch, wanted to board the schooner, and also offered 
to take charge of the boat and crew for the rest of 
the day. Knowing that he was not used to surf work, 
I declined his offer, but told him he could go off on 
board if he did not mind a wetting. He was quite 
nettled, and angrily asked me if I thought he could 
not take a whaleboat through a bit of surf as well as 

307 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

either Marama or myself. I replied frankly that I 
did not 

He snorted with contempt ^Bosh. Fve taken 
boats through surf five times as bad as it is now — ^a 
tinker could manage a boat in the little sea that is 
running now. You fellows are all alike — ^you think 
that you and your natives know everything." 

" Oh, then, do as you like," I replied angrily, " but if 
you smash that boat it means a loss of ;f 50, and — — " 

**Hang your ;fSol* If I hurt your boat, Til pay 
for the damage. But don't begin to preach at me." 

With great mi^ivings, I saw the boat start off, 
manned by eight men, using native paddles, instead of 
oars, as was customary in surf work. Marchmont, 
certainly, by good luck, managed to get her over the reef, 
for I could see that he was quite unused to handling 
a steer oar. However, my native crew, by watching 
the sea and taking no heed of the steersman, shot the 
boat over the reef into deep water beyond. But in 
getting alongside the schooner he nearly swamped, 
and I was told began abusing my crew for a set d* 
blockheads. This, of course, made them sulky — to be 
abused for incompetence by an incompetent stranger, 
was hard to bear, especially as the men, like all the 
natives of their islands (Rotumah and Niue), were 
splendid fellows at boat work. 

However, the boat at last cast off, and headed for 
the shore, and then I saw something that filled me 
with wrath. As the lug sail was being hoisted, March- 
mont drew in his steer-oar, and shipped the rudder, 
and in another minute the boat was bounding over the 

308 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

rolling seas at a great rate towards the white breakers 
on the reef, but steering so wildly that I foresaw dis- 
aster. The crew, in vain, urged Marchmont to ship 
the steer-oar again, but he told them to mind their 
own business, and sat there, calm and strong, in his 
mighty conceit 

On came the boat, and we on shore watched her 
as she rose stem up to a big comber, then down she 
sank from view into the trough, broached to, and the 
next roller fell upon and smothered her, and rolled 
her over and over into the wild boil of surf on the reef. 

The Man Who Knew Everything came off badly, 
and was brought on shore full of salt water, and un- 
conscious. He had been dashed against the jagged 
coral, and from his left thigh down to his foot had 
been terribly lacerated; then as the crew swam to 
his assistance — ^for his clothing had caught in the coral, 
and he was under water and drowning — and brought 
him to the surface, the despised steer-oar (perhaps out 
of revenge) came hurtling along on a swirling sea, and 
the haft of it struck him a fearful blow on the head, 
nearly fracturing his skull. 

Fearing his injuries would prove fatal, I sent a canoe 
off to the schooner with a message to the captain to 
come on shore, but the vessel, having finished her busi- 
ness, was off under full sail, and did not see the canoe. 
Then the trader and I did our best for the poor fellow, 
who, as soon as he regedned consciousness, began to 
suffer agonies from the poison of the wounds inflicted 
by the coral. We sent a runner to Apia for a doctor, 
and early next morning one arrived. 

309 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Marchmont was quite a month recovering, and when 
he was fully convalescent, he kept his opinions to him- 
self, and I think that the lesson he had received did 
him good. He afterwards told me that he determined 
to sail the boat in with a rudder purely to annoy me, 
and was sorry for it 

When he was able to get about again as usual, the 
devil of restlessness again took possession of him and 
he was soon in trouble again — through the bursting of 
a gun. I was away from Apia at the time — at the 
little island of Manono, buying yams for the ship 
which was getting ready for sea again — when I received 
a letter from a friend giving me the Apia gossip, and 
was not surprised that Marchmont figured therein. 

"Your friend Marchmont," so ran the letter, "is 
around, as usual, and in great form, though he had a 
narrow squeak of having his head blown off last week 
through his gun bursting while out pigeon-shooting up 
by Lano-to lake. It seems that it was raining at the 
time, and the track down the mountain to the lake was 
very slippery. He had Johnny Coe the half-caste, and 
two Samoans with him. Was carrying his gun under his 
arm and going down the track in his usual careless, 
cock-a-hoopy style when he tripped over a root of a 
tree and went downifiat on his face, into the red slippery 
soil. He picked himself up again quick enough, and 
began swearing at the top of his voice, when a lot of 
ducks rose from the lake and came dead on towards 
him. Without waiting to see if his gun was all right, 
although it was covered with mud, he pulled the 

310 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

trigger of his right barrel, and it burst; one of the 
fragments gave him a nasty jagged wound on the chin 
and the Samoan buck got a lot of small splinters in his 
face. After the idiot had pulled himself together he 
examined his gun and foimd that the left barrel was 
plugged up with hard red earth. No doubt the other 
one had also been choked up, for Johnny Coe said that 
when he fell the muzzle of the gun was rammed some 
inches into the ground." 

When I returned to Apia with. a cutter load of yams, 
I called on Marchmont and found him his old self. He 
casually mentioned his mishap and cursed the greasy 
mountain track as the cause. At the same time he told 
me that he was b^inning to like the country and that 
the natives were "not a bad lot of fellows — if you know 
how to take 'em ". 

Then came his final exploit. 

There is, in the waters of the Pacific Isles, a species 
of the trevalli, or rudder fish, which attains an enor- 
mous size and weight. It is a good eating fish, like 
all the trevalli tribe, and much thought of by both 
Europeans and natives, for, being an exceedingly wary 
fish, it is not often caught, at least in Samoa. In the 
Live Islands, where it is more common, it is called 
La'keUy and in Fiji Sanka, One evening Lama, one 
of the Coe half-caste boys, and I succeeded in hook- 
ing and capturing one of these fish, weighing a little 
over loo lb. In the morning the Man Who Knew 
Everything came to look at it, was much interested, 
and said he would have a try for one himself after 
lunch. 

3" 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

"No use tiying in clear daylight," I said; ''after 
dusk, at night (if not moonlight), or before daybreak is 
the time/' 

" Bosh ! " was his acidulous comment ** IVe caught 
the same fish in New Zealand in broad dayl^ht" I 
shook my head, knowing that he was wrong. He be- 
came angry, and remarked that he had found that all 
white men who had lived in foreign countries for a few 
years accepted the rubbishy dictum of natives r^;ard- 
ing sporting matters of any kind as infallible. Refus- 
ing to show me the tackle he intended using, at two 
o'clock he hired a native canoe, and paddled off alone 
into Apia Harbour. Then he b^^an to fish for La*Aeu, 
using a mullet as bait In five minutes he was fast to a 
good-sized and lusty shark, which promptly upset the 
canoe, went off with the line and left him to swim. 
The officer of the deck of the French gunboat Vaud- 
reuil, then lying in the port, sent a boat and picked him 
up. This annoyed him greatly, as he wanted, like an 
idiot, to swim on shore — a thing that a native would 
not always care to do in a shark-infested place like Apia 
Harbour, especially during the rainy season (as it then 
was), when the dreaded tanifa sharks come into all 
bays or ports into which rivers or streams debouch. 

That evening, however, Marchmont condescended to 
look at the tackle I used for Ldheu^ said it was clumsy, 
and only fit for sharks, but, on the whole, there were 
" some good ideas " about it ; also that he would have 
another try that night I suggested that either one of 
the Coe lads or Lama should go with him, to which he 
said " Bosh I " Then, after sunset, I sent some of my 

3x3 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

boaf s-crew to catch flying-fish for bait. They brought 
a couple of dozen, and I told Marchmont that he should 
bait with a whole flying-fish, make his line ready for 
casting, and then throw over some " hurley " — ^half a 
dozen flying-fish chopped into small pieces. He would 
not show me the tackle he intended using, so I was 
quite in the dark as to what manner of gear it was. 
But I ascertained later on that it was good and strong 
enough to hold any deep sea fish, and the hook was of 
the right sort — ^a six-inch flatted, with curved shank, 
and swivel mounted on to three feet of fine twisted 
steel seizing wire. My obstinate friend had a keen eye, 
even when he was most disparaging in his remarks, 
and had copied my Ldheu tackle most successfully, 
although he had ^' bosh-ed " it when I first showed it 
to him. 

Refusing to let any one accompany him, although 
the local pilot candidly informed him that he was a 
dunderhead to go fishing alone at night in Apia Hai^ 
hour, Marchmont started ofl* about 2 A.M. in an ordin- 
ary native canoe, meant to hold not more than three 
persons when in smooth water. It was a calm night, 
but rainy, and the crew of the French gunboat noticed 
him fishing near the ship about 2.30. A little while 
after, the officer of the watch saw a heavy rain squall 
coming down from the mountain gorges, and good- 
naturedly called out to the fisherman to either come 
alongside or paddle ashore, to avoid being swamped. 
The clever man replied in French, somewhat un- 
graciously, that he could quite well look after himself. 
A little after 3 A.M. the squall ceased, and as neither 

3x3 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

Marchmont nor the canoe was visible, the French 
sailors concluded that he had taken their officer^s ad- 
vice and gone on shore. 

About seven o'clock in the morning, as I was bath- 
ing in the little river that runs into Apia Harbour, a 
native servant girl of the local resident medical mis- 
sionary came to the bank and called to me, and told 
me a startling story. My obstinate friend had been 
picked up at sea, four miles from Apia Harbour, by a 
tautnucUua (native-built whaleboat). He was in a state 
of exhaustion and collapse, and when brought into Apia 
was more dead than alive, and the doctor was quickly 
summoned I at once went to see him, but was not 
admitted to his room, and for three days he had to lie 
up, suffering from shock — and, I trust, a feeling of 
humility for being such an obstinate blockhead. 

His story was simple enough : During the heavy 
rain squall his bait was taken by some large and power- 
ful fish (he maintained that it was a LdheUy though 
most probably it was a shark), and thirty or forty 3rards 
of line flew out before he could get the pull of it. 
When he did, he foolishly made the loose part fast to 
the canoe seat amidships, and the canoe promptly cap- 
sized, and the fore end of the outrider unshipped. 
Clinging to the side of the frail craft, he shouted to the 
gunboat for help, but no one heard in the noise of the 
wind and heavy rain, and in ten minutes he found him- 
self in the passage between the reefs, and rapidly being 
towed out to sea. He tried to sever the line by biting 
it through (he had lost his knife), but only succeeded in 
losing a tooth. Then^ as the canoe was being dragged 

3x4 



THE MAN WHO KNEW EVERYTHING 

through the water broadside on, a heavy sea submerged 
her and the line parted, the shark or whatever it was 
going oflF. Never losing his pluck, he tried in the dark- 
ness to secure the loose end of the outrigger, but failed, 
owing to the heavy, lumpy seas. Then for two anxious, 
miserable hours he clung to the canoe, expecting every 
moment to find himself minus his legs by the jaws of a 
shark, and when sighted and picked up by the native 
boat he was barely conscious. 

He learnt a lesson that did him good. He never 
again went out alone in a canoe at night, and for many 
days after his recovery he never uttered the word 
" Bosh 1 " 



315 



CHAPTER XXIX 

THE PATTERING OF THE MULLET 

It is a night of myriad stars, shining from a dome of 
deepest blue. The lofty, white-barked swamp gums 
stand silent and ghost-like on the river's bank, and the 
river itself is almost as silent as it flows to meet the 
roaring surf on the bar of the rock-bound coast fifteen 
miles away, where when the south-east wind blows 
lustily by day and dies away at night the long billows 
of the blue Pacific roll on unceasingly. 

Overhead, far up in the topmost boughs of one of 
the giant gums some opossums squeal angrily at an 
intruding native bear, which, like themselves, has 
climbed to feed upon the young and tender eucalyptus 
leaves. Below, a prowling dingo steals slowly over the 
thick carpet of leaves, then sitting on his haunches 
gazes at the prone figures of two men stretched out 
upon their blankets at the foot of the great tree. His 
green, hungry eyes have discerned a pair of saddle-bags 
and his keen nostrils tell him that therein are salt beef 
and damper. He sinks gently down upon the yielding 
leaves and for a minute watches the motionless forms ; 
then he rises and creeps, creeps along. A horse bell 
tinkles from beyond the scrub and in an instant the 

316 



THE PATTERING OF THE MULLET 

wild dog lies flat again. Did he not see one of the 
men move ? No, all is quiet, and once more he creeps 
forward. Then from beneath the tree there comes a 
flash and a report and a bullet flies and the night prowler 
leaps in the air with a snarling yelp and falls writhing 
in his death agony, as from the sand flats in the river 
arises the clamour of startled wild fowl and the rush 
and whirr of a thousand wings. Then silence again, 
save for the long-drawn wail of a curlew. 

One of the men rises, kicks tc^ther the dying camp 
fire and throws on a handful of sticks and leaves. It 
blazes up and a long spear of light shoots waveringly 
across the smooth current of the river. 

"Get him, Harry?'' sleepily asks his companion as 
he sits up and feels for his pipe. 

" Yes — couldn't miss him. He's lying there. Great 
Scott I Didn't he jump." 

"Poor b^gar — smelt the tucker, I suppose. Well, 
better a dead dog than a torn saddle-bag. Hear the 
horses ? " 

** Yes, they're all right — feeding outside the timber 
belt How's the time, Ted ? " 

" Three o'clock. What a deuce of a row those duck 
and plover kicked up when you fired I We ought to 
get a shot or two at them when daylight comes." 

" Harry," a big, bearded fellow of six feet, nodded 
as he lit his pipe. 

"Yes, we ought to get all we want up along the 
blind creeks, and we'll have to shift camp soon. It's 
going to rain before daybreak, and we might as well 
stay here over to-morrow and give the horses a spell." 

3x7 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 
" It's clouding over a bit, but I don't think it means 



rain. 



" I do. Listen/' and he held up his hand towards 
the river. 

His companion listened, and a low and curious 
sound — like rain and yet not like rain — a gentle and 
incessant pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat, then a break for 
a few seconds, then again, sometimes sounding loud 
and near, at others faintly and far away. 

*' Sounds like a thousand people knockin' their finger 
nails on tables. Why, it must be rainin' somewhere 
close to on the river." 

" No, it's the pattering of mullet, heading up the river — 
thousands, tens of thousands, aye hundreds of thousanda 
It is a sure sign of heavy rain. We'll see them presently 
when they come abreast of us. That queer lip^ lap^ lip^ 
lap you hear is made by their tails. They sail along 
with heads well up out of the water — ^the blacks tell me 
that they smell the coming rain — then swim on an even 
keel for perhaps twenty yards or so, and the upper lobe 
of their tails keeps a constant flapping on the water. 
You know how clearly you can hear the flip of a single 
fish's tail in a pond on a quiet night ? Well, to-night you'll 
hear the sound of fifty thousand. Once, when I was 
prospecting in the Shoalhaven River district I camped 
with some net fishermen near the Heads. It was a calm, 
quiet night like this, and something awakened me It 
sounded like heavy rain falling on big leaves. ' Is it 
raining, mate ? ' I said to one of the fishermen. * No,' 
he replied, * but there's a heavy thunderstorm gathering ; 
and that noise you hear is mullet coming up from the 

318 



; 



THE PATTERING OF THE MULLET 

Heads, three miles away.' That was the first time I 
ever saw fish packed so closely together — it was a 
wonderful sight, and when they began to pass us they 
stretched in a solid line almost across the river and the 
noise they made was deafening. But we must hurry up, 
lad, shift our traps a bit back into the scrub and up with 
the tent. Then we'll come back and have a look at the 
fish, and get some for breakfast" 

The two hardy prospectors (for such they were) were 
old and experienced bushmen, and soon had their tent 
up, and their saddles, blankets and guns and provisions 
under its shelter, just as the first low muttering of thunder 
hushed the squealing opossums overhead into silence. 
But, as it died away, the noise of the myriad mullet 
sounded nearer and nearer as they swam steadily onward 
up the river. 

Ten minutes passed, and then a heavy thunder-clap 
shook the mighty trees and echoed and re-echoed among 
the spurs and gullies of the coastal range twenty miles 
away ; another and another, and from the now leaden 
sky the rain fell in torrents and continued to pour un- 
ceasingly for an hour. Inside the tent the men sat and 
smok^ and waited. Then the downfall ceased with a 
" snap," the sky cleared as if by magic, revealing the 
stars now paling before the coming dawn, and the cries 
of birds resounded through the dripping bush. 

Picking up a prospecting dish the elder man told his 
'' mate " that it was time to start. Louder than ever 
now sounded the noise made by the densely packed 
masses of fish, and as the rays of the rising sun, aided 
by a gentle air, dispelled the river mist, the younger 

319 



THE CALL OF THE SOUTH 

man gave a gasp <^ astonishment when they reached the 
bank and he looked down — ^from shore to shore the 
water was agitated and churned into foam showii^ a 
broad sheet of flapping fins and tails and silvery scales. 
So close were the fish to the bank and so overcrowded 
that hundreds stranded upon the sand 

The big man stepped down, picked up a dozen and 
put them into the dish ; then he and his companion sat 
on the bank and watched the passage of the thousands 
till the last of them had rounded a bend of the river 
and tlie waters flowed silently once more. 



THE ABBKDBBN UNIVERSITY PRBSS LIMITED. 

320 



JOHN MILNE, Poblislicr 



The Quest tf the Antiqoe 

BEING SOME PERSONAL EXPERIENCES 
IN THE FINDING OF OLD FURNITURE 



BY 



Robert & Elizabeth Shackleton 

tUusiraUd with 44 Pkoii^grapks, ami a ProiUispuu 

in Colour; Chapter Neadtngi and Decorations 

by HARRY FBNN. 

Demy Svo^ 425 pp.^ 10s. 6d. net. 



TheQtfcst 

p( the • • 
Antique « 



This is not a book to appeal only to 
lovers of Old Furniture, but it is a work 
to stir and hold the interest of those who 
have never fallen under the spell of the 
charming and stately Furniture of the 
Fast. 

The two who write this unusual book 
inherited a kettle, bought a pair of candlesticks, and were 
given a Shaker chair; with this beginning they entered 
upon the enthusiastic pursuit of the walnut, the brass and 
the china of the Olden Time. 

The story of what they found and their experiences in the 
finding, of the quaint old houses which, as circumstances 
permitted, they made their home, is all told with rare 
charm. In addition, the book is rid) in reliable informa- 
tion concerning Antique Furniture of every kind and in 
helpful hints for others, both as regards buying and taste. 



29, 



Street, London, W.C* 



JOHN MILNE, Pttblither 



The Last of Her Race 

A STIRRING STORY OP THE 
SPANISH SUCCESSION 

BY 

J. BLOUNDELLE-BURTON 

Aytharof " The Hispaniola Plate," *' Tkg Clask pfArmsr 
** The Sword 0/ Gideon " etc. 

Crown 8vOy cloth, 6s. 



The scene of this story is laid in Spain 

#|w * . daring the romantic period of the 

... struggle between England and France 

Ofl^ • over the diq>.t« concerning the Sp«>ish 

KACC • « Soccession. The hero is an officer of 

the Royal Dragoons, and the heroine, 
round whom centres the whole of the plot and passion 
of the story, a handsome giri of illustrious rank and 
position. The nobility of her nature, in conflict with 
her stem unbending Spanish ideas of punishing treachery, 
while never permitting herself to perform an unjust or 
treacherous act, furnishes the motif of the romance, 
while Mr. Blounddle-Burton's knowledge of the country 
and its customs is a guarantee for the accuracy of the 
local colour. 

29f Henrietta Street^ London^ W*C* 



JOHN MILNE» P^iUlsher 



Irene of the Ringlets 

A REAL STAGE STORY 



BT 



HORACE WYNDHAM 

AuiMor itf 
**AMdr9f the Adnss,** " TJU Fiant 0/ the FooUigkis** tie. 

Crown 8vO| clothy 6a. 



ifCHt of 

the • • 



Mr. Horace Wyndham is an author 
who has devoted parttcnlar attcntkm to 
the stage world. His prenous noveb 
on this subject have achieyed wdl* 
deserved and wide-spread popii]arity» 
and this» his latest book* may be oon- 
fidcntly described as a distinct advance. Mr. Horace 
Wyndham has studied the stage not only from the stalls, 
but also from the business side of the curtain. For some 
years he was connected with the managerial department 
of three of the leading West End theatres, and has also 
toured the provinces. He is thus thoroughly acquainted 
with the mysterious land that Hes bdbind the footlights, 
and that eierases such an irresistible ftsdnation over 
every class of sodety nowadays. 



29f Hcofictte Stfcctf L oodoo» w^^C* 



JOHN MILNE, PoUisher 



The Call of the South 

LIFE IN THE SOUTHERN PACIFIC 

BY 

LOUIS BECKE 

Author 0f Helen Adair,'* *' Rodman the Boatsieerer," 
"By Reef and Palm;* etc. 

Crown 8vo, cloth, 68. 



Mr. Louis Becke has a worid-wide 
T hif Otll • Feputation as a writor of stiiring aad 
of the * • &9ctnating stories of the wild South 
5<xit{| • « Seas, and the readers of his f<»mer 

books will find that in "The Call of 
the South" he has lost none of his great descriptive 
powers of telling, in moving though simple language, a 
story vibrating with interest from beginning to end. 

The present volume is rich in unique experiences and 
adventures among strange people, in strange lands, 
written as only he can writei 

29^ Henrietta Street, Loocba, W*C. 



JOHN MILNE, Pttblishet 



The Moth & The Flame 



BY 



ALICE MAUD MEADOWS 

AuiM^r a/ "A Atillion of Money:* " / Charg€ you Both," 

" Cut iy Society" eU. 

Crown 8vOy cloth, 68. 



HieMoth 
and the • 
Flame • • 



A novd of the emotions, dealini^ 
intimately yet with great reserve with 
the passions of love and jealousy ; the 
jealousy of a hot-blooded Southerner, 
and a seemingty cold-blooded £nglish- 
woman. 
Humour is not absent from this book, and the mysteiy 
of a cruel murder is kept up almost to the last page. 
Once taken up it is doubtful if the reader will be able to 
lay it down until the whole story has been read. It has 
been said of Miss Alice Maud Meadows that she is n^idly 
taking the place so long filled by Mrs. Heniy Wood and 
Miss Braddon. Be that as it may, she is veiy n4>idly 
making headway, and is a great favourite with the reading 
public. 



79 f Henrietta Street^ London, W«C 



JOHN MILNE, PuUlther 



The Half-Smart Set 

BT 

FLORENCE WARDEN 

Auikor of**Tki House on tke Marsh," €U, 

Crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. 



Tliis is a atoiy of Hfe in that tectioa of 
^pitf «j |£ lociety which is ever striving to enter 
e^ "T*" the ezdnsive circle of the Upper Ten. 
Smtft Set Written in Miss Waiden'schanu:teristic 

convincing style, telling of joys and 
sorrows, of frivolities and passions, the persons portrayed 
i^ypeal to the reader as real human beings, and not as 
the marionettes of the nsoal society novel, who qpeak 
only in epigrams and hve in an impossible atmoqphere of 
8ti£F formality • 

The scene, natorsHy bud mostly in London, is 
brightly varied by week-ends with the Half-Smart Set 
and a trip to the Continent, and contrasted with the 
famndrum existence of a small provincial town« 



29, Heorfena Street, Loadon, W«C* 



JOHN MILNE, PuUitlicf 



"I Little Knew— I" 

A ROMANCE OP A NEW FOUND LIFE 

BT 

MAY CROMMELIN 

AuOtoraf "Partners Tkrte;' " Half Round tlu World Jor 

a Hustand,'* etc. 

Crown 8vO| clothe 68. 



""I little. 

ft 



Here is an nonsnal lieraine» for though 
elderly and nawed, she is nevertheless 
charming and beloved; the lonely 
heiress of an impoverished fiunily. 
The memory of the great love of her 
life, sacrificed for a sister's sake, still glows nndcr the 
ashes. Starting cheerily on a soUtary voyage round the 
vrorld, before resigning herself to old age and increasing 
loneliness, she <' little knows '* that in distant Japan she 
win chance on a secret— a secret vitally conocniing 
hersd^ which finally brings her again into life's mid- 
arena, with new tasks, new interests, and their attendant 
soirows. 



79f Hciific4tA Stfcetf Londoot W^*C« 



JOHN MILNE» Pttblitlier 



The Lost Angel 

BT 

KATHARINE TYNAN 

Aviharvf 
" Tk» W%y ^ a Maid;' " TJu AdoaUurts of AlieUr eU. 

Crown 8vo, clothi 69. 



L 



Mrs. Hinkaon's work as a short story 
«-^ . writer is well known. Like her kmg 

A nc AXiSf « story work it is concerned with simple 
Angel • • romantic happenings. 

The simple love story is now out of 
fashion, and these stories, ^diich aim at the pnrdy 
romantic, and are not concerned with problems of the 
seamy side of life, ought to command a large avdience. 
No one need keep Mrs. Hinkaon's books in the locked 
bookcase ; in &ct, in the world which she inhabits there 
is no use for that article of fnmiture. 

Mrs. Hinkaon's ontlook on life is optimistic. A reviewer 
recently conunended a book of hers to be taken at bed- 
time because it sent one to bed in a hxppy frame of mind. 
The atmosphere of her books is entirely a happy one. 

79 f Henrietta Stieet^ Londont W*C* 



JOHN MILNE» Poblisher 



The Gentle Thespians 

A COMEDY MASQUERADE 
BY 

R MURRAY GILCHRIST 



.•— •• 



AfUfwr 9f Tk9 Courtesy Dam»:' '' Lords and LadUs, 
" Begg€u*s Manor** etc. 



This book, full of happiness and 
«T*« warmth, is a fascinating stoiy of a 

* * daring masquerade by a conntess and 
Gentle • her friends. 

TheqrfailS The Countess of Scudamore was at 

one time a cdebrated actress ; early in 
her widowhood the renewal of an old acquaintance 
brings back the desire to return for a moment to former 
associations. 

It is all comedy— -comedy played in sunlight and in 
moonlight. Such melancholy as does appear is only 
pretty play. 

The delicate style depicting a dainty vagabondage 
suggests the French art of the i8th Century; in fact, 
the scenes from beginning to end remind the reader of 
Fragouard himself. 

29^ Henrietta Street^ London* W*C. 



JOHN MILNE, FtoUhfier 



1 



The 



Lad; Mary of Tavistock 

A ROMANCE OP DEVONSHIRE IN 
THE XTth CENTURY 

BT 

HAROLD VALLINGS 



•I 



Amtktr ^ '*By Duivenomit WaUrr "PauUiU iBsUm, 

**A PanmaiB^.** 

Crown 8vO| cloth, €9. 



Mr. Vallings has here written a 
The Laidy book rich in local colour and 
VLuY of • historic reference, picturesqadj 
TaTiltock* conveying the atmosphere of the 

times. The Lady Mary and her 
husband. Sir Richard Grenville, besides others 
mentioned in the tale, are real characters and 
genuine studies from history. 

Dramatic and striking situations, and the plot, 
growing in intensity as the tale proceeds, hold 
the reader interested right through to a startling 
and unexpected ddnauement, 

79f Hcofletta Stfcctf Mjooaonkf w^*G* 



JOHN MILNE, PubOabtt 



Forthcoming Six Shilling Novels 



I » I 



The Love That Kills 

BY 

CoRALiE Stanton & Heath Hosken 

Authors rf" A Widow iy Choice:' etc. 

Crown 8vo, cloth. 



Further partlGuImn will abortty he mnnottoced 
of New Novela hy the MIowiag Aathora : 

EDWIN POGH 

Author of ** Tony Drum^^ " The Man of Straw,'' 
" The Spoiiers:* eU, 

Mrs. COULSON KERNAHAN 

Author of **An Unwise Virgin,*' '*An Artitt*s 



rgti 
Model;' « The Mystery of Magdalen," etc. 

JAMES BLYTH 

Author of **The Same Clay," « Celibate Sarah," 
etc. 

FERGUS HUME 

Author of *< The Mystery of a Hansom Cab," etc. 

79 f Henrietta Street^ Loodon^ W*C« 



JOHN MILNE, IVAIiAet 



Milne's Sixpenny Novels 



Mks. CAMPBELL PRAED 

ittrtAor of **Nyriar »My AustnUioH GffMoorf," 
"Mn, Trn^Mkitt,'* etc. 

TIk Lest Heir 

G. A. HENTY 

Author of •*Tk* Qtuetet Cnp,'* *^ Dorothys DombU," 
" Rujub thtJuggUr** ttc 

A Wilful Weipap 

G. B. BURGIN 
Author of " Tht ShuttersefSiltnce,'' " Tuxter's LittU 

Helep Adair 

LOUIS BECKE 

Author of "Tht Call of the South,** **By Reef emd 

Palm,'* etc. 

Tl^e Ceartesy Daipe 

R. MURRAY GILCHRIST 

Author of "Beggars Manor » ** Lords and Ladies" 
**A Peakland Faggot," etc 

Demy 8vo, paper covers, 6d. each. 



79, Henrietta Street, Loiidoa, W.C* 



The borrower must return this item on or before 
the last date stamped below. If another user 
places a recall for this item, the borrower will 
be notified of the need for an earlier return. 

Non-receipt of overdue notices does not exempt 
the borrower from overdue fines. 



Harvard College Wldener Library 
Cambridge, MA 02138 617-495-2413 




Please handle with care. 

Thank you for helping to preserve 
library collections at Harvard. 



1